This pointer extracts section and commline.
This pointer extracts section.
Scene: — At Colonus in Attica, a little more than a mile
north-west of the acropolis of Athens. The back-scene shows the sacred grove
of the Eumenides, luxuriant with "laurel, olive, vine"
τόνδε
The blind OEDIPUS (conceived as coming into Attica from the W. or
N.-W.) enters on the spectator's left, led by ANTIGONE. He is old and
way-worn; the haggard face bears the traces of the self-inflicted wounds ( δυσπρόσοπτον
δυσπινεῖς στολάς
Prologue. Oedipus has sat down to rest, when a man of the place warns him that he is on holy ground. It is the grove of the Eumenides. At that word, Oedipus knows that he has found his destined goal; and, when the stranger has gone to summon the men of Colonus, invokes the goddesses.—Steps approach; Oedipus and his daughter hide themselves in the grove.
γέροντα δ’ ὀρθοῦν φλαῦρον ὃς νέος
πέσῃ
ἔλεξε δ’, ὦ θηροκτόν’ Ἄρτεμι παῖ
Διός
ἔλεξε δ’, ὦ θηροκτόν’ Ἄρτεμις
Διός
τέων αὖτε βροτῶν εἰς γαῖαν
ἱκάνω;
ξένοι πλανήτην εἴχετ’ ἄθλιον
βίον
καλοῦμεν...τοὺς...πλανήτας ἐπὶ τὰς
πόλεις, ἐμπόρους
πλάνης
"you have obedience scanted."
"if my father had not scanted
me."
ξενίοις... δέχεσθαι
καταλύσεσιν ἀγαπηταῖς
δεχόμενος.
ἐς κλισίην ἄγαγον καὶ ξείνια
δῶκα
εἰ...θεράποντας ἐξαιτοῦσι μὴ ἤθελον
ἐκδιδόναι.
εἰ μικρὸς ὢν τὰ φαῦλα νικήσας
ἔχω
Τυδεύς
τοι μικρὸς μὲν ἔην δέμας
, though in σμικρῇσι
πάντ’ ἄνευ φόβου φέρω
εἶναι δούλοισι, καὶ τούτοισι ὡς
δρηπέτῃσι
τῆς ἐμῆς
μυθήσομαι
οὐδέ τῳ ἂν διαφέροι Εὐθύφρων τῶν
πολλῶν...εἰ μὴ εἰδείην
εἰ δέ φησιν οὖτος, δειξάτω, κἀγὼ
στέρξω καὶ σιωπήσομαι
ἀνάγκῃ προὔμαθον στέργειν κακά
κἂν μὲν θέλωσιν αἰνέσαι
τὰ δέ μοι παθήματα ἐόντα ἀχάριτα
μαθήματα γέγονε
καὶ τῷ μακρῷ γε συμμετρούμενος
χρόνῳ
, "and of the long years
which he had told."
For εἴ μοι ξυνείη...μοῖρα
παλαιᾷ... ἔντροφος ἁμέρᾳ
δικαίως αὐτόθι καὶ οἱ πένητες καὶ ὁ
δῆμος πλέον ἔχει
αἱ τιμαὶ γὰρ αὐτοῖς καὶ ἱερὰ τὰ παρὰ
τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἠφανίζετο
"nihil libri, nihil litterae, nihil
doctrina prodest."
κόμας ἐμὰς καὶ τῆσδε καὶ σαυτοῦ
τρίτου
ἀβάτων ἀποβάς
ἀβέβηλα τὰ ἄβατα χωρία καὶ ἱερὰ καὶ μὴ
τοῖς τυχοῦσι βάσιμα, μόνοις δὲ τοῖς θεραπεύουσι τοὺς
θεούς. βέβηλα δὲ ἐλέγετο τὰ μὴ ὅσια μηδὲ ἱερά· οὕτω
Σοφοκλῆς
ὅσιον χωρίον
ἀστιβές
ὅθι πάντες ἐπιρρέζεσκον ὁδῖται
ἐς μὲν δὴ τὸ ἐντὸς ἔσοδος οὐκ ἔστιν
ἀνθρώποις
ἔσοδός τε πλὴν τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν ἄλλῳ γε
οὐδενὶ ἔστιν ἀνθρώπων
"I fixed
the seat of my life far apart from men's homes."
"him
—implying,
"may she come—and a god hears e'en
afar— that [so] she might prove my deliverer."
Aesch. τοῦτον ἔχει τὸν τρόπον ὁ νόμος...ἵνα
μηδὲ πεισθῆναι μηδ’ ἐξαπατηθῆναι γένοιτ’ ἐπὶ τῷ
δήμῳ
"the law
etc.:
εἰς τόδ’ ἥξεις
Οἰδίπου
below, 557 , 1346 . Athens is a little more than a mile
S.E. of Colonus. The picture which Sophocles meant πύργοι,
ἄγγος... σῶμα...στέγον
πύργον στέγειν εὔχεσθε πολέμιον
δόρυ
αἱ ἀσπίδες ...στεγάζουσι τὰ σώματα
.
Wakefield's Βαβυλῶνα...τείχεσιν ἐστεφάνωσε
ὅπλοισιν Μεγάλη πόλις
ἐστεφάνωται
ὡς ἔστιν ἐκ προόψεως
τεκμήρασθαι
εἰκάζεσθαι ἀπὸ τῆς φανερᾶς
ὄψεως
Νυμφῶν τέ
τινων καὶ Ἀχελῴου ἱερὸν ἀπὸ τῶν κορῶν τε καὶ
ἀγαλμάτων
(the votive dolls and images) ἔοικεν εἶναι
. There, too,
ὥς γ’ ἐπεικάζειν ἐμέ.
βρύει ἄνθεϊ
ἄφθονοι μὲν ὧραι παγκάρπου γονῆς
βρύουσι
εἰς ἄλση
ὅταν φυτεύωσι ξύλα, φυτεύουσιν οὐ τὰ καρποφόρα, οὐ συκῆν
οὐδ’ ἄμπελον, ἀλλὰ μόνον τέρψεως χάριν ἄκαρπα ξύλα
. But in
earlier times, at least, περὶ
δ’ αὐτὸν τὸν ναὸν
ἄλσος ἡμέρων δένδρων ἐφυτεύθη, ὅσα ἐστὶ τρωκτὰ
ὡραῖα
. Paus. 1.21.7 (in an δένδρων καὶ ἡμέρων καὶ ὅσα τῶν ἀκάρπων
ὀσμῆς παρέχεταί τινα ἢ θέας ἡδονήν
.
ἑκατομπόδων Νηρῃδων
διστόλους
οἰόζωνος ἀνήρ
ταχεῖαν, ὡς ἐμοί, σκέψιν
ἐπιτάττεις
"a rapid process of thought for
such as I am"
): σωφροσύνης δέ, ὡς πλήθει, οὐ τὰ τοιάδε
μέγιστα
"for the mass of men, are not the
cardinal points of temperance such as these?"
Cp. 76 .
Δίκη...νιν προστέλλεται
εἵνεκέν τε χρημάτων ἄρξεις ἁπάσης τῆς
Ἑλλάδος
κἂν ἀνωμότοις ὑμῖν...ἐπιτρέψαιμι...,
ἕνεκά γε τοῦ πιστεύειν
"I would leave the verdict to you,
though you were unsworn, if it were only a question of
confidence."
Ὀλυμπίαζε
(not παρεῖναι
, Thuc. 3. 8 .
"well (
Cp. ἀλλ’ οὖν εὐνοίᾳ γ’ αὐδῶ
"well, it is in kindness that I
speak."
ἐλθόντ|α^ συ^ν ο^πλ|οις
δέσποινα, σὺ τάδ’ ἔπραξας οὐ γνώμης
ἄτερ
is correct: cp. n. on
εἴπω
:
see on
ἐξῳκήθη
"
alluding to the
actual shrines on it ( 1. 541 ). Cp. ἁλώσιμος βάξις
ἄρρητος
could mean "unspeakable," or
ἀλλὰ
μὴν ἵμειῤ
, " ἀλλ’ οὐδὲ μὴν ναῦς ἔστιν
, "nay, but neither
is there a ship."
Impatient for more light, Oed. asks, "Is he coming forth towards us,— so that
it is really needless for thee to move?" ἀπ’ οἴκων... ἐξορμώμενος
ΠΕΙ. βλέψον κάτω. ΕΠ. καὶ δὴ
βλέπω.
ΝΙ. λέγε σύ. ΔΗ. σὺ μὲν οὖν
λέγε
ξεῖν’, οὐ δικαίως
κυρῶ
τ’ ἐγώ
=
δὔ ἐξ ἑνὸς βλέποντε
.
ὧν … ἱκόμην
χρόᾳ δ’ ἀδήλῳ τῶν δεδραμένων
πέρι
"which seem to know
nought of them"
). Cp. the verbs formed from the active use
of verbal adjectives which were primarily passive, as
As 78 shows, the man who has just entered is
supposed to belong to Colonus, which, like the rest of Attica, was subject
to the king of Athens (v. 67) . The designation
καὶ τί δεῖ τὰ πλείω λέγειν
; "and why dwell
on the details?" So in μή νύν μ’ ἔρῃ τὰ πλείον’
σιγᾶν ἂν ἁρμόζοι σε τὸν πλείω
λόγον
ὡς οὐ κρινοῦμαι τῶνδέ σοι τὰ
πλείονα
ἁγνὸν τέμενος
λόγος οὐ...ῥᾴδιος διϊδεῖν
λόγου ...δυνατοῦ κατανοῆσαι
λέγεις ἀκοῦσαι μαλθάκ’
ἄτλητον...ὁρᾶν
"to
which of the gods is it deemed to
belong?"
After verbs of being thought, called, etc., the
gen. expresses "belonging" (1) to a possessor, as here and οὐ τοῦ κρατοῦντος ἡ πόλις
νομίζεται
ἱερὸς τοῦ αὐτοῦ θεοῦ
ἄναυδος οὐδ’ ἃμηνίεις φράσας
ἄστειπτος οὐδ’ οἰκουμένη
Νυκτὸς
αἰανῆς τέκνα
, and invoke μᾶτερ
Νύξ
(844) : Aesch. does not
name the other parent. In Hesiod.
"who may they be,
whose name I am to hear,
and to invoke?"
The optat. with
πραΰνασα τὰς
Ἐρινύας, Εὐμενίδας
ὠνόμασεν
, he perh. refers to such epithets as εὔφρονες
ἵλαοι, εὐθύφρονες
Σεμναί
ἄλλα
ὀνόματα παρ’ ἄλλοις καλὰ
νομίζεται
. Wunder and others quote ὦ ξένε, νόμοι διαφέρουσιν ἀνθρώπων·
ἄλλα δ’ ἄλλοις καλά
δοκεῖν δέ μοι, θεῶν τῶν Εὐμενίδων ἐστὶν ἐπίκλησις
, Paus. 8.34.1 . Aeschines gives the
attributes of the Erinyes to the τοὺς ἠσεβηκότας...ἐλαύνειν καὶ
κολάζειν δᾷσὶν ἡμμέναις,
ἐγὼ μὲν οὐκ οἶδα
ἀλλ’ ὥσπερ ἔλαβες τὸν ἱκέτην.
πυθοίατο
δεξοίατο
ὀψοίατο, γνωσοίατο
ἐγὼ γὰρ οὐκ ἀναστήσομαι
ΚΡΕΩΝ. ὡς οὔτις ἀμφὶ τῷδ’ ὑγρὰν θήσει
κόνιν
ὁρᾷς τάφου τοῦδ’ ἀθλίους ἕδρας
ἐμάς;
οὐκ ἂν πέρα φράσαιμι
"What has
this sudden resolve to do with the mention of the
Eumenides?"
ἔγνωκα,
τέρψις ἥδε σοι τὸ δρᾶν
"e'en without the gods'
help."
Nauck objects to the position: but not less bold, at
least, is
ἱκανῶς μοι ἔνδειξαι τί ἔστι
τοῦτο
ἐνδεῖξαι τῷ δικαστηρίῳ τὰ
ἀδικήματα
τοσαῦτά σε...
προστρέπω
),
"what is it
In answer
to the same query at v.
38 he had only learned that part of it was
δοκεῖ μέντοι μοι καὶ τὰ τῶν ἀνδρῶν
συμπόσια ταὐτὰ πάσχειν ἅπερ καὶ τὰ ἐν γῇ φυόμενα
ἐζητεῖτο οὐδέν τι μᾶλλον ὑπὸ τῶν ἄλλων
ἢ καὶ ὑπ’ ἐμοῦ
κἀμὲ
):
δείκνυται δὲ καὶ χῶρος καλούμενος Κολωνὸς
Ἵππιος...καὶ βωμὸς Ποσειδῶνος Ἱππίου καὶ Ἀθηνᾶς Ἱππίας
ἐπιστάτης Κολωνοῦ
.
So ἰὼ
Προμηθεῦ δᾳδοῦχε καὶ πυρφόρε
. His altar was in the Academy,
just S. of Colonus, and this was the starting-point of the τρεῖς ἄγουσιν Ἀθηναῖοι ἑορτὰς
λαμπάδας, Παναθηναίοις καὶ Ἡφαιστείοις καὶ
Προμηθείοις
λαμπαδηφορίαι δὲ γίγονται τρεῖς ἐν τῷ
Κεραμεικῷ, Ἀθηνᾶς, Ἡφαίστου, Προμηθέως
τὴν οὐσίαν ἣν κατέλιπε τῷ υἱεῖ οὐ
πλείονος ἀξία ἐστίν κ.τ.λ.
"rooted on the nether
rock"
(
χ. Ἐρινύς
The name — though ταῖσδε...ἀγυιαῖς
τοῦδε τοῦ θεοῦ
τὸν ἀνδριάντα τὸν Πανδίονος
ἀρχηγέται· ἡγεμόνες οἱ ἐπώνυμοι τῶν
φυλῶν
ἀρετὴ τοῦ γένους, καὶ εὐγενεῖς οἱ ἀπὸ
τούτου τοῦ γένους, οὐκ ἐὰν ὁ πατὴρ εὐγενὴς ᾖ ἀλλ’ ἐὰν ὁ
ἀρχηγός
Τεῦκρος μὲν ὁ τοῦ γένους ἡμῶν
ἀρχηγός
τῆς πόλεως θεὸς ἀρχηγός τίς
ἐστιν
And all (the
διάφορα μὲν καὶ
ταῦτα τῇ Ὁμήρου ποιήσει
.
τὴν τῆς πόλεως δύναμιν καθ’ ἡμέραν
ἔργῳ θεωμένους καὶ ἐραστὰς γιγνομένους αὐτῆς
τῷ ἔργῳ καὶ τῇ πείρᾳ πλέον τιμώμενα,
οὐ τοῖς λόγοις
κέρδη τοῖς δεδεγμένοις
ΘΕ. ἆρ’ ἄν τί μου δέξαιο...; ΙΠ καὶ
κάρτα γ’
οὔτε θεοὺς οὔθ’ ἥρωας οὔτ’ ἀνθρώπους
δείσασα
ἐν εὐσκίοις δρόμοισιν Ἀκαδήμου
θεοῦ
(the
Elmsley reads "Have they a monarchy or a
democracy?"
It would be a prosaic objection that the question is
hardly suited to the heroic age of πατρικαὶ βασιλεῖαι
οὐ
τοὺς λόγους τοῖς ἔργοις
βλάβην ἡγούμενοι
. The schol. paraphrases, τίνος κλύοντες;
κἀκ τῶνδ’ ἄρχομαι
ἀρχόμεσθ’ ἐκ κρεισσόνων
χεῖράς
τ’ αἰχμητὴν ἔμεναι καὶ ἐπίφρονα
βουλήν
: Pind. ἐπ’
ἔργοισιν ἀμφί τε
βουλαῖς
: Soph. εἰ δέ τις
ὑπέροπτα χερσὶν ἢ λόγῳ πορεύεται
. So Theseus is described
by Thuc. 2.15 as γενόμενος
μετὰ τοῦ ξυνετοῦ καὶ
δυνατός
.
Sophocles conceives the union of the Attic communes (commemorated by the
annual festival of the ἁπάντων ἤδη ξυντελούντων ἐς
αὐτήν,
ὁ λεγόμενος μὲν Αἰγέως,
γενόμενος δ’ ἐκ Ποσειδῶνος
. Aegeus, too, was said to have been
king of Athens: see on 297 ; and was the eponymus
of one of the ten Attic tribes ( Αἰγηὶς φυλή,
ἐπειγομένοισι δ’ ἵκοντο
ἦλθεν αὐτῷ Ζηνὸς...βελος
"
Blaydes).
The reading and explanation of the verse hinge on the question whether ΟΙ.
ΥΑ.
τὴν πολιτείαν... παρασκευάζει
τυραννίδος δεηθῆναι
ἂν...μὴ λόγοις χρηστοῖς ἀφαιρῶν ἢ
παρατρέπων καταρτύῃ τὴν φύσιν
With L's κερδάνῃ
ἆρ’ ἂν μόλοι;
ὅ τι δρῶν ἢ τί φωνῶν
φρέν’...ὠμματωμένην
ὠμμάτωσα...σαφέστερον
ἦν ζηλωτός, ὡς ἐμοί
ὡς μὲν συνελόντι εἰπεῖν
πολλὰ καὶ ἄλλα παραλιπόντι
( Thuc. 2.51 ), συλλαμβάνοντι
κατὰ τὸ ὀρθόν
(for one who rightly comprehends, Her.
7.143 ), τῷ ἁπτομένῳ οὐ θερμὸν
ἦν
( Thuc. 2.49 ), etc.
μὴ σπεῖρε πολλοῖς τὸν παρόντα
δαίμονα
ψηφίσασθε τὸν πόλεμον, μὴ φοβηθέντες
τὸ αὐτίκα δεινόν
ἀπάγου τὴν γυναῖκα καὶ τοὺς παῖδας,
μηδὲν αὐτῶν καταθείς
τοὺς δ’ ἐνθάδ’ αὐτοῦ
ἐν πυμάτῳ
νῦν γὰρ ἐν καλῷ φρονεῖν
οὔσης
, a gen. absol. (we could not understand ὡς ὄντι πέλας ἐμοῦ
μόνης
): cp. 1588 :
ὧν ὑφηγητῶν
,
ὄντων
.
ὑμετέρας
): cp. 126
, ἀκτὰν πρὸς ἑσπέρου θεοῦ.
πᾶ βῶ, πᾶ στῶ, πᾶ κάμψω;
φρονοῦσαν θνητὰ κοὐκ ἀγνώμονα
ἀγνώμονι κριτῇ περιτυχεῖν
ἀγνώς
= "undiscerning,"
ἔχρεον
( ἔχρα καὶ ἐθέσπιζε
τὰ πολλὰ πνεύματ’
ἄλλα δ’ ἄθλια καὶ δεινὰ καὶ δύστηνα
προὔφηνεν λέγων
λέγει... εἶναι ταύτην ὀρθότητα
ὀνόματος, ξυνθήκην
ταύτην γὰρ ἐσχάτην δίκην δυνάμεθα παρ’
αὐτῶν λαβεῖν
χρόνῳ βραχεῖ
αὕτη παῦλά σοι ἔσται, ἐλθόντι χώραν
τερμίαν, ὅπου ἂν λάβῃς θ. ς. ἕδραν καὶ ξενόστασιν· ἐνταῦθα
κάμψεις κ.τ.λ.
In the orat. obliqua, if the tense of the
principal verb were primary (as τερμίαν
ἁμέραν
, one's last day. It fits the metaphor of κάμψαι
διαύλου
θάτερον κῶλον πάλιν
, Aesch. εὖ σχεθέειν
περὶ τέρμα
).
μέρῃ δὲ καὶ πόλεως καὶ πανδοκεῖον καὶ ξενὼν
καὶ ὡς ἐν Ἰνάχῳ Σοφοκλέους
τυφλὰς ἐν αὐτοῖς ἐλπίδας
κατῴκισα
ξένοι πρὸς ἀστῶν
"having dwelt there
as a blessing"
etc.), which would suit
χρὴ ξεῖνον παρεόντα φιλεῖν ἐθέλοντα δὲ
πέμπειν
παρηγγύα ὁ Κῦρος σύνθημα, Ζεὺς
σύμμαχος καὶ ἡγεμών
"C. proceeded to pass the
watchword, 'Zeus'"
, etc.
διοσημία δέ ἐστιν ὁ παρὰ καιρὸν
χειμών
σύγχυσιν μεγάλην περὶ τὸν ἀέρα καὶ
διοσημίας πολλὰς γενέσθαι
κέλευθον ἕρπεις
:
which anticipates such a πάνθ’ ὅσαπερ περὶ μαντείας
διακρίνει
ποίων
ὀρνίθων
)felicibus edita pennis
κινδυνεύει τοι ὥσπερ ἀτραπός τις
ἐκφέρειν ἡμᾶς
εἰ μὴ ἐξήγαγε
:
so 125 :
ὡς
αἰεὶ τὸν ὁμοῖον ἄγει θεὸς ὡς τὸν
ὁμοῖον
); μελίκρατον
), formed the χοὰς ἀοίνους, νηφάλια
μειλίγματα
τὸ γὰρ νηφαλιεύειν τὸ νηφάλια θύειν
ἔλεγον, ὅπερ ἐστὶ τὸ χρῆσθαι θυσίαις ἀοίνοις, ὧν τὰς
ἐναντίας θυσίας οἰνοσπόνδους ἔλεγον
ἐν αἷς οἶνος οὐ σπένδεται, ἀλλὰ
ὕδωρ καὶ
μελίκρατον
.
σκέπαρνος,
ἀδρέπανον
(from δρεπάνη
).
τὴν τελευταίαν...περάσας
ἡμέραν
δοκεῖ δέ μοι
δηλοῦν ἀνδρὸς ἀρετὴν
πρώτη τε μηνύουσα καὶ τελευταία βεβαιοῦσα ἡ νῦν τῶνδε
καταστροφή
(the closing scene of their lives). τὴν αὐτὴν ἐποιήσαντο τοῦ βίου
καταστροφήν
μείων
εἶναι
. This euphemistic mode of expression with the comparative
adverb is often found where censure or disparagement is to be conveyed
less bluntly. ὀρέγεται μὲν πάντα ταῦτα εἶναι οἷον τὸ
ἴσον, ἔχει δὲ ἐνδεεστέρως
αὐτοῦ ἐνδεέστερά ἐστιν
): τάχ’ ἂν οὖν τις ταῦτα ἐννοήσας
αὐθαδέστερον ἂν πρός με σχοίη
ἐάν τις ἐν τῇδε τῇ πόλει γονέων
ἀμελέστερον ἔχῃ τοῦ δέοντος
ἀνάγκας ἔδυ λέπαδνον
χρημάτων ζευχθεὶς ὕπο
πόνων λατρεύματα
ἴθ’...ἀνόρθωσον
ἴτ’, ἀξιώσατ
ὦ γλυκὺς Ἅιδας
γλυκύς
in addressing deities, which, indeed,
is somewhat apt to recall the Aristophanic ὦ
γλύκων, ὦ
γλυκύτατε
.
Λοξίου κεκλήμεθα
ἀτὰρ
φρένες οὐκ ἔνι πάμπαν
, but the living heart is not therein
(as Achilles says of the εἴδωλον
of
Patroclus,
εἴδωλον ἔμπνουν,
τόδ’
in 109 a second
οὐ γὰρ δὴ κενόν γ’ ἀφήσομεν
οὐ γὰρ δὴ σύ γ’ ἦσθα ναυβάτης
οὐ γὰρ
δή
γε
occurs
The grove being close to the village, the man of the place has done his errand quickly, and the elders of Colonus are already heard approaching (cp. 78 ).
γονῇ
γενναῖε
in
παλαιοῦ...
γέροντος
, an old man of many years.
μέθες με...χεῖρα
τὸν δ’ ἄορι πλῆξ’ αὐχένα
ποῖ μ’ ὑπεξάγεις πόδα;
ἀλλ’ εὐτυχοίης, νόστιμον δ’ ἔλθοις
πόδα
χθονὸς τῆσδ’ ἐκποδών
ἐνθυμοῦ τῶν εἰδότων ὅτι
λέγουσι
ἀγνοοῦντες ἀλλήλων ὅτι λέγομεν
ὅταν μάθῃς μου νουθέτει,
ἀστοί
εἰ γὰρ τῶνδέ μοι
τῷ τοῦτ’ ἤρεσεν
.
The μὴ προδιδαχθῆναι...λόγῳ
πρότερον ἢ ἐπὶ ἃ δεῖ ἔργῳ ἐλθεῖν
: 3.
42 (Diodotus answering Cleon) τοὺς...λόγους...
διδασκάλους τῶν
πραγμάτων
.
Parodos, passing at v. 138 into a lyric dialogue
(
The framework is as follows. (1) first strophe, τίς ἄρ’ ἦν
ναίει
ἐή
ἀπερύκου
οὔτοι
σέβεσθαι
αὐτοῦ
ἐκπυθοίμαν
ὅδ’ ἐκεῖνος
ὥρμουν
θύγατερ
μεταναστάς
ἄγε νυν
πολεμῶμεν
ὦ ξένοι—δύναιτο
), and of the 4 trimeters which
follow ( 254-257 ): see on
237 .
The Chorus induce Oed. to leave the grove by promising that no one shall remove him from Colonus by force (176) , but, on learning who he is (222) , revoke the promise, and command him to leave Attica. Antigone appeals to them.
:
cp. also the scene in which the Chorus of the
ὃ τῷ μὲν δικαίῳ βέλτιον ἐγίγνετο
νήσων αἳ ναίουσι πέρην ἁλός
ἁλία...πλάτα θρώσκει
ἀπάγετ’ ἐκτόπιον
θαλάσσιον ἐκρίψατ’
φοιτᾷς δ’ ὑπερπόντιος
ἐφέστιον πῆξαι
παράκτιοι δραμεῖσθε
πελάγιοι πρὸς τὴν Σικελίαν
ἔφευγον
.
A positive
This verse is corrupt in the MSS., but two things seem clear: (1) there is no
reason to suspect ἀλλ’ οὐ μὰν ἔν γ’ ἐμοί
. A long
syllable is then wanted to complete the verse ὅρα, ὅρα μάλ’ αὖ, λεῦσσέ τε πάντα
( παντᾶ
), the
sense is, "scan all the ground." Cp.
αμενηνὸν ἄνδρα μὴ
λεύσσειν ὅπου
.
(or
)
are open not only to the objection from the sense of
πολλὴν γλῶσσαν ἐκχέας μάτην
. This is better
than to make "the still, small
voice"
), when the sense would be, "giving a (still) voice
to our reverent thought," πῦρ
ἀνήφαιστον
, Eur.
ἐμοὶ δοκεῖ, οὐχ
ὅτι τὸ θεῖον ᾤοντο μὴ δύνασθαι τῶν ἡσυχῇ φθεγγομένων
ἐπαΐειν, ἀλλ’ ὅτι δικαίας ἐβούλοντο εἶναι τὰς εὐχάς, ἃς οὐκ
ἄν τις αἰδεσθείη ποιεῖσθαι πολλῶν συνειδότων
.
tacito mala vota susurro
Concipiunt.
After ἃς
(129) as still the object to
τοῦτ’
ἐκεῖν’ οὑγὼ )λεγον
:
ὅδ’ ἐκεῖνος
ἀνήρ
:
δέδοικα μὴ βλέπων ὁ μάντις ᾖ
), rather than
to any special proverb. So Thuc.
7.87
πανωλεθρίᾳ δή, τὸ
λεγόμενον,...οὐδὲν ὅτι
οὐκ ἀπώλετο
, referring merely to the phrase. [Dem.] or. 25 § 89
ὥσπερ
τὸ τῆς παροιμίας, ὁρῶντας μὴ ὁρᾶν
καὶ ἀκούοντας μὴ ἀκούειν
. We must not render (1) with the
schol., "I understand by sound what ye mean," "I perceive what is uttered
by your voice."
The pause saves the short final of
πρέσβυς
;):
ὕπερ
).
δέχεσθε δὲ
ἀμφοτέρους φίλους
, which is less bold: so, too, is
τυφλόν μ’
ὠνείδισας
(where see n.). In modern Greek, however, (and the use
doubtless goes far back,) "to consider
(without
The hiatus allows
Ἄπολλον
ἀποτρόπαιε, τοῦ
μαντεύματος
.
"belonging to"
the best fortune (as to a
category); cp. Pind. οἵας εἰμὲν αἴσας
, of what estate we (mortals)
are: Plut. κρείττονος ἦν μοίρας
. The
"from
his birth,"
but "best"
:
:
a sense associated with the idea of first prize (
τὰ πρῶτα λαβών
), τὰ πρωτεῖα
: cp.
1313 ; and so 1228
πολὺ δεύτερον
.
δείξει δὲ καὶ
σοί
(sc. δείξει τάχ’ αὐτός
: δηλώσει δέ· οἰχήσεται γὰρ
ἀπιών.
: Eur.
.
(In Plat.
Oedipus is indeed old and worn (110) : but
(
σὺν τοῖς
φιλτάτοις
(with Iocasta): for the sense, below, 957
ἐρημία με …
σμικρὸν τίθησι
. The antithesis of σμικροὶ...μεγάλων
χωρίς
, 160
.
If τὰ μωρὰ τοῦ κόσμου ἐξελέξατο
ὁ θεός, ἵνα
καταισχύνῃ τοὺς σοφούς
: ( "weak
frail
supports. But the neut. plur. "lowly
: Pind.
: Eur.
οὐκ ἐπὶ
τῆς αὐτῆς
( ὁρμεῖ τοῖς πολλοῖς
: but also ἐπί τινι
: Plut. οἰόμενος ἐπὶ δυσὶ βουλαῖς ὥσπερ
ἀγκύραις
ὁρμοῦσαν ἧττον ἐν σάλῳ τὴν πόλιν ἔσεσθαι
. For the metaphor
cp. Soph. fr. 619
ἀλλ’ εἰσὶ μητρὶ
παῖδες ἄγκυραι
βίου
. Eur. fr. 858
.
:
ἐκ τοῦδ’
ἀναπτόμεσθα πρυμνήτην
κάλων
. Campbell understands — "Nor, being a prince ( ἐπὶ εὐτελέσιν
αἰτήμασιν οὐκ ἂν σφόδρα ἱκέτευον
evades the point.
"generator"
: κἂν σῶμα γεννήσῃ
μέγα
though one
=120 ὁ πάντων ἀκορέστατος
. In regard to L's
reading, ὅσα...ἤδη
δοκεῖν αὐτῷ
, "so far as he could now
judge."
( ἀλλ’, εἰκάσαι
μέν, ἡδύς
. I prefer (
( "Thou hast
τίς ἡ ἐμὴ δύναμις; ἀλλ’ ἐν σοὶ πάντα
ἐστίν
ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἐπ’
ἀρρήτοις γε τοῖς ἐμοῖς
λόγοις
(sc.
μὴ καί τι πρὸς κακοῖσι προσθῆται
κακόν
ἴδια προσθέσθαι κακά
οἱ μὲν θρασεῖς προπετεῖς
εἰπών, Ὁρῶ τὸν ἄνδρα, ἵετο ἐπ’
αὐτόν
γλυκέων
ποτῶν, ὅ ἐστι, μέλιτος, οἷς
μειλίσσουσι τὰς θεάς
(see on 100
).
πολλή )στ’ ἀνάγκη τῇδε
"where the basin (
κρατήρ"
) runs together in a stream ( ῥεύματι
modal dat.) of sweetened waters,"is filled by the confluence of sweetened
waters"
; but ( κρατήρ
is the bowl from which the χοαί
are
poured, not a basin which receives them: (
The φυλασσομένους τῶν νεῶν μὴ
ξυντρίψωσιν
χαλεπῶς φέρειν τινός,
τούτου φυλάσσου μήποτ’ ἀχθεσθῇ
κέαρ
τούτου κέαρ
. The τὸν
points to τοῦτο
( τὸ προπεσεῖν
) rather than
κρατήρ
) is less good; and
ἐρήτυσον τέκνα | δεινῆς
ἁμίλλης
ἀπόβαθι
. To Musgrave's ἀφθόνητος γένοιο...καὶ τόνδε λαὸν
εὔθυνε
μετάσταθ’, ἀπόβαθι
φώνει
ἅζονθ’
134 , where see
n. ) equally well: but the language slightly favours οἴσεις.
ὧν ἐπιμεμφομένα σ’ ἁδεῖα
αἰδοῖα
ai)doi=aαἶρε πλῆκτρον εἰ μαχεῖ
ἐστί
cp. ἐπειρωτᾶν...εἰ ἀχαρίστοισι νόμος εἶναι
τοῖς Ἑλληνικοῖσι θεοῖσι
ἀπέχου
τοῦ φωνεῖν
: schol. πρότερον δὲ μὴ
διαλέγου
.
οὐκ οἶσθ’ ὅποι γῆς οὐδ’ ὅποι γνώμης
φέρει
"thou knowest not whither or into
what fancies thou art roaming"
: ποῖ λόγων … ἔλθω;
ποῦ ποτ’ εἶ φρενῶν;
οὐκ ἔχω...ποῖ γνώμης πέσω
πότερόν σέ τις, Αἰσχίνη, τῆς πόλεως
ἐχθρὸν ἢ ἐμὸν εἶναι φῇ;
ἔλθῃ
. Mr. A. Sidgwick has pointed out
( Aesch. ἄν
are
always directly or indirectly interrogative (as τίς...κατάσχοι;
ἄν
. The
principle is (I think) true. But here, at least, the genuinely
"deliberative" ἔλθῃ
seems best. See
Appendix.
Since ἀκούοντας
conceals some other participle (such as
κατοκνοῦντας
or ἀπιθοῦντας
). It
is hard to see why Herm. thought the "negatio
contrarii"
to be γνωτὰ κοὐκ ἄγνωτα
μηδέ
, not καὶ
οὐκ
; the latter supposes that οὐ
and its partic. form one word. "and that, too, not
unwillingly"
—surely a weak sense. The existence of this as the only
μηδ’ αὐτοῦ θάνω
μή σε κιχείω
μή σευ ἀκούσω
ὦ ξεῖνοι
(the Chorus): cp. ὦ ξένοι,...μή μ’ ἀνέρῃ
ὦ ξένοι, οἰκτείρατ’
ὄμμα σόν
. Cp. πρέσβεις
σύ
"these
seats,"
the resting-place, generally, in front of the grove,
rather than the particular rocky seat pointed out at 192 f. : cp. 233 f.
(Hardly "
οὐ μὴ διατρίψεις
οὔ σοι μὴ μεθέψομαί ποτε
οὐ μή σ’ ἐγὼ |
περιόψομἀπελθόντ’
εἶπεν ὅτι ἡ Σπάρτη οὐδὲν μὴ κάκιον
οἰκιεῖται αὐτοῦ ἀποθανόντος
L's οὕτως
in
194 . The choice seems to lie between
For ἔτι—
before προβ.
, cp. το— πρίν
After ὤμοι … ἄτας
. See Metrical Analysis.
μέν
, "verily") may here be simply hortative ("come!") as it oft. is with
the imperat.: εἰ δ’ ἄγε μὴν πείρησαι
ἄγρει μάν
ἴτε μάν
τυφλῷ ποδί
ἀμαυραῖς χερσίν
ποδὸς
ἀμαυρὸν ἴχνος
= merely "my
ἀμαυρός
, "dim," and the fig. sense, "feeble," we must be guided
by the context of each passage; and the context here favours the former.
Cp. 1018.
μὴ σπέρχου, φίλος
ὦ μῶρος, εἰ χρὴ δεσπότας εἰπεῖν
τόδε
τρέφω τί ἄφιλον
=to hold a thing
(in one's thoughts) as unloveable: cp. ἐν ἐλπίσιν τρέφω τι
οὕτω νενομίκασι τὰ περὶ τοὺς
νόμους
ὁ...ἐρων τῇ ψυχῇ...ὕβριν ἥγηται τὴν
περὶ τὸ σῶμα τοῦ σώματος πλησμονήν
οὕτω πεπίστευκας σαυτῷ
τρέφω
occurs in ἄνδρας ἀγακλειτοὺς τέτροφε
Κεκροπίη
τέτραφα
), etc.: but in older Greek only in the Homeric use, as περὶ χροῒ τέτροφεν ἅλμη
(as=
πέφυκεν
) ἄφιλον
, (whate'er) hath
τὸ μὲν … τὸ
δέ
are adverbial: cp. τὰ μέν τι μαχόμενοι, τὰ δὲ καὶ
ἀναπαυόμενοι.
ξυνέδρους δὲ σφίσιν ἐκέλευον ἑλέσθαι
οἵτινες λέγοντες καὶ ἀκούοντες περὶ ἑκάστου
ξυμβήσονται
"who to shrewd
questions shrewdly can reply,"
Calverley).
οὐκ οἶδα ὅ τι ἄν τις χρήσαιτο
αὐτοῖς
εὐσεβῶς πατοῦντες
). For the
fig. sense cp.
"that ye may both
(Butcher and Lang): δόξης οὔποτε τῆσδ’ ἐπιβάντες
ἀνάγκῃ δ’ οὐχὶ δυσμαχητέον
ἀνάγκᾳ δ’ οὐδὲ θεοὶ μάχονται
χρεία διδάσκει, κἂν βραδύς τις ᾖ,
σοφόν
βῆμα
or raised place for speakers, etc.),
distinct, of course, from the ἄξεστος πέτρος
of 19 , which was αὐτόξυλος
(of rough wood,
αὐτοπόρφυρος
(of natural purple), αὐτόποκος
(of simple
wool), αὐτόπυ—ρος
(of unbolted wheaten
flour), αὐτόκομος
(with natural hair, Aristoph. αὐτόροφοι πέτραι
(rocks forming a natural
roof, Oppian ἀντίπαις
( Aesch. ἰσοπέτρου,
χαλκοῦ
,— χαλκόπους
ὀδός
understood ὀνείδη
) ἀντίκεντρα
( Aesch. λίθος
ἀντιθύρετρος
( Nonnus 11. 140 ), ἀντίπυργος πέτρα
(
Eur. ἀντίπρῳρος
, with πρῴρα
facing one. This does not fit the data.
(4) Bellermann: "a (stone) seat over against a rock," "some
peculiarity in the
basement of the low seats."
πόδα τρέπειν
( Eur. γόνυ κάμψῃς
("sit down"), but (1) πόδα
could not here stand for γόνυ
, and (2) the question is now of
πᾶ βῶ, πᾶ στῶ, πᾶ κάμψω
τὸ Περσικὸν ὠρχεῖτο,...καὶ ὤκλαζε καὶ
ἐξανίστατο
"he danced the Persian dance,
sinking down and rising again by turns"
(there was a dance
called
"low,"
(as
"tall,"
) because the seat is near the ground.
λᾶος ὑπὸ ῥιπῆς
λᾶαν
. The MSS. have ἐν τῷ ε—
τῆς καθόλου
( =bk 5 of his lost work
κάθιζέ... με
ἦ κἀπὶ γαίας ἁρμόσαι πόδας
θέλεις;
"wouldest thou set thy feet together
(plant thy feet) on the ground?"
"fit
thy foot into its quiet resting
place."
This seems improbable. "Time thy step to
ἰὼ φρενῶν δυσφρόνων ἁμαρτήματα
; ἀτὰρ τίς εἶ; πόθεν; τίν’ ἐξαυδᾶν σε
χρή
Oed. replies to their ἀπόπολις δ’ ἔσει, | μῖσος
ὄβριμον ἀστοῖς
. Soph. has
Wunder's correction of the MS.
λαμπρὰ …
φύσιν, | πατρὸς μὲν οὖσα γένεσιν Εὐρύτου,
κ.τ.λ.
πατρὸς τίνος ἐστὶ καὶ μητρός;
οἰκίας μεγάλης ἦν
ὅσοι τῶν μεγάλων δήμων ἐστέ.
εἰς πινάκιον γράψαντα τοὔνομα πατρόθεν
καὶ φυλῆς καὶ δήμου
ἐμὸς τὰ πατρόθεν
τί πάθω; τί δὲ μήσομαι;
οἴμοι
.
αἰνὰ φύσις
ἐπ’
ἔσχατα χθονός
: προβᾶσ’ ἐπ’ ἔσχατον θράσους
ἐς τὸ ἔσχατον κακοῦ ἀπιγμένοι
Hermann's
ὑπέροπτα
οὔρια θεῖτε
χρόνια...πεσὼν...εὐνάζεται
The family patronymic was taken from Labdacus (the father of Laïus), though
the line was traced directly up to Cadmus, father of Polydorus and
grandfather of Labdacus (
The relat. clause οἵαν μ’ ἄρ’ ἔθου λώβαν
ὅ γε δῆμος ὁ τῶν Φωκέων οὕτω
κακῶς...διάκειται, ὥστε...τεθνάναι τῷ φόβῳ...τοὺς
Φιλίππου ξένους
τοῦτο κἄμ’ ἔχει πόθος
The MSS. give the one word
τὸ δ’ ἔνθεν ποῖ τελευτῆσαί με
χρή;
οὐ γάρ ἐστιν ὄφλημα ὅ τι χρὴ καταθέντα
ἐπίτιμον γενέσθαι τουτονί
νικῶντί γε χάριν … οὐ τραχύς εἰμι
καταθέμεν
πάσχειν, παθόντα δ’ οὐκ ἐπίστασθαι
τίνειν
τίνοι...τροφάς
ὧν
ἄν
, as 395 ,
With Wunder's ἵμερον τέκνων … ἔσχε δαίσασθαι
οὐδ’ ἐπιθυμία σε ἄλλης πόλεως οὐδ’
ἄλλων νόμων ἔλαβεν εἰδέναι
ἀρχόμενοι τῆς πόλεως οἰκίζειν
δῶκε δ’ ἄγειν
τέχνα
ἐγώ σοι παραβάλλομαι θρήνους
παραβαλλόμεναι
οὐδὲ
δεῖ
)
ναυβάτας τις ἔπλευσεν | Κρήτας
ἔξορμος
ἂν ἑλών τις ἀκουσίου φόνου...μετὰ
ταῦτ’ αἰδέσηται καὶ ἀφῇ
This whole μέλος ἀπὸ σκηνῆς
of Antigone (237 — 253) , with the tetrastichon of the Chorus (254 —
257) , was rejected by some of the ancient critics, acc. to the
schol. on L: "for they say it is better that Oed.
should
But,
as the schol. rightly adds, it is natural and graceful that an appeal to
pity ( ἐλεεινολογία
),— which the daughter
makes,—should precede the father's appeal to reason ( τὸ
δικαιολογικόν
). The schol. further remarks that Didymus (
ἀθέτησις
rested on the absence of these verses from the older
Alexandrian copies. Though the text is doubtful in some points, the internal
evidence cannot be said to afford any good ground for suspicion.
ἀλαὸν
was an interpolation: see crit. n.
ἀκουσίων
): 977 : κακὰ ἑκόντα κοὐκ ἄκοντα
κλύω
ὡς ἐγὼ ἀκοῇ αἰσθάνομαι
κἂν ἄλλο μηδέν, ἀλλὰ τοὐκείνης
κάρα
Hermann's τὸν
ἄθλιον
in 246 is against this (see,
however, on 554 ). Perhaps
ἐσορώμενοι
Ζηνὸς ἑρκείου
ἐφυμνείτω Δία | ξύναιμον
ἐν γὰρ τῷ θεῷ τοῦτο τὸ τέλος ἦν, οὐκ
ἐν ἐμοί
βουλῇ πιφαύσκω δ’ ὔμμ’ ἐπισπέσθαι
πατρός
ξυμμάρτυρας ὔμμ’ ἐπικτῶμαι.
Ζεὺς ὅ τι νεύσῃ
ἐπι‐
or
κατανεύειν
).
μή, πρός σε τοῦ κατ’ ἄκρον
κ.τ.λ.
πρός τ’
or πρὸς δ’
and even then would be harsh. Join,
then, ἐξ ἐμοῦ
τοῖς οἴκοθεν φίλοις
πρός σ’ …
σοι — ἐκ σέθεν
seems intentional (cp.
καὶ τὴν φήμην καὶ τὴν μνήμην
ἀγῶνας...μὴ μόνον τάχους· καὶ ῥώμης
ἀλλὰ καὶ λόγου καὶ γνώμης.
χρῆμα
, "thing," any cherished possession
(cp. καί σοι τοῦτο, γέρον, κειμήλιον
ἔστω
τὴν ὁμοιότητα ἀναμιμνησκόμενος τῆς τε
πόλεως καὶ τοῦ ἀνδρὸς οὕτω καθ’ ἕκαστον ἐν μέρει ἀθρῶν
τὰ παθήματα ἑκατέρου λέγε
ὅτῳ φρένας | θεὸς ἄγει πρὸς
ἄταν
ἄγοι
, cp. καλεῖ | ἐμός
First κομμός
(510—548) between Oedipus and the Chorus, Theseus
enters, and assures Oedipus of protection.
οὐ γὰρ τὸ μέλλον ἐκ θεῶν
ἠπίστατο
τὰς … ἐκ θεῶν | τύχας
τὰς ἐκ θεῶν ἀνάγκας
τὰ τῶν θεῶν
For ἀλλ’ ἔα με καὶ τὴν ἐξ ἐμοῦ
δυσβουλίαν
ῥεῖπᾶν ἄδηλον
χάρις διαρρεῖ
fluit voluptas corporis et prima
quaeque avolat
Ἀθηναίοις δὲ ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ καὶ ἄλλα
ἐστὶν οὐκ ἐς άπαντας ἐπίσημα καὶ Ἐλέου βωμός, ᾧ μάλιστα
θεῶν ἐς ἀνθρώπινον βίον καὶ μεταβολὰς πραγμάτων ὅτι
ὠφέλιμος, μόνοι τιμὰς Ἑλλήνων νέμουσιν Ἀθηναῖοι. τούτοις
δὲ οὐ τὰ ἐς φιλανθρωπίαν μόνον καθέστηκεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐς
θεοὺς εὐσεβοῦσιν ἄλλων πλέον· καὶ Αἰδοῦς σφίσι βωμός
ἐστι καὶ Φήμης καὶ Ὁρμῆς
"alone,"
but "more than all others"
: cp.
These two examples are cited in Her.
9.27 ; in the spurious ἐπιτάφιος
ascribed to Lysias ( or. 2 §§ 4-16 ); and in that
ascribed to Demosthenes ( or. 60 §§ 7, 8 ).
Isocrates quotes them in the
διετέλεσαν τὴν πόλιν κοινὴν παρέχοντες καὶ τοῖς ἀδικουμένοις ἀεὶ τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἐπαμύνουσαν
τίς οὐκ ἀκήκοε τῶν τραγῳδοδιδασκάλων Διονυσίοις
ὡς ἀεὶ λίαν φιλοικτίρμων ἐστὶ καὶ τοῦ ἥττονος θεραπίς,
αἰεὶ καὶ τὸ πάλαι φαίνεσθε πολλοὺς ἐλευθερώσαντες ἀνθρώπων
τοὺς κρείττους φίλους ἀφιέντες ἀεὶ τοὺς ἥττους αἱρούμεθα
ἐσθλός, ὥστ’ ἀρκεῖν φίλοις
εἶναι
, here synonymous with οἷός τε
this ellipse of
εἰμί
is frequent.
τί δόξα μάτην ῥέουσα ὠφελεῖ,
; Instead however, of a clause ἐμοὶ δὲ...κ.τ.λ.
, thus depending on
ποῦ,
πῶς, ποῖος,
τίς
), makes the query an indignant comment on a preceding
statement:
καὶ τίς, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, τοῦτ’ ἰδὼν
τὸ παράδειγμα δίκαιον αὑτὸν παρασχεῖν ἐθελήσει;
παρ’ ὑμῖν
had preceded: hence= ἐπεὶ ὑμεῖς
. Cp. 427
, 866 . ἀθυμίαν τε πλείστην ὁ χρόνος παρεῖχε παρὰ
λόγον ἐπιγιγνόμενος,
νῦν δὲ τί δεῖ μακρηγορεῖν,
πολλῇ μὲν παραινέσει...τί δεῖ χρῆσθαι,
οἵ γε
).
τί χρὴ δρᾶν;
As 276 shows, ἔξω...βαίνετε χώρας
βάθρον
ἀσκέπαρνον
(101) within its
precincts.
σῶμα
in the next v., cp. τὸ γὰρ | … πράσσειν
τὸ δὲ | … δρᾶν
"a man more sinned against than
sinning"
τοῖς ἔργοις
πεπονθώς εἰμι
(cp. 873 ), we have τὰ ἔργα
μου πεπονθότ’ ἐστί
. (Cp. 74 , 1604 .) γάμος· τεκνῶν καὶ τεκνούμενος
τὸ
βουλόμενον, τὸ ὀργιζόμενον τῆς
γνώμης
( Thuc. 1.90 , 2. 59 ): τὸ δεδιός, τὸ θαρσοῦν αὐτοῦ
"Ye shrink from me as from a guilty man. And yet ( φύσιν
), or incurred παθὼν ἀντέδρων
: see
φρονῶν
) who he was, I might plead this in my
defence: but, in fact, I did ὥστ’
εἰ φρονῶν …
κακός
, which could not apply to the incest, limits the
reference of ἀντέδρων
to the parricide; while ἱκόμην
( 273 ) refers
to
He has two distinct pleas, (1) provocation, and (2) ignorance. These could
have been expressed by εἰδὼς δ’
οὐδέν
. But (2) is forestalled by the thought that, if he
βλαστοῦσ’
ὅπως ἔβλαστε
.
οἵ μ’ ἀπωλλύτην
ἱκέται
to leave sanctuary, cp.
θεοὺς προτείνων τοὺς θεοὺς ψευδεῖς
τίθης
ἐν μοίραις ποιεῖσθε
. The prep. ἐν
is indispensable. See the discussion of
this passage in the Appendix. The gentlest remedy would be ἐν οὐδενὶ λόγῳ ποιεῖσθαι
ἐν οὐδεμιᾷ μοίρᾳ ἄγειν
οὐδενὸς λόγου ποιεῖσθαι
οὐδεμιᾶς μοίρας
ποιεῖσθαι
. For the two negatives cp. καὶ μὴ δοκεῖν μὲν δρᾶν τι πημαίνειν δὲ
μή
θεοὺς
τιμῶντες
), and then to refuse the gods their μοῖρα
, their due tribute of practical piety.
You treat the gods as if they were not, when at their shrines you do ἀνόσια ἔργα
(283)
by violating your pledge to a suppliant.
ι
was regularly omitted before ει
or η
( ποεῖ, ποήσει
), though never before ου, οι
, or ω
( ἐποίουν,
ποιοίη, ποιῶν
: Meisterhans, p. 27). L generally, but not
always, omits the ι
before ει
or η
if the
syll. is short. Forms from ποιῶ
, with the
1st syll. short, occur below in 459 , 584 , 652 , 1018 , 1033 , 1037 , 1144 .
In 584 and 652 ,
as here, L keeps the ι
: in the other five
places it omits it. In 1517 , where the
quantity is different, L has ποεῖν
.
The place of καί μοί τις ὀπτήρ
μὴ νῦν μέν τις εὐχερὴς παρῇς
οὔπω
, because of the imperat. ἡγοῦμαι γὰρ αὐτοὺς οὔ τι
διαπράξασθαι
ὄμνυμι
), and sometimes in strong expressions
of personal conviction: οἶδα μήτε μ’ ἂν νόσον | μήτ’ ἄλλο
πέρσαι μηδέν
νομίσαντες μὴ ἂν...ἱκανοὶ
γενέσθαι
ἐνόμισε δὲ μὴ ἂν γενέσθαι ποτὲ
πιστόν.
τοιοίδε μέντοι φῶτες ἔμπληκτοι
βροτῶν
βροτοῖς
is a specious variant, βροτῶν
has the better authority: cp.
ἀνδρῶν δ’ οὔ κέν τις ζωὸς
βροτός
σὺν
τοῖς θεοῖς
(schol.), "with
whose help,"
since the gods strengthen men to refrain from
evil, as well as to do good.
κάλυμμα
) of dishonour cast over her bright
fame: cp. τὸν δ’ ἅχεος νεφέλη ἐκάλυψε
μέλαινα
ἀξιῶν...τὰς πατρικὰς ἀρετάς, ὦν
ἐπιφανεῖς ἦσαν οἱ πρόγονοι, μὴ ἀφανίζειν
ἠμαυρωμένος τῇ δόξῃ.
λέγοντες ὡς κατὰ λόγον ἦσαν ἄρα αἱ
Ἀθῆναι μεγάλαι τε καὶ εὐδαίμονες
ἐγγύη
, pledge, that I should not be wronged (176) . Elsewhere
φερέγγυος
); γῆν ἄσυλον καὶ δόμους
ἐχεγγύους
πύργος ἀσφαλής
ἐχέγγυος
in ἀνιστᾶσι ( τοὺς ἱκέτας ) … οἱ
πρυτάνιες, … ὑπεγγύους πλὴν θανάτου
ἱκέτης
of the Eumenides
(44)
κατ’ ὀμφὰς τὰς Ἀπόλλωνος
κέρδη
mentioned in the
prayer which only his daughter witnessed (92)
. Cp. 72 .
τοὺς αὐτοέντας ...τιμωρεῖν
τινας
ὁ μὲν εὐδαιμονήσειν μέλλων...ὁ δέ τις
ἐξαρθείς κ.τ.λ.
τοῦ παρεῖναι αὐτόν
)
τὰ
νῦν, τὸ αὐτίκα, τὸ ἐκ τοῦδε
, etc. Dem. τὸν μεταξὺ
χρόνον...τῶν ὅρκων
, the interval between (that time, and)
the oaths: ἐν μέσῳ...ἀήρ ἐστι γῆς
τὰ δ’ ἀπ’ ἀλλόθρου | γνώμας
μολόντ’
τὴν ἐξ ἐμοῦ δυσβουλίαν
"expressed"
(rather than "mentioned"
): cp. οὐ γὰρ τὰ ῥήματα τὰς οἰκειότητας ἔφη
βεβαιοῦν, μάλα σεμνῶς ὀνομάζων
βουλεύεσθε οὖν βραδέως ὡς οὐ περὶ
βραχέων
δεσποτῶν θανάτοισι
τὴν ὁμοιότητα...καὶ ἀνομοιότητα
ἀκριβῶς διειδέναι
διειπεῖν
αἴνιγμα
), to solve it.
The ξένος
had spoken of Theseus as ὁ κατ’ ἄστυ βασιλεύς
πατρῴας
γῆς ἄστυ
, but simply "his father's city
in the land"
(the gen. πατρῷος
as= πάτριος
; but in the mouth of Oed. (
πατρῷον ἄστυ
means the city of Laïus, and in that of Ant. (
τὰ πάτρια...δώματα
(
"ancestral"
home.
σποράδην καὶ κατὰ κώμας οἰκοῦσαν
, Isocr.
ἔπεμπεν
, which could only mean, "was our summoner."
πέμψον τινὰ στελοῦντα
Wecklein brackets these nine verses, thinking that they arose from a
misunderstanding of 551-554 . Theseus divined
the ξένος
must have been sent to
Athens by the Chorus before they came to the grove
(117) , and could not, therefore, know the name of Oedipus (first
disclosed at 222 ). He could only tell Theseus
that there was a blind stranger at Colonus, who hinted at his own power to
confer benefits
(72) , and who looked noble (76) .
Theseus, on entering (551) , at once greets
Oedipus by name, though he had never seen him before
(68) . He had divined the identity through a knowledge of the history (553) — ξένος
could tell. And on the way to Colonus (adds Theseus) he has been made
Join
speremus nostrum nomen volitare et
vagari latissime.
and like verbs can take a gen. either
of the
ὑφεῖρπε γὰρ πολύ
πολὺς μὲν γὰρ ὁ Φίλιππος ἔσται
εὕδει πόντος
, etc., cp. 621 ) than of men: but
καθεύδω
, at least, was often thus used: ὥρα μέντοι σοι μὴ καθεύδειν ἀλλὰ
προσέχειν τοῖς πράγμασιν
σπεῦδε
βραδέως
) both suppose that Theseus lingers by the way. But,
if he started, he would scarcely loiter.
βραδύς
is joined with
μαλακός
in Plat. βραδύτης
with ἡσυχιότης
in
τοῦ κασιγνήτου τί φής
ἀναξίου μὲν φωτὸς ἐξερήσομαι
εἰπὲ δέ μοι πατρός τε καὶ
vἱέος
ὄνησιν
ἀστοῖς
τοῖσδε
, but has reserved all explanation of his meaning
until Theseus shall arrive (288) . His
exclamation here again touches on his secret; but, instead of
interpreting
ἐσθλῷ γὰρ ἀνδρί [ γ’ ] ἐσθλὰ καὶ διδοῖ
θεός
ξένοις ἐπαρκῶν τῶν ἴσων τεύξῃ
ποτέ
ὁ χρηστός, ὡς ἔοικε, καὶ χρηστοὺς
ποιεῖ
μετέρχεται τὸ δίκαιον εἰς
πλεονεξίαν
οἷ αὐτῷ κακὰ τεύχει ἀνὴρ ἄλλῳ κακὰ
τεύχων
λίαν φιλῶν σεαυτὸν οὐδ’ ἕξεις
φίλον
τί φῶ;
οἴμοι, τί δῆτα λέξομεν πρὸς τόνδ’
ἔπος;
ὦ Ζεῦ, τί λέξεις;
εἴπωμεν ἢ σιγῶμεν ἢ τί
δράσομεν;
πῶλος
, τῶν καμήλων
κύνεοι
πῶλος
μικροφιλότιμος
buys Λακωνικὰς κύνας,
Σικελικὰς
περιστεράς
, etc. In Aristoph. Αἰτναῖος μέγιστος
κάνθαρος
is not a mere joke on the Etna breed of
ἡλιοστερὴς
, "for her head." The βιοστερής
ὀμματοστερής
Ζεὺς...ἀποστεροίη γάμον
ἀποστρέφοι μοι
. (1) χλαινάων ἀνεμοσκεπέων
στέγω
as "to keep
out."
The latter seems most applicable to ἀμφὶ δὲ παρδαλέᾳ στέγετο φρίσσοντας
ὄμβρους
πῖλον...ὑδασιστεγῆ
καυσία
(a broad-brimmed felt hat, used in Macedonia—from καῦσις
), καὶ σκέπας ἐν
νιφετῷ, καὶ κόρυς ἐν
πολέμῳ.
κυνῆ
), κυνῆ δέ, ὅτι ἔχει
περικεφαλαίαν τὸ
πέτασον
. In the Ἀρκὰς κυνῆ
(fr. 251) .
οὐδὲ γόνατ’ ὰν κόπος ἕλοι με
Elms. cp. ἆρ’ εἰσίν; ἆρ’ οὐκ εἰσί; τίς φράσειεν
ἄν;
αὕτη μὲν
ἡ τοῦ φαινομένου δύναμις
h( tou=
fainome/nou du/namisan me ludit amabilis Insania?
ἀδύνατον ἅμα καταφάναι καὶ ἀποφάναι
ἀληθῶς.
ὅ τι
): cp.
ὑπέροπτα...πορεύεται
παιδός με σαίνει φθόγγος
"greets mine ear."
σαίνει μ’ ἔννυχος φρυκτωρία
The αὐτὸς πρὸς αὑτοῦ· δῆλον·
ὦ κοινὸν αὐτάδελφον Ἰσμήνης
κάρα
Ismene has come from Thebes, where she has hitherto continued to live, in order to bring her father important tidings. The Thebans will shortly make an attempt to fix his home, not within, but near their borders. A war has already broken out between his sons.
There is no contrast in this play, as in the early part of the
ὦ πάτερ καὶ κασιγνήτη, δισσὰ ἐμοὶ ἥδιστα
προσφωνήματα
, two names most sweet for me to use: cp.
πολλὴν κατ’ ἀχλὺν ὀμμάτων ἔχευεν
.
ἄτλητον … ὁρᾶν,
In the MSS. the verse θιγγάνω …
δυσμόρου … ἐμοῦ τρίτης
as meaning, "I too am linked in this
unhappy circle": adding that "the
construction of a reply, in this sort of dialogue, is not to
be pressed too closely."
The source of the confusion in the MSS.
was obviously that the gen. ὦ τέκνον, ἥκεις
) after v. 329 ( πρόσψαυσον
). Wecklein places v. 328 ( τέκνον, πέφηνας
) after v.
329 . Neither of these changes is hurtful; but neither appears
necessary.
"my children and my sisters"
would be δύσφημον
here). In Soph. ὅμαιμος, ὁμαίμων
always refer to brother or
sister: 323 , 979
, 1275 , 1405
, 1772 :
σοῦ
: τὠμῷ πόθῳ
πότερον
, to avoid an anapaest:
φόβοισί γ’ αὐτὸν ἐξελυσάμην.
αὐτὴλόγουσἀγγέλλουσα
. πραγμάτων εὐάγγελον.
ξὺν
(
τούτῳ
) οἰκετῶν ὅνπερ εἶχον
πιστὸν μόνον
, the attrac tion of the relative extending to
the predicative adj.: οὔτε φόβος οὔτ’ ἄλλο οὐδὲν ἐπῆρεν...ὧν
ἔκρινα δικαίων καὶ συμφερόντων τῇ πόλει οὐδὲν
προδοῦναι
εἰσι
):
so as to do their part. The infin. was thus used in ὅδε
), as εἰσὶ καὶ οἵδε τάδ’ εἰπέμεν, οἵ μοι
ἕποντο
γυναῖκες αἴδε συγκαθιστάναι
νόσον
οἵδε εἰσὶ
πονεῖν
( "here they are
) is modelled the interrogative ποῦ εἰσὶ πονεῖν
; "where
are they, that they may serve
(as they are bound to do)?"
So ποῦ δῆτ’ ἀμύνειν οἱ κατὰ στέγας
Φρύγες;
ἥκουσιν
or the like, and agrees less well
with the reply.
τὰ πολλὰ πάντα ἔμπαλιν τοῖσι ἄλλοισι
ἀνθρώποισι ἐστήσαντο ἤθεά τε καὶ νόμους· ἐν τοῖσι αἱ μὲν
γυναῖκες ἀγοράζουσι καὶ καπηλεύουσι, οἱ δὲ ἄνδρες κατ
οἴκους ἐόντες ὑφἀίνουσι
γ’
for ιγ’
in
the schol. here, Müller Νόμιμα Βαρβαρικά
, repeated the
statement of Her., adding (prob. of himself) that Sesostris had thus
sought to tame the men of Egypt to his sway. Anaxandrides, of the Middle
Comedy ( οὔθ’ οἱ τρόποι γὰρ ὁμονοοῦς), οὔθ’ οἱ
νόμοι | ἡμῶν
ἀγοράζουσι καὶ
καπηλεύουσι
of Her. 2.35 .
Elsewhere τροφεῖα
always = "reward for
rearing" ( Plat.
ἄμφω
is said
of two "sides" or armies, considered as units ( εἴπερ γάρ κ’ ἐθέλοιμεν Ἀχαιοί τε Τρῶές
τε | … ἀριθμηθήμεναι ἄμφω
Not noticing Ismene's hint (336) , Oedipus imagines his sons in repose at Thebes. He is soon to learn that one of them, an exile, is levying war against the other (374) .
οἰκουρεῖτον
, though a dual follows (345)
: εἰχέτην...εὔχεσθε
ὡς εἰδέτην...ἠσπάσαντο
ἀλλήλους
εἴπετον δή μοι...ὃ ὠνομάσατε
ἄρτι
ἱκανὸν φόβον ταῖς γυναιξὶ παρασκευάζων
τοῦ σωφρονεῖν καὶ μηδὲν ἁμαρτάνειν ἀλλὰ δικαίως
οἰκουρεῖν
τὰν ἐμὰν μελέου τροφάν
nostros vidisti flentis
ocellos
τἀμὰ … κακὰ
: cognate acc. to πονεῖν
πόνους
), "ye δυστήνου
, placed between art. and
noun, must not be taken with ὑπερππονεῖτον
). Cp.
νέας | τροφῆς στερηθείς
νέα τροφή
"in body"
(acc. of respect). This compound
verb, though metrically convenient, seems not to occur elsewhere before
the κατίσχυον καὶ τῷ πλήθει καὶ ταῖς
εὐχειρίαις
πύλαι ᾅδου οὐ κατισχύουσιν
αὐτῆς
παιδαγωγεῖν
(so, in late Greek, ξεναγωγεῖν
for ξεναγεῖν
):
α·νυπόδητος
. νήλιπος, οἰέανος
εἰς ὄρος ὅκχ’ ἕρπῃς, μὴ ἀνάλιπος
ἔρχεο, Βάττε
ἦλιψ γὰρ τὸ
ὑπόδημα
. If the word really comes from an ἦλιψ
(of which there is no other trace), then νήλιπος
, which Blomfield ( Aesch. νήλιπος
from λίπος
(fat, unguent), explaining it by αὐχμηρὸς καὶ
ἀλιπής
( "unkempt"
).
γερονταγωγεῖ, πολλὰ μὲν ... ἀλωμένη,
πολλοῖσι
δ’ ὄμβρ. μοχθοῦσα
, is so far regular and complete: then we
should have expected ἡγουμένη
,
introducing a comment on the μοχθοῦσα
to itself, and thus breaks the
symmetry of the antithesis. The substitution of a finite verb for a
second participial clause is freq. in Greek; but is usu. managed as if
here we had πολλὰ
μὲν...ἀλωμένη, πολλοῖς δ’ ὄμβρ. μοχθεῖ, ἡγουμένη
etc. Cp.
ἀμφισταμένη
): οὐ
μολπὰν...ἔχων,—...ἀλλὰ...βοᾷ
βοῶν
): ἐδόκει μοι ταύτῃ πειρᾶσθαι σωθῆ\ναι,
ἐνθυμουμένῳ ὅτι, ἐὰν μὲν λάθω, σωθήσομαι·, ἐὰν δὲ ληφθῶ,
ἡγούμην
Φιλοκτήτης ὃν οἱ | δισσοὶ
στρατηγοί
κόνιν σήραντες ἢ κατεῖχε τὸν |
νέκυν
κἀπὶ τοῖς | σαυτῆς κακοῖσι
δ’, τ’,
ταῦτ’
at the end of a v. (
περί
), gen. of connection; see on 307 .
μου
first arose from inattention to the exact sense. A gen. after τίς
ἐπίσκοπος
of Dionysus,
μου
.
τίνι | στόλῳ προσέσχες;
μή
could stand with it in the
corresponding affirmative statement: thus ( βραδὺς ἔρχει
, you (always) come slowly,
, you
never come slowly, μὴ οὐ
is irregular, because the affirmative
form would be ἥκεις οὐ
(not μὴ
) φέρουσα
,
a simple statement of fact; and so the negative should be οὐχ ἥκεις οὐ φέρουσα
. But μὴ οὐ
is used as if the sentence
were οὐκ
ἂν ἦλθες μὴ οὐ φέρουσα
.
From Thebes to Athens is a short day's journey; but Ismene has sought her father far and wide. This could not well have been if, as Campbell supposes (on 355 ), the oracles which she herself had formerly brought to him had directed his course towards Attica.
"
Cp. ἐπετήρουν τοὺς Ἀθηναίους οἷ
κατασχήσουσιν
"about"
: oft. of encompassing tenderness, as 1614 ; here, of besetting trouble: unless we
take it as merely = "in the case of": cp. ἀλλ’ ἀμφὶ τοῖς σφαλεῖσι μὴ )ξ ἑκουσίας
| ὀργὴ πέπειρα
Eteocles and Polyneices were young boys at the fall of Oedipus (see on 1 ), and their uncle Creon (brother of Iocasta)
became regent (
τε … μηδέ
= " ἐρίζω, ἔρις
of ἀγαθὴ
ἔρις
, which rouses men to effort, as opp. to the κακὴ
ἔρις
( Hes. ἔρις
into 367.
τε
is answered by
οὐδέ
(instead of οὔτε
) Eur. δέ
οὔτε
by δέ
, Eur.
οὔτε
(or μήτε
)... τε
is common enough, there is no example of τε...οὔτε
(or μήτε
).
Paley's Κρέοντι
is,
however, highly probable. It would mean, "to Creon in the next resort." So ἐγὼ
κράτη δὴ πάντα καὶ θρόνους ἔχω
, I ἣ δὴ τὸ μητρὸς δευτέρα τόδ’ ἕζετο |
μαντεῖον
ἡ δ’ οὖν ἐάσθω
( ἐασόμενοι )
( ἐάσομαι )
( ἐώμενος )
ἐάω
is not classical.
ὅπως μίασμα πᾶσ’ ὑπεκφύγῃ
πόλις
ὀργῇ λελέχθαι
σοφίᾳ...ἔπος πέφανται.
ὁ
δεινὸς ὁ μέγας
instead of ὁ
δεινὸς μέγας
(cp. Wecklein, ἀλείτης
("sinner," ἀλοιτός
in Lycophr. 579
) should have suggested a form ἀλιτροσύνη
, says that in
the ὥσπερ πίθακον ἀλιτρίας πολλᾶς
πλέων
, "from
a sin of the mind."
The objection to this is the unexampled
lengthening of the second syllable.
The dat. after παρέστη μοι
, "it ἐμοὶ γὰρ οἶκτος... εἰσέβη
) λέγεται ( τῷ Κροίσῳ … ἐσελθεῖν...τὸ
τοῦ Σόλωνος
τὸν Κροῖσον γέλως ἐσῆλθε
εἰσῆλθέ μ’ οἶκτος
τρισαθλίοιν
was first given by Porson, since otherwise there
would be no caesura either in the 3rd or in the 4th foot. He compares τρὶς μάκαρες Δαναοὶ καὶ
τετράκις
καὶ τρὶς κακοδαίμων καὶ τετράκις,
κ.τ.λ.
τρὶς
and ἀθλίοιν
cohere, the answer is that, for the
metre, the degree of coherence makes all the difference. Blaydes,
keeping τρισαθλίοιν
, quotes five such
cases as "free from
suspicion."
They are the same five which Porson had
discussed and proposed to amend in connection with this passage ( κρυσταλλοπῆγα
), Eur. ὁρωμένου
), Soph.
ἐπεγγελῷεν
),
Aesch.
παρεσκόπεις
, doubtful), ἐπεικάσαι
, doubtful). Of these, παρεσκόπεις
is the only exact parallel to τρισαθλίοιν
, as being a single word
coincident with the dipodia, and not preceded by elision.
If νεώτερος ὤν
, the
pleonasm would be too weak: perh., then, it is tinged with the notion of νεανιευόμενος
(as in ποῖ; μῶν νεάζων οὐχ ὁρᾷς ἃ χρῆν σ’
ὁρᾶν;
στερίσκω
(Thuc., Plat., Eur., etc.) was
commoner in Attic than this compound.
ὡς ἐπλήθυον λόγοι
Ἐπίγονοι
, popularly ascribed to Homer ( Her. 4.32 , who expresses doubt), and was again
used by Soph. in his
τῆς τε χώρας
τὸ μέσον δὲ τούτων τῶν λεχθέντων ὀρέων
ἡ Θεσσαλίη ἐστί, ἐοῦσα κοίλη
Λακεδαίμονα κοίλην
Κοίλη Συρία
(as lying between Lebanon and Anti-Lebanon). The epith. Πελασγικὸν
Ἄργος
(perh. Thessaly), Ἀχαϊκὸν
and Ἴασον
Ἄργος
(Peloponnesus).
κῆδος
Ἀδράστου
λαβών
, Eur.
κ.τ.λ.
: "as
purposing that Argos should either possess the Theban land
in honour, or exalt Thebes to the skies"
(by the glory of
having defeated Argos).
ὡς τόδ’ αἷμα χειμάζον πόλιν
ἔρως ἐνέπεσε τοῖς
πᾶσιν...ἐκπλεῦσαι...ὡς ἢ καταστρεψομένοις ἐφ’ ἃ ἔπλεον,
ἢ οὐδὲν ἂν σφαλεῖσαν μεγάλην δύναμιν
ΠΑΙΔ. σοὶ δ’ ἐς τί δόξ’ εἴσῆλθεν
ἐκβαλεῖν τέκνον;—ΚΡΕΟΥΣΑ. ὡς τὸν θεὸν σώσοντα τόν γ’
αὑτοῦ γόνον
τὰ κύκλῳ τῆς Ἀττικῆς κατεχόντων
ἁρμοσταῖς καὶ φρουραῖς
κλέος οὐρανὸν ἵκει
κλέος οὐρανόμηκες
ὥστ’ οὐρανῷ στηρίζον εὑρήσεις
κλέος
τὰ μὲν ἁμαρτανόμενα παρόψονται, τὸ δὲ
κατορθωθὲν οὐρανόμηκες ποιήσουσιν
Nos numerus sumus et fruges consumere
nati.
If the MS. καταθήσεις
τελευτῆσαι
καθιστάναι
ποῖ γὰρ καὶ χρῆν ἀναμεῖναι;
ποῖ
ἐλπίζειν δὲ χρὴ ὡς ἄνδρας ἀγαθοὺς
μᾶλλον ἢ κακοὺς αὐτοὺς γενήσεσθαι
πρὸς δὲ τούτοις ἐλογίζετο ὡς εἰ πάντες
οἱ κοινῶνες θεοσεβεῖς εἶεν, ἧττον ἂν αὐτοὺς
ἐθέλειν
εἴη
εἶναι
, δεῖ
δεῖν
).
ὥστε
in 386
is not conclusive, cp. on 544 ) is worth
weighing: cp. ἐλπίδα δὲ δή τιν’ ἔχομεν ὥστε μὴ
θανεῖν
Since ἐπεὶ τά γ’ ἀρκοῦνθ’ ἱκανὰ τοῖς γε
σώφροσιν
The purport of this new oracle seems to have been: — "The welfare of Thebes
depends on Oed., alive or dead." Ismene paraphrases it: — "It shows that ποτέ
,
ἐν τοῖς ἀναγκαιοτέροις τῶν ἀντιγράφων
(the
Alexan drian commentators). It does not occur except in Soph.: but Theocr. 24. 8 has εὔσοα
τέκνα
("safe and sound").
A and other MSS. have τοιοῦδ’ ὑπ’
, which gives
a clear constr. It seems arbitrary to assume that in L's reading τίς δ’ ἂν τοιοῦδ’ ἀνδρὸς εὖ
πράξειεν ἄν
the syllable lost was rather σοῦ πρὸς δόμους ἐλθόντος εὖ πράξαιμί
τι
τίς δ’ ἀντὶ τοιοῦδ’
ἀνδρὸς εὖ πράξειεν
ἄν;
comparing ἀνθ’ οὗ, ἀντὶ
τοῦ
; but in such phrases ἀντί
= "in recompense
for,"
not "through the agency
of."
εἶναι. ἐν σοὶ γίγνεται τὰ κείνων
κράτη
=their power
κράτη...καὶ θρόνους
ὃ σὺ μαθὼν ἀνὴρ ἔσει
οὐκέτ’ ἀνήρ ἐστιν, ἀλλὰ
σκευοφόρος
see on 1 .
ἄν
, as oft. in poetry, seldom in prose (
φλαῦρον
).
Κρέοντα
: " καὶ μήν... γε
cp.
οὐδείς μέ πω ἠρώτηκε καινὸν οὐδὲν
πολλῶν ἐτῶν
ἐντός
is
sometimes added ( ἐντὸς τριῶν μηνῶν κατέσχεν ἅπασαν
Μακεδονίαν
γνωτὰ κοὐκ ἄγνωτα
οἱ Θηβαῖοι
: Creon himself lays stress on his
mission to speak for
κατοικίσωσι
. The word has a certain harsh fitness for τὸν πλανήτην
ὡς ἄγχι γῆς στήσῃ
σε
speaks the plural strain of the whole passage ( κείνων
κρατῶσι
κείνοις
θέλουσι
ἐμβατεύειν πατρίδος
ἐπεμβαίνω
(924) is warranted by the first preposition.
The tenor of this fine passage should be observed.
Oedipus took ἐν σοί
ἄτην τοῖς πέμψασιν
οὐδὲν γὰρ αὐτὴν δεῖ θύρασιν εὐπρεπὲς |
φαίνειν πρόσωπον
θύρασι,
θύραζε,
θύραθεν, θυραῖος
the notion of "external" is uppermost, the
figurative uses of the plural θύραι
always
speak of ἐπὶ
τὰς θύρας φοιτᾶν, ἐπὶ ταῖς θύραις διατρίβειν, ἐπὶ ταῖς
θύραις τῆς Ἑλλάδος ἐσμέν
( Xen. θύραισι
would mean, not, "outside of their doors,"
but "at their
οἰκοῦντος
.
ἄμοιρος...νέκυς
of a corpse denied due rites (
ἐναγίζειν
) at it: cp. τῷ μὲν ὡς ἀθανάτῳ...θύουσι, τῷ δὲ...ὡς
ἥρωι ἐναγίζουσι
ἐναγισμός
would be at least annual (cp. Isae. or. 2 §
46 ). The schol. takes
Cp. γνώμῃ κυρήσας οὐδ’ ἀπ’ οἰωνῶν
μαθών
"to
associate you with them (as a
prospective
ally) in the neighbourhood of their land, and not (to leave
you) in a place where you will be your own master."
Cp. χρήσαντος τοῦ θεοῦ τὸν Ἕλληνα φίλον
προσθέσθαι,...ὑμέας...προσκαλέομαι φίλος τε θέλων
γενέσθαι καὶ σύμμαχος
ἐᾶσαι οἰκεῖν
must be supplied from προσθέσθαι
: cp.
καταστήσατε
).
ἵν’
ἂν...εἴποιμεν
, 189 . With the MS.
θανόντα...γαῖα κατεσκίασεν
.
ἐμφύλιον αἷμα
αἷμα συγγενές
αἷμα γενέθλιον
αἷμ’ ἐμφύλιον
"a blood-kinship."
Oed. was doomed
to ἀειφυγία
πῶς δῆτ’ ἐκείνῳ δυσσεβῆ τιμᾷς
χάριν;
νόσου ξ.
,
ὀλεθρίαισι ξυναλλαγαῖς
ἥμενος Οὐλύμπῳ
καὶ
ῥύεσθαί γε τὴν χώραν οὐ χεῖρον ἢ τὸν ἐν Κολωνῷ κείμενον
Οἰδίπουν
: where the schol. records a vague legend of his
epiphany in some fight with Theban invaders. When the Persians ( τούτους δὲ τοὺς δύο Δελφοὶ λέγουσι
εἷναι τοὺς ἐπιχωρίους ἥρωας, Φύλακόν τε καὶ Αὐτόνοον,
τῶν τὰ τεμένεά ἐστι περὶ τὸ ἱρόν
μεσόμφαλος
, Eur.
οἱ
θεωροί
.
οἱ δ’ ἡδονὴν προθέντες ἀντὶ τοῦ καλοῦ
| ἄλλην τιν’
ἄλλους ἀνθ’ ἡμων προκριθῆναι
προτιμᾶν τι ἀντί τινος
πρό τινος
πλέον τινός
μᾶλλον ἤ τι
σφι
, was prob. always the form used by Attic tragedy. It is required by
metre below,
444 , 451 ,
1490 :
σφι
is σφιν
has MS. authority, and should probably be read,
σφι
),
σφιν
.
τε...δέ
in trag.: see on 367 . Cp. τό τ’ εἰκαθεῖν γὰρ δεινόν, ἀντιστάντα
δὲ κ.τ.λ.
καὶ ἐπαναίρονται δόρυ
do not form a second
relative clause,—as if, from the ἐφ’
ᾗ
, or εἰς ἥν
) with ἐπαναίρονται
. They form an independent
sentence, which is co-ordinated with the relative clause, ἧς ἔχονται
. This is the normal Greek
construction. See note in Appendix. Cp. 467
, 731 .
φιλίαν, πόλεμον, τέχνην,
λατρείαν
etc.); but ἐπαναίρεσθαι
, in its literal sense of "uplifting against," is more natural and more
poetical with καὶ μήποτ’ ἐς γῆν ἐχθρὸν αἴρεσθαι
δόρυ
οἵτινες
263 .
βίᾳ
ἐξεώθεις
βουθυτοῦντά μ’...ἔσχετ’
πᾶς...ἀσκὸς δύο ἄνδρας ἕξει τὸ
τοῦ
) μὴ
καταδῦναι· ὥστε δὲ μὴ ὀλισθάνειν, ἡ ὕλη καὶ ἡ γῆ
σχήσει
.
ἐμοί.
ἀειφυγία
(601) ,
οἱ...ἐκ τῶν νήσων κακοῦργοι ἀνέστησαν
ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ
τέθνηχ’ ὑμῖν πάλαι
σφῷν μὲν ἐντολὴ Διὸς | ἔχει τέλος
δή
κήρυγμα
is used of the royal ἐξεκηρύχθητε...ἐκ τῆς
πόλεως
.
ὑποφορά
(Lat. ὑποφορὰ δέ ἐστιν ὅταν μὴ ἑξῆς
προβαίνῃ ὁ
λόγος, ἀλλ’ ὑποθείς τι ἢ ὡς παρὰ τοῦ ἀντιδίκου ἢ ὡς ἐκ τοῦ
πράγματος ἀποκρίνηται πρὸς αὑτόν, ὥσπερ δύο ἀντιλεγόμενα
πρόσωπα μιμούμενος
. Oed. here speaks chiefly to Ism., whose
pain for her brothers (420) might suggest
the excuse; though in 445 , 457 he addresses the Chorus. Wecklein
conceives Oed. as speaking directly to the spectators, who might
recollect the close of the
θέλοντι κἀμοὶ τοῦτ’ ἂν ἦν
κατῄνεσεν
, τότε
The καταίνεσον
κατῄνεσεν
καὶ ἐχθὲς δὲ καὶ τρίτην ἡμέραν
τὸ αὐτὸ
τοῦτο ἔπραττον
: though in a negative sentence we might have
rather expected the gen. (cp. τῆς ἡμέρας ὅλης διῆλθον οὐ πλέον πέντε
καὶ εἴκοσι σταδίων
ἔς τε τὸ μέλλον...ἔς τε τὸ
αὐτίκα
ἐν τῷ αὐτίκα φόβῳ
ἠέ κεν ἤδη | λάϊνον ἕσσο
χιτῶνα
δημορριφεῖς...λευσίμους ἀράς
λιθόλευστον Ἄρη
θανεῖν ὑπ’ ἀστῶν λευσίμῳ
πετρώματι
πυρὶ | πρῆσαι κατάκρας
φοιτᾷ γὰρ ἡμᾶς ἔγχος ἐξαιτῶν
πορεῖν
φονεύσατ’ ἢ θαλάσσιον |
ἐκρίψατ’
εὐεργέτης
, "helper of this desire." See
Appendix.
ὠμός
. So πεπαίνεσθαι
ἡ φυμάτων
ὀργὴ πέπειρα
ἔξω δρόμου
, out of the course):
08: cp. ἦ κἀπαπειλῶν ὧδ’ ἐπεξέρχει
θρασύς
The gen. might be taken with ἢ
κατὰ τὰ ἡμαρτ
.); but it is simpler to take it with μέγας θυμός
is "violent anger," so θυμός
which is over-violent can be called μείζων
κολαστής
. The rhythm of the verse will not permit us to disjoin μείζω
(as by a comma) from
κολαστήν
.
τὸ αὐτίκα,
ἔπειτα δέ
τοῦτ’ αὖθις
εἶτα
τοῦτ’ ἄλλο
"after all
that time,"
— repeating the thought with which he had begun ( χρόνῳ
437). χρόνιοι...ξυνιόντες
σχολαῖοι κομισθέντες
ἀφικνοῦνται αἰφνίδιοι.
ἐπαρκεῖν
) as Eur. τοῖς θανοῦσιν ὠφελεῖν
οἱ παῖδες τῷ
πατρί
, and (2) οἱ τοῦ
Οἰδίποδος τῷ Οἰδίποδι
. The gen. of
"origin,"
τοῦ πατρός
, really a
possessive gen., comes in with peculiar force here, as suggesting that
the sons
πα^τρὸς...πα—τρί
cp. 883 , ἀλλ’ ἐν πέτροισι πέτρον
ἀντιλογίας βραχείας
, schol.). As if one said, "They incurred all this loss ἕνεκα,
οὕνεκα
(22) , ἕκατι,
χάριν
, in such phrases. Cp.
πλήθους...ἕκατι
αὐτοῖν
430. The question between
= "continued to wander." He can
scarcely mean that,
ἐξηλαυνόμην
ἐγώ
is weak unless taken as= "
ταῖνδε
, is the form of the fem. du. as found in Attic inscrr. of ‐α, ‐αιν
, and those in ‐ε, ‐οιν
, seem to have been used
concurrently (cp. 1676 n. ): I have not,
therefore, changed οὔσαιν
to ὄντοιν
with Nauck.
λαβοῦσαι αἱ πόλεις...ἄδειαν τῶν
πρασσομένων
Nauck's
seems too suggestive of a fixed
home to suit τὸν
πλανήτην
(3): Wecklein's
makes a detail too prominent in
this general acknowledgment. With regard to
or
(Blaydes), remark that ἄδεια
never occurs with a gen. of that γῆς
seems genuine: were it absent, the καὶ
before
τροφὰς
must answer to that before γένους
. And, for a rhetorical passage,
γένους
.
ἣν τὸ γένος
παρέχει
. διὰ τὴν τοῦ ἀνέμου
ἄπωσιν τῶν
ναυαγίων
(object.)= ὅτι ὁ
ἄνεμος ἀπωθεῖ τὰ ναυάγια
( Thompson,
The constr. is,
κραίνειν
as an almost adverbial cognate accus., "to rule with
sceptre": as σκῆπτρον ἀνάσσεται
σκῆπτρον
ἀνάσσω
. Rhythm forbids to take
σκῆπτρα
with εἱλέσθην
, making κραίνειν
epexegetic ("so as to rule").
As most editors since Elmsley have allowed, the MS.
τιμῆς ἐὰν τῆς
προσηκούσης...λαγχάνῃ
τῆσδε
= ἐμοῦ
τῷδε
= ἐμοί
ἐναισίου δὲ σοῦ τύχοιμι
The oracle newly brought by Ismene is distinguished from the oracle given to
Oedipus himself at Delphi in former years (see on
87 ). He calls the former "concerning
me"
).
ἤνυσεν
were referred to
the involuntary crimes of Oed., the connection of thought would be less
close.
ἱκέτης
In the reading
,
note these points: (1) ἀλκήν
would not mean, "defend me," but rather "defend ὑμεῖς, πρὸς ταῖς θεαῖς
, "ye, σύν
, written in L
over πρός
(whence it came into other MSS.),
was a palliative. Nor could πρός
mean here,
"close to their shrine."
For Dindorf's
it
may be urged:—(1) ταῖσι
ταῖς
is in all MSS., which would be strange if ταῖσδε ταῖς
were genuine; while πρὸς ταῖσι ταῖς
is simply explained by προστά
( τ
) ισι
ταῖς
. (2) A change of προστάτισι
into πρὸς
ταῖσι
might have produced the change of ‐θ’
ὁμοῦ
into ‐τέ μου
. (3) After ἐμοῦ
in
455 it is easy to dispense with the pronoun.—Cp. θεὸν οὐ λήξω ποτὲ προστάταν
ἴσχων
Ἀπόλλωνα προστάταν
νύμφαις ὑδάτων προστάτισιν
γαιάοχον … | Ἄρτεμιν
Παλλὰς πολιοῦχος
πολισσοῦχοι θεοί
γᾶς...δαμούχοις
δημοῦχος χθονός
ἀλκαθεῖν
: ποεῖσθαι τιμωρίαν
τιμωρεῖν
(to succour), φυλακὴν... ἐποιοῦντο
ἐφύλασσον
, etc. Distinguish ἀλκὴν τιθέναι τινός
ἀλκή
as = "succour" must denote ( Διὸς ἀλκή
, or (
The
τῆσδ’
perh. preceded
τοῖσδ’
) gives some colour to the conjecture τῆς
(or τοῖς
) δὲ
: yet ἐμοῖς, τῇδε
is
best in 459 : with γῆς,
τῇδε
would have been fitter.
εἶ
. When the verb is thus omitted, the pron.
is usu. added: here, the absence of σύ
is
excused by Οἰδίπου
(more often gen.), viz. below, 557 , 1346 , and
ἄξιος θαυμάσαι
τίεσθαι δ’ ἀξιώτατος
διὰ τρίτου ἔτεος ἐμβόλιμον
ἐπεμβάλλουσι
πολλάκις ἐπεμβάλλομεν γράμματα, τὰ δ’
ἐξαιροῦμεν
ἐμβάλλω μενεῖν
ἔμβαλλε χειρὸς
πίστιν
.
Editors usu. give either ὡς
(with L), or
ὥς
(as
Elms.). But
πρόξενος
(see n.
on
καθαίρειν
could not stand for ἱλάσκεσθαι
.
The libation is due (1) as a greeting to the θεοὶ
ἐγχώριοι
of Attica, (2) as an atonement for trespass on the grove.
The words καὶ κατέστειψας πέδον
form an
independent sentence, and not a second relative clause (as if ὧν
were supplied from ἐφ’
ἅς
): see on 424 .
χῶρον οὐχ ἁγνὸν πατεῖν
ἱκετηρία
), twined with festoons of wool ( στέφη
),
on an altar: see n. on
καθικέτευσας,
μετὰ ἱκετηρίων ἀφίκου
: justly adding that the other reading is πιθανώτερον.
κατέστεψας
: it would refer to the
twigs (483) ; but a secondary detail of the
rite should not be thus forestalled and emphasised.
νεόρρυτος
, but
ἀείρυτος
. Through overlooking this distinction, Blaydes
follows our MSS. in writing
ἀμφι^ρύτου
(
χρυσορύτους
(
αὐτόριζος
( Babrius
προρέω
, not προρρέω
, was the
regular form, as euphony plainly required. But there is no classical
instance of the opposite anomaly.
καθαρμοὶ χοιροκτόνοι
εὐσεβής
περιρραντήρια
were set at
the entrances of sacred places. Cp. ὅρους τοῖσι θεοῖσι τῶν ἱερῶν καὶ τῶν
τεμενέων ἀποδεικνύμενοι, ὡς ἂν μηδεὶς ὑπερβαίνοι εἰ μὴ
ἁγνεύοι, εἰσιόντες δὲ περιρραινόμεθα, οὐχ ὡς
μιαινόμενοι, ἀλλ’ εἴ τι καὶ πρότερον ἔχομεν μύσος, τοῦτο
ἀφαγνιούμενοι
τὸ μὲν πρόγραμμά φησι μὴ παριέναι εἴσω
τῶν περιρραντηρίων ὅστις μὴ καθαρός ἐστι τὰς
χεῖρας
κρατηρίζων·
ἤτοι τὸν οἶνον ἐν κρατῆρι κιρνῶν, ἢ ἀπὸ
κρατήρων σπένδων
. σπονδῶν καὶ κρατήρων κοινωνούς
εὐπαλάμου
. εὔχειρα, δεξιόγυιον
"deft-handed,
nimble-limbed,"
of a wrestler. Lucian τῆς
Πραξιτέλους εὐχειρίας
( εὐχερείας
).
ὅπλοις
ἀρρῶξιν, Ἡφαίστου τέχνῃ
(the clipeum...Didymaonis artes.
The crater had various forms, some of them local (thus Her.
4.61 speaks of a Λέσβιος
κρητήρ
, and 4. 152 of an Ἀργολικός
): but the general type was that of a large bowl, supported by a foot with a
broad base, and having a handle at each side (cp. Guhl and Koner, p. 150).
"top,"
κρατήρ
. In κράατα
τρία κρᾶτα
(for κράατα
). But in κρᾶτα
τὸ
) κρᾶτα
several times as acc., and once as
nom. An acc. plur. masc. κρᾶτας
occurs
twice in Eur. (
στόμα
, or mouth. The festoon of wool,
which was to be wreathed round the rim of the bowl, could be secured to
these. Wecklein understands handles which also served as spouts.
κρόκη
, from κρέκω
, to strike the
web, in weaving, with the κερκίς
, or rod,
is the woof, the warp being στήμων
: in μαλακαῖσι κρόκαις
The MS. νεο‐
cp.
παραλαμβάνειν τοὺς ἀπειρηκότας ἵππους
καὶ ἀνθρώπους καὶ ἄλλους πέμπειν νεαλεῖς
νεαλέστεροι ὄντες
ἕως νεαλής ἐστιν αὐτὴν τὴν
ἀκμήν
αὐτόν
: cp. ( διδούς )
σὺ δ’ οὖν λίθῳ κόψον λαβών
λαβών
δῶκε ξίφος ἀργυρόηλον—σὺν κολεῷ τε
φέρων καὶ ἐϋτμήτῳ τελαμῶνι
τὰ δ’ ἔνθεν οὔτ’ εἶδον οὔτ’
ἐννέπω
τί δῆτ’ ἂν δρῷμ’ ἐγὼ τοὐνθένδε
γε;
σπονδαί
to the gods above. λοιβαί
usu.= σπονδαί
, but= χοαί
in
χοὰς ἀοίνους
( χοὴν χεῖσθαι )
χρὴ χοὰς | γῇ τε καὶ φθιτοῖς
χέασθαι
θυσίαν θύειν,
σπονδὰς σπένδειν
, etc.
χθόνιοι
and to the dead
should not be offered till after midday: ἀπὸ
δὲ μεσημβρίας ἔθυον τοῖς
καταχθονίοις
, and in Aesch. ὥραν
οὐδενὸς κοινὴν θεῶν
.
The schol. here says that persons performing expiatory rites ( ἐκθύσεις
) or purifications ( καθαρμοί
) faced the East (as the region of light
and purity), quoting
ἡλίῳ
| δείκνυσι τοὔναρ
, and Cratinus ἐν
Χείρωνι
(the title of the comedy was
Χείρωνες
, Bothe,
ἄγε δὴ πρὸς ἕω πρῶτον ἁπάντων ἵστω καὶ λάμβανε χερσὶ | σχῖνον μεγάλην,—the squill being used in purifications.
Statues of gods were oft. set to face the East ( Paus.
5.23.1 , etc.): also, victims about to be sacrificed ( Sen. "to face some luminous object
while worshipping god"
(Max Müller,
στάντες κατηράσαντο πρὸς ἑσπέραν καὶ φοινικίδας ἀνέσεισαν.
κρατῆρσιν
. The word is fitting, since the
κρωσσός
was more esp. used for κρωσσοὺς | μήτ’ οἰνηροὺς μήτ’
ὑδατηρούς
ὑδρία
, which, like
the κάλπις
, was a bulky, shortnecked
vessel, oft. seen in the vase-paintings as borne by maidens on their
heads when fetching water.
οὕς.
χοή
. The first and second bowls are to be
filled with the spring water
"three from each bowl"
(as the number nine
recurs in 483); but in the χοή
to the dead
in
κρωσσόν
) as if
ἔκχεον
, not χέον
, were
understood: cp. τὸν χοᾶ | ἐκκέχυκας
"With what shall I fill it, before
placing it beside the other two,—preparatory to beginning
the rite?"
μέλιτος
: schol. ἀπὸ γὰρ τοῦ
ποιοῦντος τὸ ποιούμενον
, quoting the γλώσσης μελίσσης τῷ κατερρυηκότι
. So πορφύρα
(the purple-fish)=purple, ἐλέφας
=ivory, χελώνη
=tortoise-shell.
αἷν μοι μέλεσθαι
μηδέν’ ὀλβίζειν
.
Αἴτνας ἐν
μελαμφύλλοις...κορυφαῖς
μ. τ’ ὄρη δάσκια
ἐν τῇ γῇ
, locative dat. (411).
"over"
the rite, to complete it: the prayer was to be said while the twigs were
being laid; hence τιθείς
, not θείς
.
τῶν λιτῶν
:
μέγιστον
(cp. 495): δίκαια γὰρ τόνδ’ εὐτυχεῖν
ἀδύνατα εἶναι
ἐφαίνετο...πολεμεῖν
οὐ δεινὰ πάσχειν δεινὰ τοὺς
εἰγρασμένους
"
ἐξ ὀμμάτων δ’ ὀρθῶν τε κἀξ ὀρθῆς
φρενός
ἐκ
θυμοῦ
,= "
(
"with a
view to
—leaving the hearer to think of that
which Oed. gives, and
σωτηρία"
,σωτήριος
is nowhere definitely pass., as= σῶς
, "
σπέρματος σωτηρίου
"fraught with good for
us,"
with ref. to his promise, σωτῆρ’
ἀρεῖσθε
(460). That idea is present, but does not exclude the
other.
σύ γ’
, is right. The constr. is σύ
( αἰτείσθω
) εἴ
τις ἄλλος ἀντὶ σοῦ
( αἰτεῖται
). This is to be the prayer, τε... καί
is equally admissible with the
disjunctive εἴτε...εἴτε
. Cp. 1444: τολμᾶν ἀνάγκη κἂν τύχω κἂν μὴ
τύχω
ἀνήκουστα
(cp. on 130 ). Hence, he
adds (quoting Polemon of Illium, circ. 180 B.C.), the hereditary priests
of the Eumenides were called Ἡσυχίδαι
.
Their eponymous hero, Ἥσυχος
, had an ἡρῷον
between the Areiopagus and the W. foot
of the acropolis, and to him, before a sacrifice, they offered a ram.
Priestesses of a like name, serving the Eumenides, are mentioned by
"making
loud"
: a sense found only here (cp. 1609). In μακρὸν ἀϋτεῖν
(Hom.),
ἠχεῖν
(Plat.), etc., the idea of "loud"
comes through that of "heard afar."
The
schol. perh. understood here, "loud
for on ἄπυστα
he says, ἀντὶ
τοῦ, ἠρέμα καὶ
συντόμως
.
.
In Theoc. 24. 92 Teiresias directs that the
ashes of the serpents which would have strangled the infant Heracles
shall be cast beyond the borders by one of Alcmena's handmaids: ἂψ δὲ
νέεσθαι | ἄστρεπτος
.
Quique sacris adsunt respicere illa
vetat.
τούτῳ γὰρ … | μόνος παρέστης
χερσίν
ἐπιχειρητέα ἐδόκει εἶναι
"I
am at a disadvantage"
; usu. with gen. of thing, as γνώμας λειπομένα σοφᾶς
τῶν ὧν τέκνων λείποιτο.
ἔν τε γὰρ μακρῷ | γήρᾳ ξυνᾴδει
ἔν τ’ ὀδύναις ...λιμῷ τ’
οἰκτρός
τό γε | σῶμ’
.
σώματι
), of bodily strength: cp. the speech
of Lysias Ὑπὲρ τοῦ
ἀδυνάτου
( "For the
Invalid"
), οὐ γὰρ δήπου τὸν αὐτὸν ὑμεῖς μὲν ὡς
δυνάμενον
ἀφαιρήσεσθε
τὸ διδόμενον, οἱ δὲ ὡς ἀδύνατον ὄντα κληροῦσθαι
κωλύσουσιν
: so ὡς εἰμὶ τῶν δυναμένων.
μήθ’
is a necessary
correction here. Cp. 421.
"I have trespassed on the grove of the Eumenides,
and it might be doubted whether such deities would accept the atonement
from any hand but my own. Nay, I believe that they regard the
Clemens Alex. "Wash
you, make you clean,"
cites verses ascribed (though wrongly)
to Menander, among which are,
.
Porphyry
.
Cp. the frequent sentiment that the poor man's offering, if pious, is
welcome ( Eur. fr.
940 , Hor.
τι
cp.
δίχα
and a gloss ἄνευ
.
ὀρθῶς τῶν γε
σῶν τελεῖς ὕπερ
(perform the funeral rites).
βούλομαι
δὲ μαθεῖν τοῦτο— ἵνα χρήσει με
ἐφευρεῖν τὸν
τόπον
. The position of the κρήνη
(470) had not been indicated.
χρὴ ἔσται, χρή
being a subst., "need."
This is the view of H. L. Ahrens. If
it can hardly be considered certain, it is at least highly probable; and
therefore I do not now place in the text (as in the 1st ed.) my
conjecture χρή
which occurs in πάντα τινὰ ὑμέων χρήσει
παρεῖναι
ποῖα καὶ τίνα μεταχειρίζεσθαι χρήσοι
τρόπον
χρήσει
).
See Appendix.—
τὸν τόπον
), with emphasis:
τὸ
(or τὰ
) ἐπ’ ἐκεῖνα, τὰ ἐπὶ
θάτερα, τὰ πρὸς βορρᾶν
, etc.
χῶρος οὐκ οἰκητός
ἔποικος
usu. = "immigrant": so
ἔποικον … Ἀσίας ἕδος
Νιόβα, σὲ δ’ ἔγωγε νέμω θεόν
εἰ πονεῖ τις, δεῖ
= εἰ
καὶ π. τ., οὐ δεῖ
. When A and nearly all other MSS. have πονῇ
. Cp.
on 1443 .
A ἐπεισόδιον
into two parts (254— 509, 549—667).
For the metres, see Metrical Analysis. (1) 1
μὴ κινεῖν κακὸν εὖ κείμενον
"Let sleeping dogs lie"
).
Mekler's
"What
means this?"
Cp. 46 τί
δ’ ἐστὶ τοῦτο
; He is startled and disquieted. He shrinks
from all cross-questioning on the past, as from a torture (cp. 210). We
lose this dramatic touch if we construe τί τοῦτο
( ἔρασαι πυθέσθαι
) as a calm query,— "What is this that thou wouldst
learn?"
"concerning"
), cp. on 355 .
λιμῷ συστάντας καὶ καμάτῳ
ξυνεστῶτες...ναυτικῷ ἀγῶνι
ἐστί
with ἀλγηδόνα
. The conject. πέπον
occurs about 18 times in
Homer and the hymns, and always marks familiarity: there is a touch of
household intimacy in it, as when Polyphemus says to his ram, κριὲ πέπον
ὦ ξένοι
, 530
ὦ ξεῖν’
): ὦ
φίλτατε
, at 465 , is different.
ηὐδᾶτο γὰρ ταῦτ’, οὐδέ πω λήξαντ’
ἔχει.
ἀκρόαμα
) in a bad sense, ἀπελαύνειν ἀπὸ τῶν ἀκουσμάτων καὶ τῶν
ὁραμάτων ἀνελευθερίας
καί
cp. 53) γὰρ
( πείθο‐
μαι σοί
), for I comply with thee as to all
that thou cravest (by allowing him to await the coming of Theseus, and
by instructing him in the rites of the grove: cp. 465).
I read
was,
indeed, the ordinary form of the aor. in the older Attic, as inscriptions
show, in which ἤνεγκα
occurs first about 360
B.C. (Meisterhans, p. 88); but ἤνεγκα
is
proved by metre in
οὖν
is suitable,
when he is reluctantly proceeding to unfold his story in answer to their
pressing demand.
ἤνεγκον
...
ἤνεγκ’
might possibly stand, but would be harsh. There is
nothing to offend in ἀέκων
, meaning— "The
In the MS. reading, ἤνεγκον—ἤνεγκον
is wrong, since metre
requires "I
have endured misery through
acts which were my own, indeed: but not one of them was done
knowingly."
The objections to this are insuperable. (1)
ἑκών
expresses. (2)
ἤνεγκον
, in the
supposed sense, is utterly at variance with the language and the whole
tone of the play. Cp. ἔργων | ἀκόντων
ἤνεγκον ἄκων
πῶς ἂν τό γ’ ἆκον πρᾶγμ’ ἂν εἰκότως
ψέγοις;
It would be a subtlety foreign to Sophocles to make Oedipus say that he had
acted ἑκὼν
when he did φρονῶν
(271),
εἰδώς
(273), ξυνιείς
(976). καὶ γὰρ ἐγὼ σοὶ δῶκα ἑκὼν ἀέκοντί γε
θυμῷ
"I have given thee this (thy pleasure
touching Troy) of my
(since neither god nor
man could "yet against
mine own
ὅμως δ’ ἔραμαι
πυθέσθαι
(see Metrical Analysis). It is possible, indeed, that αὐθαίρετον
is, as Hermann thought, corrupt:
but no probable correction of it has been suggested. We cannot regard as
such ἐθελητόν
(not found), ἐθελημόν
(used in masc. by Hes.), or ἐθέλημον
(used in masc. by Plut.): ἑκὸν ἔργον
: or
πρόδηλον
. Note, on the other hand, αὐθαίρετοι
πημοναί
).
, ruin coming from a marriage,
like δόκησις λόγων
, suspicion resting on
mere assertions,
ματρόθεν
with
δυσών
. only, "infamous from a mother."
)
ματρός
by a kind of euphemism: that was the
quarter from which the bride was taken. Cp. οὐδ’ ἀπεῖπεν | πατρόθεν εὐκταία
φάτις
ἐπλησάμην
is used by Hom., Her., etc., and (in comp. with ἐν
) by Attic writers: it seems needless then to write ἔπλησο
(from epic aor.
ἐπλήμην
) with Bergk. The notion of "
is perh. tinged with that of "
( ἀναπιμπλάναι, ἀνάπλεως
). The tone of the
passage is against rendering "satisfied,"
as if λέκτρα
= λέκτρων
ἐπιθυμίαν
. Nauck's ἐπάσω· ἐκτήσω· Αἰσχύλος
Πρωτεῖ
σατυρικῷ
. The aor. of πάομαι
"to acquire"
occurs elsewhere only in part. πασάμενος
(Theogn., Theocr., etc.).
The constr. is αὗται δὲ ἐξ ἐμοῦ δύο μὲν
παῖδε, δύο δ’ ἄτα … ἀπέβλαστον
etc.
ἀπέβλ
.
follows: cp. 250 ὅ τι
σοι φίλον ἐκ σέθεν
( ἐστί
). The cry with which the Chorus
interrupts him ( αὗται δέ
etc.) that the children of
αὐτοὶ εὑρεταὶ γεγονότε
Poetical Greek idiom would join ματρῷον ἅγνισμα κύριον φόνου
νεῖκος ἀνδρῶν ξύναιμον.
"Thine, then, they are by a
double tie, at once as children and...as
but
Oed. takes out of their mouths the second name which they shrink from
uttering, and utters it himself with terrible emphasis.
κοινὸν αὐτάδελφον … κάρα
ἀδελφεαί
only.
ΗΛ. φεῦ. ΧΟ. φεῦ δῆτ’.
δαΐων | ἀνδρῶν ἐπιστροφαί
ὀξεῖς
πρός τε τὰς κατ’ οὐλαμὸν ἐπιστροφὰς καὶ περισπασμοὺς
(wheeling sharply in troops) καὶ τὰς καθ’
ἵππον ἐπιστροφὰς καὶ κλίσεις
(wheeling and changing
direction singly), Plut.
ἔχειν
epexeg.: see on 231 . Trag. borrowed the word from the epic πένθος ἄλαστον
ἄλαστον ὀδύρομαι
( κακὰ ) ἄλαστα στυγνὰ πρόκακα
ὀχέοντας ὀϊζύν
φρουρὰν ἄζηλον ὀχήσω
"Why, what
else?"
if not ἔρεξα
. Cp. 542.
τυραννίς
was δωρητόν,
οὐκ
αἰτητόν
(
The MS. "I
benefited,"
or
"succoured"
(cp. 441), cannot be right. The sense required is μήποτε ὤφελον
ἐξελέσθαι
, "would that I had
never won!"
cp. μήποτ’ ὤφελον λιπεῖν | τὴν
Σκῦρον
ὡς δὴ μὴ ὄφελον νικᾶν
μή
, though thus placed, belongs to the
infinitives. See Appendix for the attempted explanations of ἐπωφέλησα
, and for some proposed emendations.
I would read the partic. "and would that
I had never received that choice gift from the city, for
having served her."
For this absol. infin., with the subject in
the nominative, cp.
εἰ γὰρ ὑπ’ Ἰλίῳ | …
κατηναρίσθης
"I would not
have had thee to perish e'en beneath Troy's walls, and to be
buried by Scamander's stream; would rather that the
murderers (Aegisthus and Clytaemnestra) had first been slain
as they slew thee!"
Here the MSS. have
τέθαψαι
and δαμῆναι
. On the latter
the schol. has λείπει τὸ ὄφελον
, and on the
former λείπει τὸ ὤφελες
, thus indicating the
certain correction of H. L. Ahrens,
τεθάφθαι
. Cp. also
"Ah, would to father Zeus,...that, such as I was when I
took Nericus,...in such might, and with armour on my shoulders,
A criticism by Wecklein is discussed in the
Appendix.
γέρας ἐξαίρετον
. The κούρην ἢν ἄρα μοι γέρας ἔξελον υἷες
Ἀχαιῶν
ταύτας | … ἐξείλεθ’ αὑτῷ κτῆμα
πόλεος ἐξελέσθαι
is not "to choose for myself
but "to receive as a choice gift
"how
then?"
—marking the transition from the topic of the
marriage to that of the parricide. (Cp. "for what else art thou?"
This seems tame.
Cp. 538.
πληγήν
: καιρίῃ...τετύφθαι
τί μ’ οὐκ ἀνταίαν | ἔπαισέν
τις;
ἀνέκραγον...ὡς ὀλίγας παίσειεν
ἅλις νοσοῦσ’ ἐγώ
πρὸς δίκης οὐδὲν τρέμων
τὸ ἔργον
, easily supplied from πρὸς
δίκας
as= ἐνδίκως, τι
being then
adv.: "my case is in some sort just."
ἔχει
: "why,
what justification has it?"
The MSS. give
Hermann's ἄλλους
) must mean either (1) "caught,"
as in a net,
by "caught"
by
Laïus and his men, in the sense of, "driven to
fight for life."
Neither sense is tolerable. Campbell suggests, "I murdered, and was convicted of the
murder,"
saying that ἁλοὺς
ἐφόνευσα
= ἑάλων
φονεύσας
. This is as if one said in English, "Having been hanged, he did the
murder."
To α^
would be a grave objection: Soph. has the
first α
long thrice in
ἄγνοια
, twice in
ἀγνοεῖν
, once in ἀγνώς
(
αὐτόγνωτος
(
ο
is
long. Porson's "without understanding"
merely in the sense of "
The word means "silly,"
"foolish"
(
"in folly,"
which is not an apt sense.
And all these corrections, confined to νόμῳ
καθαρός
(548) refer,—viz. that, in slaying, he was defending his
own life. Cp. 271. After he had returned the blow of Laïus, the attendants
set on him (see on
ἐφόνευσ’
ἔμ’ ἀπώλεσαν
into ἐφόνευσα καὶ ἀπώλεσα
(or κἀπώλεσα
) would have been easy if ἐφόνευσά μ’ ἀπώλεσα
had once been written. In
ὥστε κ’
ὠδίνειν
instead of ὥστε μ’ ὠδίνειν
. Cp. Her.
1.11 (Gyges was forced) ἢ τὸν
δεσπότεα ἀπολλύναι ἢ αὐτὸν ὑπ’ ἄλλων ἀπόλλυσθαι
.
ἀδελφὸς δ’ ἐὰν ἀδελφὸν κτείνῃ ἐν
στάσησι
μάχης γενομένης ἤ τινι τρόπῳ τοιούτῳ,
ἀμυνόμενος ἄρχοντα χειρῶν πρότερον, καθάπερ πολέμιον
ἀποκτείνας ἔστω καθαρός· καὶ ἐὰν πολίτης πολίτην ὡσαύτως, ἢ
ξένος ξένον
. Rhadamanthus himself was cited as the author of
this rule ( Apollod. 2. 4.
9 ).
ὀμφαὶ
μελέων σὺν αὐλοῖς
: μύθων τ’ αὐδαθέντων | … ὀμφάν
ἐπὶ
(
ταῦτα
) ἐφ’ ἃ ἐστάλη
(cp.
274); "that by a small service he might win a
great
gain"
(72).
The σκοπός
, who did not know the name of Oed.,
could describe the traces of wounds about the sightless eyes, and brought
the mysterious message (72). Theseus then set out, surmising who it was.
Meanwhile the
ἔγνωκά σε, ἀκούων ἔν τε
τῷ
πάρος χρόνῳ τανῦν τε
. Then, by repetition of the partic.,
we get ἔγνωκα, ἀκούων τε ἐν τ. π.
χρ., ἀκούων τε τανῦν
. And then, by insertion of a new verb, ἔγνωκά τέ σε, ἀκούων ἐν τ. π.
χρ., ἐξεπίσταμαί τε ἀκούων τανῦν
. Cp. the insertion of ἡγεῖται
in 351, and n.
"I have
recognised thee"
—explaining how he is able to greet him by
name: not merely, "I
recognise thee."
ταῦτα...πρότερον ἐγνώκατε ἡμέτερα
εἶναι
ὅτι...δεῖ βοηθεῖν...πάντες
ἐγνώκαμεν
"
ἔγνωκας οὖν δῆτ’ αὐτὸν οἷός
ἐστιν
"have you found out what sort of
man he is?"
εἰ δ’ ἔγνωκας ὅτι ἄνθρωπος εἶς
ἱκανῶς...ἔγνωκεν ὅτι ἄριστον
δικαιοσύνη
ὁδοῖς κυκλῶν ἐμαυτὸν εἰς
ἀναστροφήν
λεύσσων
is intrinsically the best substitute that has been proposed: but it has
no palaeographic probability. I had thought of
ἱκάνων
(cp. 576). Doubtless it is possible that ἀκούων
was not a corruption of a similar
form, but merely an inadvertent repetition from 551.
For ἀκούων
it may be pleaded that the sense is
at least quite intelligible, and that ancient writers, even the most
artistic, were less careful than moderns in avoiding such repetitions of
single words. Cp. 631 ἐκβάλοι
, 636 ἐκβαλῶ
: 638, 640 ἡδύ
: 966, 969 ἐπεί
: 1000, 1003 καλόν
, 1004 καλῶς
: 1123, 1129: 1451, 1459: 1487 f.: φέρον
φέροντι
, 520
φέρει
: ὁμοῦ
:
κείσομαι
:
τέρψιν
).
εἶτ’
ἔλυσε δυσπινεῖς στολάς
. The misery of his aspect impresses
Creon (747), as it had impressed the Chorus (150). His
Οἰδίπους
. Cp. ὠνομάσθης...ὂς εἶ
οὐδέ τις ἡμείων δύνατο γνῶναι τὸν
ἐόντα
"and not one of us could tell that
he was the man"
(Odysseus).
ἐπερήσομαι
was also Attic; but
the Attic pres. was ἐπερωτάω,
ἐπείρομαι
being only Ionic.
ἐπιστῆναι ἐπὶ τὰς θύρας
μικροῦ δεῖν ἔλαθεν αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τὸ
βασίλειον ἐπιστάς.
τί
προστρέπων πόλιν ἐμέ τε
(cp. on 49 ).
οὐκ ἂν τύχοις λ.
τοιαύτην, ὁποίας
ἐξαφισταίμην
. When the optat. with ἄν
stands in the antecedent clause (as ἂν τύχοις
here), the optative ἄν
stands in the relative clause: cp.
εἰ
and optat.: as here to εἰ αὐτῆς ἀφισταίμην
. Cp. Goodwin, ὃν...ψέξαιμι
at 1172
, where see n.
πρᾶξις
= "mode of doing,"
and in πράξεις
"fortunes."
Cp. πέφρικ’ ἐσιδοῦσα πρᾶξιν Ἰοῦς
ἀπέκλαιε τὴν ἑωυτοῦ πρῆξιν
σύμβολα,
γνωρίσματα
) —the sword and sandals left at Troezen by
Aegeus—and set out for Attica. There he slew the sons of his uncle
Pallas, who were plotting against his father, and was acknowledged by
Aegeus as his heir ( Plut.
πλεῖστος
the strengthening εἷς
or εἷς ἀνήρ
is esp. freq.: πλείστας ἀνὴρ εἷς
πλείστων μετέσχον εἷς ἀνήρ
θησαυροὺς...πλείστους ἑνὶ
ἀνδρί
μιᾷ γε πόλει...πλεῖστοι
χὤς
the ὡς
before ἐπαιδεύθην
must be repeated before ἤθλησα
, the
constr. being, καὶ
(
ὡς
) ἤθλησα, ὡς ἀνήρ τις
πλεῖστα ἤθλησε
. This has been compared with ἄρχεσθαι ἐπίσταμαι ὥς τις καὶ ἄλλος
μάλιστ’ ἀνθρώπων
ἀνήρ
as= εἷς
ἀνήρ
, quoting καὶ πλεῖστα χώραν τήνδ’ ἀνὴρ
καθυβρίσας
καὶ
, read εἷς
with Hermann): and θανὼν ὑπὲρ γῆς Ἑλλάδος κάλλιστ’
ἀνήρ
κάλλιστ’ ἀνὴρ εἷς Ελλάδος θανὼν ὕπερ
.
αθλοι
Theseus was depicted by the Attic
legend as the champion of the oppressed,— ἀδικήσων μὲν οὐδένα, τοὺς δὲ
ὑπάρχοντας βίας ἀμυνούμενος
ἐν
denoting the stake: ἐν τῷ Καρὶ κινδυνεύσομεν
μὴ οὐκ ἐν τῷ Καρὶ ὑμῖν ὁ κίνδυνος
κινδυνεύηται, ἀλλ’ ἐν τοῖς υἱέσι
παρθέμενοι κεφαλάς
ψυχὰς παρθέμενοι
αἰὲν ἐμὴν ψυχὴν παραβαλλόμενος
πολεμίζειν
κάρα
again
κάρα
), fr. 141. 2
: it occurs first in Theogn. 1018 , the
Homeric dat. being κάρητι
or κρατί
.
τὴν ἀκάθαρτον
ψυχὴν
)... ἅπας
φεύγει τε καὶ ὑπεκτρέπεται
. The notion is that of retiring ( ὑπο‐
) out of the path to avoid meeting a
person. Soph. has the act. with gen., τῶν δ’ ὑπεκτρέπει πόδα.
τὸ σῶμα ἀπειρηκὸς ἡ ψυχὴ
συνεξέσωσεν
θνητός
: φρονείτω μεῖζον ἢ κατ’ ἄνδρ’
ἰών
ἢ
σοί
: πλείων χρόνος | ὃν δεῖ μ’ ἀρέσκειν
τοῖς ἐκεῖ τῶν ἐνθάδε
ἔξεστι δ’ ἡμῖν μᾶλλον ἑτέρων
παρίημι
) closely with ὥστε … δεῖσθαι
: "has graciously ἀλλά μοι πάρες | κἂν σμικρὸν
εἰπεῖν
( οὐδ’ ὣς ) θάπτειν παρήσω
κεῖνον
οὐ γὰρ ἔπειθε τοὺς Χίους ὥστε ἑωυτῷ
δοῦναι νέας
δεῖν
. (It could not be βραχέα
for
subject.) Bekker δεῖται·
ἀντὶ τοῦ δεῖ· ἀπελθεῖν
με δεῖται
. The only example (so far as I know), besides our
passage, is δεῖται οὖν σοι πάλιν...τῆς αὐτῆς
ἐρωτήσεως
ἢ οὐ δοκεῖ σοι
πάλιν δεῖσθαι τῆς αὐτῆς ἐρωτήσεως
; In the former place,
while the best MSS. have δεῖται
, some
have δεῖ
. (I do not add δεήσεσθαι
, ὁ λόγος
. In δεόμενον
δέον
) is plainly corrupt: Buttmann's δέοι μένοντας
may be right. If we altered δεῖσθαι
would be τὸ σὸν γενναῖον
. But then δεῖσθαι
would mean
"requests,"
rather than "requires,"
of me.
For the dat. δεῖσθαι
(instead of ἐμέ
as subj. to φράσαι
) cp. θεοῖσι προσβαλεῖν χθονὶ | ἄλλην δεήσει
γαῖαν
ἐμοί
with παρῆκεν
, ἐμοί
), "to say little
would be very weak.
Theseus has named Oed. (557) and Laïus (553), but not Thebes. A knowledge of
the stranger's country was implied by the rest. Cp. on
205 . ἦλθον
(cp. Πυθῶνος ἔβας
νεὼς ἄγοντα
ἀπὸ
.
"and
"the
discussion
is being carried through,"
rather than, "our conference draws to an end"
(as
Campbell, comparing διεξελήλυθα πάντα,
διεξῆλθον διὰ μακροῦ λόγου
, which are not similar). And if ὁ λόγος
means "our
comerence,"
then Oedipus is assuming that his petition has only
to be stated in order to be granted.
ΟΙ. ...βαρύν σ’ εὕρηκ’ ἐμοί. ΚΡ. τοῦτ
αὐτὸ νῦν μου πρῶτ’ ἄκουσον ὡς ἐρῶ
τὰ δὲ κέρδη
μᾶλλον ἀγαθά
ἐστιν ἢ καλή ἐστιν ἡ μορφή
. Schneidewin and Wecklein adopt
this forced explanation, which is condemned both by παρ’ αὐτοῦ
and by the absence of the art.
with μορφή
.
χρόνῳ
, asks with surprise for some further
definition of the vague χρόνῳ
μάθοις ἄν
. Theseus naturally assumes that the blessings are
to come in the lifetime of Oedipus. And if not now, he asks, then in
what contingency? The answer startles him.
αἰσχροκερδής,
γαμοῦντός τινος τῶν φίλων καὶ
ἐκδιδομένου θυγατέρα πρὸ χρόνου τινὸς ἀποδημῆσαι, ἵνα μὴ
πέμψῃ προσφοράν
(a wedding-present). Cp. 1270.
"You ask for
the last offices which piety
can render: you do not ask me for protection during your
lifetime."
Through the oracle (389), of which Theseus knows
nothing, a
ἐπιλανθάνει
(see on 223 ), no less
than by ποεῖ
. To make τὰ δ’ ἐν μ
. an accus. of respect would suit
the first verb, but not the second.
οὐδενὸς
or παρ’ οὐδὲν
ποεῖσθαι
), perh. suggested by the use of the prep. in such
phrases as διὰ φυλακῆς ἔχω
τι
, etc.
"yes"
for ἐν τῷ θάπτεσθαι
),—those other things ( τὰ ἐν μέσῳ
) are brought together for me: συγκομίζομαι
, to collect or store up for oneself, was, like
συγκομιδή
, esp. said of harvesting (
Xen.
βραχεῖαν
: "this
grace which you ask of me lies in a small compass"
( "you ask me this
favour in brief speech"
). The adverbial ἐν βραχεῖ
does not go with the verb, but is
equiv. to a predicative adj. agreeing with χάριν
. Such phrases imply the omission of the partic.
ὤν
: so 29 πέλας γὰρ ἄνδρα τόνδ’ ὁρῶ
: τοὔργον οὐ μακρὰν λέγεις
ὡς δ’ ἐν γαλήνῃ πάντ’ ἐδερκόμην
τόπον
βραχεῖ
cp. 293, βραχύ τι...ὄφελος
ἦλθε, σὺν χρόνῳ γε μήν
λόγων γὰρ οὐ | νῦν ἐστιν ἁγών, ἀλλὰ
σῆς ψυχῆς πέρι
μέγας...ὁ ἀγὼν...τὸ χρηστὸν ἢ κακὸν
γενέσθαι
"If you pledge yourself to keep me
in Attica,
a serious issue will be raised."
Theseus:— "Do you speak of the relations between your
sons and me?"
You mean that they will contest my right to
retain you?
ἐγγενεῖς.
ἢ
)μοῦ
is certainly wrong. Theseus does not ask— "Will the issue be serious
for your kinsmen, or for me?"
but, "In
what quarter will the issue
arise?"
Cp. 606 τἀμὰ
κἀκείνων
. The conject. τίνος
) is tame: and ἀγών
.
Kayser's "They are for compelling (
But the ellipse of τινά
before κομίζειν
is intolerable. And the protectors could not be required to do more than
surrender him. Therefore it is no cure to propose κεῖσ’
) ἀναγκάσουσί με
. To read σε
for με
merely shifts the first difficulty, and
leaves the second. (2) "They are for putting
constraint on me, so as to carry (me) to Thebes."
Such an
epexegesis by the ἀναγκάζει σε ἄγειν
ἐκεῖσε
, meaning, "he is
forcing thee, so as to take (thee) thither"
? (3) κομίζειν
has been taken as= "to
return,"
=
κομίζεσθαι
. This needs no comment. We want either: (1) instead
of "
; but κατελθεῖν
is very unlikely, and no other substitute is obvious: or (2) instead of
"they
That the fault lies in ἀναγκάζουσι
is very strongly suggested by 590,
where L has γ’
, from ἀλλ’ εἰ
θέλοντά γ’
, which L2 has. This gives a clear and fitting sense,
if in 589 we read ἀναγκάζουσι
. Hence (1) Goebel, "but
if they do not wish thee"
( φεύγειν
): (2) Reisig, "but what if it be not seemly for thee
to shun them when willing (to receive thee)?"
Both these are
forced. Campbell supplies εἰ
βούλοιντο κομίζειν
to explain θέλοντα
, keeping L's θέλοντ’
ἄν
: but ἄν
can stand with a
partic. only when the latter is equiv. to an apodosis, as it is in 761. So
far as the tense of ἀναγκάζουσι
is concerned,
a change to the
, so also
. The same resoluble
quality of οὐδέ
is seen in its use for ἀλλ’ οὐ
(
φυγάδι
εἶναι
, rather than "to
shun them."
"Nay,
"concede,"
ἐμοὶ κατελθεῖν
, cp. 570: not ἐμὲ εἰς τὴν πόλιν
,
"admit"
(in which sense usu. of allowing armies to enter
territory, or the like: Ἄδραστον ἐς γῆν τήνδε μὴ
παριέναι
δέ
sometimes corrects or objects:
Κρέων δέ
σοι πῆμ’ οὐδέν
( "
).
δυσάρεστον οἱ νοσοῦντες
ἐκμάθω
in 114,
where see n. Cp.
μανθάνειν δ’ ἐγὼ κακὸς | σοῦ
τὴν
πάλαι γένους φθοράν
. Here, as there,
γένους
= "race,"
not "birth."
Theseus supposes Oed. to mean that
the hereditary curse has fallen on him with especial weight.
"
"do you allude
to"
: cp. ΦΙ. ἀναξίου μὲν φωτὸς ἐξερήσομαι...
ΝΕ. ποίου γε τούτου πλὴν Ὀδυσσέως ἐρεῖς; ΦΙ. οὐ τοῦτον
εἷπον
βελτίονος ἢ κατ’ ἄνθρωπον
νομοθέτου
μείζω ἢ κατὰ δάκρυα
ἐπεπόνθεσαν
Instead of οὐκ ἔστι μοι κατελθεῖν
ποτε
, we have ἔστι μοι κατελθεῖν
, since ἔστι
μοι
= "my doom
is,"
ζημία κεῖταί μοι
.—Cp. on 407 .
τί χρῆμ’ ἐπέμψω τὸν ἐμὸν ἐκ δόμων
πόδα;
ἑτοῖμοι δὲ εἷναι καὶ ὥστε ἀμφοτέρους
μένειν κατὰ χώραν
ποῖον
χρησμὸν ἀκούσαντας
had preceded. Not with
δείσαντας
: verbs of fearing are sometimes followed by ὡς
or ὅπως
with
indic. (instead of μή
with subj.), as in
ὅτι
only as= "because."
ὑπὸ ταύτης
τῆς
χθονός
). Oed. interprets Ismene's less explicit statement
(411).
τὰ
ἐμὰ καὶ
( τὰ
) ἐκείνων
: cp. 588
:
τύχας βαρείας τὰς ἐμὰς κἀμοῦ
πατρός
τοὐμόν τε καὶ τοῦδ’
καὶ τῶν ἁλόντων καὶ
κρατησάντων
συγχέαι τὰ πάντων ἀνθρώπων
νόμιμα
σύν γ’ ὅρκῑ ἔχευαν | Τρῶες
"With Time's injurious hand crush'd
and o'erworn"
"by Time's fell hand
defaced."
φθίνουσα μὲν … | φθίνουσα δ’
ἔχων μὲν...ἔχων δέ.
"The woods
decay, the woods decay and fall, The vapours weep their
burthen to the ground, Man comes and tills the field and
lies beneath, And after many a summer dies the
swan."
νόμισμ’ ἔβλαστε
ἔβλαστε νόμιμα
ὅταν θεός σοι πνεῦμα μεταβαλὼν
τύχῃ
αὔραις ἀδόλοις | γενναίας …
ψυχᾶς
πνεῖν μένος, κότον,
ἔρωτα
etc.
πνεῦμα φίλιον βέβηκεν ἐν ἀνδράσιν
could
not mean, "a friendly spirit
yet πνεῦμα ταὐτὸν βέβηκεν
can mean, "the
αὐτίκα
more often is: cp. μόχθος δ’ ὁ μὲν αὐτίχ’, ὁ δ’
ἥξει
φιλεῖν ὡς μισήσοντας
καὶ μισεῖν ὡς φιλήσοντας
(
Arist. ita amare oportere ut si aliquando
esset osurus
τοῖς πολλοῖσι γὰρ | βροτῶν ἄπιστός ἐσθ’
ἑταιρείας λιμήν
: cp. ἦ κάρτα πολλοὶ νῦν φίλοι καὖθις
πικροί
=either (1) "fine weather,"
εὐδία
, as Arist. ὅταν εὐημερίας
γενομένης ἀναθερμαίνηται ἡ γῆ
, or (2)
"prosperity."
The verb is always figurative. Arist. ταῖς σχολαστικωτέραις καὶ μᾶλλον εὐημερούσαις
πόλεσιν
.
εὖ
in εὐημερεῖ
: its defenders might have quoted Eur. fr. 886 τὸν
καλῶς
εὐδαίμονα
. It means,
"satisfactorily,"
"as we could wish,"
and is represented by the word "all"
in
the version above.
τε
(or τὲ
).
"so far as her relation to you is
concerned"
(acc. of respect),—when τὰ
νῦν
should be read in 616. This would make the welfare of Thebes
more prominent than the mutual amity.
ὁ μακρὸς κἀναρίθμητος χρόνος
ὄλβος
), Eur. χθών
).
ὦ
χρυσέ, δεξίωμα κάλλιστον βροτοῖς
, gift most welcome to men. δεξιοῦσθαι
is only "to
greet"
or "welcome"
: but δεξιὰς διδόναι καὶ λαμβάνειν
, etc.,
suggested the phrase here. Cp. σπονδαί τ’ ἄκρητοι καὶ δεξιαί, ᾗς
ἐπέπιθμεν
ξένος γὰρ ἦν μοι
, as if
alluding to hereditary ξενία
between the
royal houses. Cp. 632.
"throw their pledges to the
winds"
by an armed invasion of Attica. Cp. νόμους διασκεδῶν
δορί
) is required by metre also in 1314 , 1386 , σὺν δόρει σὺν ἀσπίδι
ξὺν
δορὶ ξὺν ἀσπίδι
),—all iambic or trochaic. The phrase in Ar.
came from Soph. Μῶμος
, acc. to
Choeroboscus 376. 19. Cp. μάχας πρὸ χειρῶν καὶ δόρη
βαστάζομεν
"at a
place where,"
at the grave (see on 411
), but is better taken as= "in which case,"
"when,"
since the moment of rupture ( διασκεδῶσιν
) would not be the battle at
Colonus, but the preceding declaration of war.
θερμὴν ἐπὶ ψυχροῖσι καρδίαν
ἔχεις
"thy heart is hot on chilling
deeds"
( κρυεροῖς
). Simonides
120. 5 νῦν δ’ ὁ μὲν ἐν πόντῳ
κρυερὸς νέκυς
. For the idea of the buried dead draining the
lifeblood of their foes cp. παλίρρυτον γὰρ αἷμ’ ὑπεξαιροῦσι τῶν |
κτανόντων οἱ πάλαι θανόντες
ταρβῶ
γε μή
μοι Φοῖβος ἐξέλθῃ
σαφής
. So φίλος σαφής
, a proved friend ( Eur. γραμματεὺς σαφής
an accurate scribe (Aesch.
fr. 348).
ἃ
μὴ δεῖ λόγῳ κινεῖσθαι
(see 1526), secrets which should be
allowed to ὄρσεις με τἀκίνητα διὰ φρενῶν
φράσαι
"No farther seek
his merits to disclose,
)
ἐν σοὶ μὲν λήξω, σέο δ’
ἄρξομαι
ἀφ’
or ἐξ ὧν
from ἐν οἷς ἠρξάμην
be
idiomatic.
τὸ σόν τε σὺ | κἀγὼ διοίσω
τοὐμόν
ὅρα μὴ τοὐμὸν ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ σόν
ὡς τὸ σὸν ξυνῆκ’ ἐγώ
(thy saying). Both idiom
and rhythm are against joining τὸ σὸν πιστόν
as "thy good faith."
ἐρεῖς
(626)
should hold good: cp.
εἴπερ ἦν ἀνὴρ ἀγαθός, ἐχρῆν ἄν
ὡς
)= "was
manifestly intending to perform"
: ἐφαίνετο
ὡς τελῶν
= "appeared
ὡς
marking
the aspect in which he presented himself to their minds. καὶ δῆλός ἐστιν ὥς τι δρασείων
κακόν
λόγοις τοιούτοις πλαγκτὸς οὖσ’
ἐφαινόμην
"then,"
a comment on the speech of Oed. rather than on the words of the Chorus,
as oft in questions (cp. 602).
"cast
out of doors,"
as a worthless thing: hence, "reject,"
"repudiate"
: Eur. fr. 362. 45 προγόνων παλαιὰ θέσμῑ ὅστις
ἐκβαλεῖ
: τοὺς δὲ λόγους, οὓς ἐν τῷ ἔμπροσθεν
ἔλεγον, οὐ δύναμαι νῦν ἐκβαλεῖν
"cast
out of the land,"
so that ἀνδρὸς
εὐμένειαν τοιοῦδε
= ἄνδρα εὐμενῆ τοιόνδε
. But the notion of rashly scorning what is really precious gives more
point both here and in 636.
ὅτου
, is right. Con strue: ὅτῳ ἡ δορύξενος ἑστία αἰὲν
κοινή ἐστι παρ’ ἡμῖν
, lit., "to whom the
hearth of an ally is
always common among us"
:
"common,"
= "giving
which Theseus could claim
at Thebes, as Oedipus at Athens.
"even if he had
not this special
claim."
This seems better than to take
κοινή
as (1) "common to him with other
Thebans,"
(2) "provided by our State,"
(3) "common to him with
or
(4) "accessible,"
as οἰκία κοινοτάτη τῷ δεομένῳ
"
could
not replace "
), and so we should have to understand, ὅτου ἡ δορύξενος ἑστία αἰὲν κοινή ἐστι
παρ’ ἡμῖν
, whose allied hearth (at Thebes) is always
regarded among us as open to us ( "as a
common possession,"
Campb.): but this seems very forced.
"spear-friend,"
is one with whom one has the tie of ξενία
in respect of war: ξένος τε καὶ δορύξενος δόμων
παντελῆ
σαγὴν ἔχων
: ξένος
of the royal
house, but as a chief in armed alliance with it. Plut. (
τίς
ὁ δορύξενος
; He conjectures that it meant, ἐκ δοριαλώτου δορύξενος
προσαγορευόμενος
). This is against the usage of the poets,
our only witnesses. And the source of the guess is clear. Plutarch was
thinking of the verbal compounds, δοριάλωτος,
δορίκτητος, δορίληπτος
, etc. From these he inferred that δορύξενος
would mean primarily, "a friend gained through the spear."
Wecklein brackets the whole passage from 632 ὅτῳ
down to 637 τὴν τοῦδε
as "a
later
addition,"
because (1) there could be no
ξενία
when Oedipus
σεβισθεὶς
in 636 is suspicious. On this, see ξενία
to which
Theseus refers is not a personal friendship, but a hereditary alliance
between the royal houses, as in Eur. ξένος
. Cp. on 619 .
After Wecklein's excision, we have
.
This is incoherent.
"because,"
but,
"while,"
he has come. Besides his public claim (632), Oed.
has two personal claims, (1) as the suppliant of the Eumenides, (2) as a
visitor who can make a valuable return to Athens for protecting him.
"tribute"
(
"recompense."
The aor. σεβίζειν
σεβίσασα
σεβίζομαι
αἴ, αἲ Πυθαγόρης τί τόσον κυάμους
ἐσεβάσθη;
ἐσέφθην
is attested only by ( σεφθεῖσα )
ἐσέφθην· ἐσεβάσθην, ἡσύχασα, ᾐσχύνθην.
Σοφοκλῆς Δαιδάλῳ
ἔμπαλιν
: cp. σοὶ μὲν ἔμπολιν | οὐκ ὄντα, συγγενῆ
δέ
"I will
establish him in the land,"
says Theseus, "as a member of our State"
: he who now is ἄπολις
(cp. 208) shall in Attica have the
full protection of our laws.
"on the contrary,"
"so far from
rejecting him"
: so the schol., and this version is alone
correct: (2) "once more,"
"in
return"
for his benefits,— Ellendt. Campbell objects that
with ἔμπολιν
"the
opposition of the clauses would not be sufficiently marked by
:
but forδέ"
ἀλλά
cp. αἰτήσομαι ὑμᾶς οὐχ ἅπερ οἱ πολλοί...,
τάδε δὲ δέομαι ὑμῶν
οὐκ ἐπὶ κακῷ, ἐπ’ ἐλευθερώσει δὲ τῶν
Ἑλλήνων παρελήλυθα
σαφηνίζεσθαι δέ, ὡς ἕκαστον ἐτίμα,
τοῦτο ἐδόκει αὐτῷ ἀγαθὸν εἶναι
τὸ μὴ πολυπραγμονεῖν ἡμᾶς τοὺς
πρέσβεις μηδέν, τοῦτ’ ἀγαθὸν ὑπολαμβάνων εἶναι
μέγ’ ἥγησαι τόδε, | περιβλέπεσθαι
τίμιον;
"having
chosen (one) of these
things"
; cp.
εἰ βούλει, μένε..., εἰ δὲ χρῄζεις,
πορεύου...Ἀλλὰ δίδωμί σοι, ἔφη ὁ Χειρίσοφος, ὁπότερον
βούλει ἑλέσθαι
With
, the constr. would be, εἴτε μετ’ ἐμοῦ στείχειν
( ἡδὺ
αὐτῷ ἐστι, στείχειν πάρεστιν
), a word expressing consent being
evolved from τάξω
. But (1) this is harsher
than
χρῄζεις
), where
ἕτοιμος
is more easily fitted to the second clause; though somewhat
similar is
χρεών
), ἥδιον ἂν ὁρῷμεν
. And (2) in
proposing the second alternative,—that Oed. should
"in
that sense,"
ᾗ ἂν σὺ βούλῃ
: cp. 1444: δόξα τῇδ’ ἐπεστράφη
ὅπως καὶ σοὶ φίλον | καὶ τοὐμὸν ἔσται
τῇδ’.
τοῖς μὲν πρώτοις ( λόγοις )
συνεφέρετο,... τούτοις δὲ διεφέρετο
τύχης
) τῆς εὖ
διδούσης
.
Θήβας … | πέμψον
ἄλλην χθόνα | δοκῶν ἀποίσειν
ἔχρῃζον ἂν δόμους
στείχειν
.
ΧΟ. ἀλλ’ ἔχε, τέκνον, ΝΕ. λέγ’ ὅτι ΧΟ.
φροντίδας νέας
μέγα
ἂν εἴη δώρημα ὃ λέγεις
, it would be a great benefit of
which you speak ( εἰ κρατοῖς
). Cp.
"from
your abiding with the people here
(at
Colonus)"
: "You have suggested a strong reason for your staying
Cp. τῇ ξυνουσίᾳ
in 63. It would be tame,
at this stage, to take ξυνουσία
merely of
his presence in Attica. The belief of Theseus in Theban amity (606) has
now been shaken by his visitor (620).
φροντίδος ἔγχος
"yes,
if on
(dat.
of interest). τελοῦντι"
by
your performing it μοι
for me"if you abstain from
withdrawing your
promise"
: τελοῦντι
supplements it, marking that good faith must be shown by deeds. We can
say either ἐμμένεις οἷς
λέγεις
or ἐμμένει σοι ἃ
λέγεις
: cp. τέσσαρα μὲν γὰρ καὶ δέκα ἔτη ἐνέμειναν
αἱ τριακοντούτεις σπονδαί
ἐὰν...ἐμμένῃ
"as to"
), but is more simply taken with οὔτε Φίλιππος ἐθάρρει τούτους οὔθ’
οὗτοι Φίλιππον
εὐώχει αὐτούς, ἵνα σε καὶ
θαρρήσωσιν
θαρσεῖν
, of
confidence θαρσεῖν μάχας
.) Cp. τὸ σόν
, 625 n.
μῶν οὐ πέποιθας
; Shaks.
is "to
make
: πιστός"
πιστώσαντες αὐτὸν τοῖς ὅρκοις
εἴ μοι ἐθέλοιτέ γε, ναῦται, | ὅρκῳ
πιστωθῆναι
"in one's own
interest,"
as here; or reciprocity, as χειρὶ δὲ χεῖρα λαβόντες ἐπιστώσαντ’
ἐπέεσσιν
καὶ μαρτυρίαν μὲν οὐδεμίαν ἐνεβάλετο τούτων ὁ
ταῦτ’ εἰπεῖν ἀξιώσας, ψιλῷ δὲ λόγῳ χρησάμενος
"His words are bonds."
"than in name,"
"form,"
as opp. to ἔργῳ
.
"what do you fear
but, "What, exactly, do you fear?"
—a polite way
of asking the question. ΣΩ. ἀλλὰ γὰρ ὃ ὑπέσχετο Χαιρεφῶντι οὐ
ποιεῖ. ΓΟΡ. τί μάλιστα, ὦ Σώκρατες
μὴ
ἐκείνοις προδῷς
. Taken as a sentence, the words could mean
only "see
that"
( "how"
) "you
are leaving me."
The conj. ὅρα
: it is
not only quite needless, but bad, because here it would give an angry
tone, as such echoes usually do in trag.; see on
οἶσθα...οἶδα
656 is different.
ὀκνοῦντά με ἀνάγκη διδάσκειν σε
,—feeling such fear as I do, I am constrained to be thus urgent with
you. (Not, "I must thus urge you, since you are
slack."
) Wecklein's change to ὀκνεῖν
γ’
is unnecessary.
οὐ
,
in strong assurance, as with inf. after ὄμνυμι
, etc.: cp. 281, 797: ἐπιστάμεσθα … | μήπω ποτ’ αὐτὸν ψεῦδος
… λακεῖν
—
ἔλεξαν
, gives
an emphasis like that which the cogn. accus. would give in πολλοὶ ἀπειλὰς κατηπείλησαν.
"in
wrath-"
(not locative, "in the soul"
): cp. ( ἐὰν ) θυμῷ … ᾖ τὸ πεπραγμένον
ἐκπραχθέν
ὀργῇ λελέχθαι
ἣν ὑμῶν αὐτῶν ἐθελήσητε
γενέσθαι
ἐκπλήττονται καὶ οὐκέθ’ αὑτῶν
γίγνονται
οὔτε ἐξεπλάγη ἐντός τε ἑωυτοῦ
γίνεται
"was not dismayed, but mastered
his feelings"
: οὐκ ἐντὸς ὢν αὑτοῦ
ἔξω δ’ αὑτῆς οὖσα ὑπὸ τοῦ
κακοῦ
"there."
φροῦδαί σοι
θυσίαι
.
ἄνδρες
in 653) goes both with ἐπερρ
. and with
φανήσεται.
τῆς σῆς
as=an objective σου
, on 332). The normal
phrase would be κεῖνοι ἐπερρώσθησαν
, and
the use of the impersonal form here is bolder than in the ordinary
passive examples (usu. with perf.) such as ἱκανὰ
τοῖς...πολεμίοις εὐτύχηται
( Thuc. 7.77
). Possibly the common impers. use ἐπῆλθέ μοι
λέγειν
( "it occurred to me to say"
) may have helped to suggest the impers. ἐπερρώσθη
.
ἐτόλμησαν
, does not elsewhere occur with
ἐπιρρώννυσθαι
, but stands with the simple pf. ἔρρωμαι
as= "
( ἔρρωτο...κακόν τι
ἐργάζεσθαι
). Whitelaw: "though
terrible things were emboldened to
the utterance,"
—comparing 658
ἀπειλαὶ...κατηπείλησαν
. But, if the δεινά
are personified, do we not then want a stronger word than λέγειν
?
We cannot read κεῖνος
, since the pl. is
needed. The best solution would be κείνοις δέ,
, from which ἴσως
κεἰ
might have come through a transposition. But the sarcastic
ἴσως τοι, κεἰ βλέποντα μὴ )πόθουν |
θανόντ’ ἂν οἰμώξειαν.
εἰ καὶ
would be natural (as granting the κεἰ
is normal: see
τὸ
μεταξύ
, since πέλαγος
suggests πλοῦς
: cp. 1165. If the Thebans attempt an
armed invasion, they will find "a sea of troubles"
interposed.
εὐπλοίας τυχών
πλώϊμος
(oft. πλόϊμος
in our MSS.), Her. πλωτός
: πλεύσιμος
is not found.
"Now
(
For οὖν"
) you are safe indeed ( μὲν
), even δὲ
666) that protection,—superfluous
though it be,—will be afforded by my name just as well as by my
presence.μὲν οὖν
with this
distributed force cp.
τῆς ἐμῆς
form
a cretic, the spondee κἄνευ
can stand
because the prep. coheres closely with its case. Cp. 115. In 1022 οὐδὲν δεῖ
πονεῖν
, and 1543 ὥσπερ σφὼ πατρί
, the monosyllable excuses the spondee.
σιγᾶν ἐπῄνες).
δέσποιν’ ὅμως οὖσ’
κἀκεῖ κἀνθάδ’ ὢν... ὁμῶς
The first strophe and antistrophe (668—680=681 —693) praise Colonus: the second (694 —706=707—719) praise Attica. But the local theme is skilfully knitted to the national theme. The narcissus and crocus of Colonus introduce the Attic olive (second strophe). The equestrian fame of Colonus suggests the Attic breed of horses, and this, in turn, suggests Poseidon's other gift to Athens,—the empire of the sea (second antistrophe). For the metres see Metrical Analysis.
Cicero (
The first word γᾶς
with
κράτιστα
. You have come to earth's best abodes ( εὔιππος
χώρα
( ἔπαυλα
belong, though it might
also be partitive. It precedes ἔπαυλα
as the
territorial gen. regularly precedes the local name, ἀπίκοντο τῆς Ἰταλίης ἐς
Τάραντα
ἡ ναῦς ἄριστα... ἔπλει παντὸς τοῦ
στρατοπέδου
γῆ
stands alone it usu.= "the earth,"
as τὰ μεσόμφαλα γᾶς...μαντεῖα
"the best abodes in
Attica (
γᾶς"
), belonging to (or
consisting in) Colonus ( χώρας
).
σταθμά
is its synonym. So ἔπαυλοι
in
ἔπαυλις
in Her. 1.111 . Then, just like σταθμά
in poetry, "homesteads," "dwellings": πάροικοι | Θρῃκίων ἐπαύλων
ἔπαυλις
was similarly used in
late prose.
νάρκ‐
683), is long, but it is needless to
write τόνδ’
, since the anacrusis is
common.
"white,"
contrasting with χλωραῖς
(673). See Tozer, "The site of Colonus
is distinguished by two bare knolls of lightcoloured earth, the
Schol. ἀργῆτα Κολωνόν"
of the poet,—not chalky,
as the expositors of that passage often describe it to be.τὸν λευκόγεων
. From √ARG, denoting "brightness,"
come ( "bright"
or white, ἀργός, ἀργής, ἀργινόεις, ἀργεννός,
ἄργυφος
: ( ἄργυρος
: ( ἄργιλος
,
"white,"
—whether the soil was ἐν ἀργινόεντι μαστῷ
( ἀργείλοφον πὰρ Ζεφυρίων
κολώναν
(the town Λοκροὶ
Ἐπιζεφύριοι
on the S.E. coast of Italy, Pind. fr. 200); and
soil or light-coloured rocks by Ἀργινοῦσαι
, the three islets off the coast of Aeolis (Strabo 617). Cp. "Albion."
But a town on a hill might also owe
the epithet to its buildings. We cannot now decide between soil and
buildings in the cases of τὸν ἀργινόεντα
Λύκαστον
and Κάμειρον
(
"Alba."
ὦ Σώκρατες, οὐδὲ θαμίζεις ἡμῖν
καταβαίνων εἰς τὸν Πειραιᾶ
θαμίζουσα
may be taken
separately, "frequenting"
(the place): πάρος γε μὲν οὔτι θαμίζεις
"hitherto thou comest not
oft."
The midd. in fr. 460 τῷδε
( τῇδε
) θαμίζεται
, (the fish) haunts those
waters.
"under"
(screened by) green glades,—in the sacred grove (cp. 17)
and in the neighbouring Academy. Cp. ἐν εὐανέμοις βάσσαις
βυσσός
, to the rt. of βαθύς
, it would be
peculiarly appropriate here to the haunts of the bird that "sings darkling."
The reading ( σε ) στέρξας ἀνέχει
βάκχης ἀνέχων λέκτρ’ Ἀγαμέμνων
ἀνεῖχεν
is intrans., "he held
back" cautiously. Of the two MS. readings, οἰνωπός
is a good Attic form
(used four times by Eur.), and
is nearer to the MSS. than Dindorf's οἰνῶπα
.
The latter word would mean, "having for her
domain."
The ivy and the vine (17) being sacred to Dionysus
( θεοῦ
is certainly not
the hero Colonus (65) . We might desire φυλλάς
meant is not
παγκάρπου δάφνης
ἄσκευον ἀσπίδων
ἄλυπος
ἄτης
: ἀλαμπὲς ἡλίου
ἐδητύος...ἄπαστος
ἄπεπλος φαρέων
καθαρός
, etc.: (2)
an attrib. gen. depending on the implied noun (here, ἄνεμοι
).
βακχευτής, βάκχος
, reveller. Cp. ὁ Βακχεῖος θεός
Πὰν ἐμβατεύει ποντίας ἀκτῆς
ἔπι.
"moving
around,"
so, "attending on,"
"roaming
in company with."
The bold use seems to have been suggested
by the noun ἀμφίπολος
as= "follower"
(Pind., etc.), ἀμφιπολεῖν
being here to that noun as ὀπαδεῖν
to ὀπαδός.
Ἴακχος
, represented as the son of Cora (or sometimes of Demeter), Dionysus was
associated in the Eleusinian mysteries with the "two
goddesses"
( τὼ θεώ
): thus
παγκοίνοις
Ἐλευσινίας | Δηοῦς ἐν
κόλποις
. A relief found at Eleusis in 1859, and referable
to the period between Pheidias and Praxiteles, shows Persephone with her
right hand on the head of the young Iacchos (a boy of some fifteen
years), who is facing Demeter. It is reproduced in Baumeister's "Eleusinia,"
p. 471. There was a shrine of
Demeter near Colonus, 1600.
"comantem Narcissum,"
"has usually
This
does not suit καλλίβοτρυς
. There is a
like doubt about the classical ὑάκινθος
,
variously taken as iris, gladiolus, or larkspur—at any rate, not our
hyacinth. But, whatever the true identification here may be, the νάρκη
,—the pale beauty of the flower
helping the thought. It is the
οὐκ ἴοις ἀπατηθεῖσαν ἀλλὰ
ναρκίσσοις
. So Euphorion ( Εὐμενίδες
ναρκίσσου ἐπιστεφέες πλοκαμῖδας
. Artemidorus ( στέφανοι ναρκίσσων
πεποιημένοι πᾶσι κακοί
(
θεῶν ἱερὸν τῶν
μεγάλων· αἱ δέ εἰσιν αἱ
μεγάλαι θεαὶ Δημήτηρ καὶ Κόρη
. In Attic usu. τὼ θεώ
, and so Andoc.
or. 1 § 32 (of these goddesses) πρὸς τοῖν
θεοῖν
is now read ( ταῖν θεαῖν
). Indeed
θεά
is rare in Attic prose except in such phrases as θεοὺς καὶ θεάς
. But here, in a lyric
passage, and with an epithet added, the poet may have preferred the less
familiar θεαῖν
. The schol. was wrong in
desiring τᾶν μεγαλᾶν θεᾶν
(meaning the
Eumenides).
ἀρχαῖον
), and was δαμάτριον
. In Rhodes Cora was crowned with asphodel (Bekker ὑάκινθος
, locally called κοσμοσάνδαλον
, was worn
by the worshippers of Demeter Chthonia ( Paus.
2.35.5 ). Schneidewin's explanation, "
— before they changed it for others,—is
against the myth itself, which makes the narcissus a
"when Sophocles... speaks
of the
Cp. crocus with its
golden sheen,"
we would fain regard this as the same
with the splendid flower that displays its golden blossoms close to the
snow on Parnassus and the mountains of Arcadia. But, in reality, there
can be little doubt that it was the cultivated crocus, from which the
saffron was obtained, and which was introduced into Greece from the
East, where it was prized as a dye for robes and slippers,— the κροκόβαπτον ποδὸς εὔμαριν
of the
κἀν τῇ Νιοβῃ ὁ Σοφοκλῆς τὸν κρόκον
ἄντικρυς
τῇ Δήμητρι ἀνατίθεται
. At the Thesmophoria (the festival of
Demeter θεσμοφόρος
), when wreaths of
flowers were not worn (schol.), the women appeared in κροκωτοί
, saffroncoloured robes ( Ar.
"founts."
"The
most distant sources of the river are
on the w. side of Mt. Pentelicus and the s. side of Mt.
Parnes, and in the intermediate ridge which unites
them"
(Leake): in particular, a broad stream descends from
the steepest part of Parnes. The Cephisus has a course of about 20 miles
to the bay of Phalerum.
"never fails,"
while in the long droughts of summer the bed of the "The
little river
Cephisus...scatters fertility and verdure around. Great was
the contrast between its banks and the rest of the plain,
which in the month of October is dry, parched, and dusty.
The whole valley, in its width of six miles, had been
stripped of nearly every vestige of vegetation; for not a
drop of water had fallen during the previous four or five
months."
— μινύθω
is both
trans. and intrans. in Homer; intrans. in the Ionic of Hippocr. (who has
it of flesh "wasting"
). Aesch. has it
twice in lyrics (intrans.); Soph. only here.
"distributing the streams."
There is
no example of an adj. of this form (as σποράς,
στροφάς, φορβάς
) having an active sense. Cp.
ἐπ’ ἤματι τῷδε
, "on this day,"
ἐπ’ ἡμέρης ἑκάστης
in a similar sense (5. 117) ; this phrase,
too, is un-Attic.
ὠκυτόκοιο
Σελάνας
(because thought ἐπὶ
ταῖς λοχείαις καὶ ὠδῖσι βοηθεῖν
), ὠκυτόκιον
ἐπι‐
), cp. ἔρχονται πεδίοιο
,
"with the help of rain."
)
πεδίων.
στέρνα
: an expressive word for the expanse of the Attic πεδίον
, varied by gentle undulations, or by
rocky knolls like Colonus itself. Suidas quotes a poet. phrase στέρνα γῆς
: cp. the common use of μαστοί
for round hills or knolls. Γαἶ εὐρύστερνος
στέρνα
and νῶτα
were applied, says the schol., to τῆς γῆς τὰ
πεδιώδη καὶ εὐρέα
. The epithet helps, with ὠκυτόκος
, to suggest the image of a mighty
living frame, quickened by the veins of irrigation.
ἔστι δε καὶ
Μουσῶν τε βωμὸς καὶ ἕτερος Ἑρμοῦ καὶ ἔνδον Ἀθηνᾶς
.
χθονός
in 691: this region generally.
Ἔρως
in front of the
entrance to the Academy. But she was often associated with Demeter and
Cora (cp. Paus. 3.19.4 , and Baumeister
ἄλλαι τε ἐς τὸν ᾍδην
εἰσὶν ἐπικλήσεις καὶ ὁ
χρυσήνιος, δῆλα ὡς ἐπὶ τῆς Κόρης τῇ ἁρπαγῇ
. So, here, the
epith. suggests a visit of the goddess from above.
Thus far the theme has been Colonus and the adjacent region. Now the praises
take a larger range. Athena's gift of the olive, Poseidon's gift of the
horse, are here celebrated as common to Attica ( τᾷδε
χώρᾳ
, 700, cp. 668): though the latter had a special interest for
Colonus Hippius, and the former for the Academy, where an olive was shown,
said to have sprung up next after the primal olive in the Πανδροσεῖον
of the Erechtheum ( Paus. 1.30.2 ).
ὄν
, possessive gen., with ἐπακούω
, hear of as belonging to. The poet
does not mean, of course, that he has never heard of the olive as στρεπτῆς
καλουμένης ἐλαίας φυτόν
of Epidaurus (said to have been
twisted by Heracles, Paus.
2.28.2 ), and the speculation of Thales in the olive-oil
presses of Miletus and Chios ( ἐλαιουργεῖα
, Arist.
Δωρὶς αἶα
. Cp. on 66
.
ἡ τοῦ Πέλοπος νῆσος ἔστι μὲν
κυρίως
Χερρόνησος, ὅμως δὲ νῆσος μὲν λέγεται, ὡς παρὰ βραχὺ τοιαύτη
οὖσα
. In the 10th century we find the Peloponnesus called
simply ἡ νῆσος
by Constantinus
Porphyrogenitus, περὶ τῶν
Θεμάτων
( "the
provinces"
) p. 52 ἔστι δὲ πᾶσα
ἡ νῆσος ὑπὸ ἑνὶ στρατηγῷ τεταγμένη
.
νῆσος
.
Tyrtaeus fr. 2 εὐρεῖαν
Πέλοπος νᾶσον
ἀφικόμεθα
. διεδέρκετο νῆσον ἅπασαν | Τανταλίδεω
Πέλοπος
ἄμεινον ἢ τὸν Πέλοπος ἐν
νήσῳ τρόπον
. — Cp.
φίτευμ’
, which Blaydes prefers, occurs only once in trag. ( Aesch. "scion"
(child) than to a plant.
ἀχείρητον
is clearly a corruption. The
question is whether "
the
only sense in which it occurs elsewhere, as οἱ Χαλκιδῆς...ἀχείρωτοί εἰσι
ἀχειρούργητον
, as Pollux takes it, "
χείρωμα
usu.
meant "a conquest,"
or "a violent deed"
; yet Aesch. could say τυμβοχόα χειρώματα
(work of the hand in
mound-making)
ἀχείρωτος
as = "not
hand-wrought."
My reason for preferring "
is the context.
While δευτέρῃ τε ἡμέρῃ ἀπὸ τῆς ἐμπρήσιος
Ἀθηναίων οἱ θύειν ὑπὸ βασιλέος κελευόμενοι ὡς ἀνέβησαν
ἐς τὸ ἱρόν, ὥρων βλαστὸν ἐκ τοῦ στελέχεος ὅσον τε
πηχυαῖον ἀναδεδραμηκότα
"self-produced"
( αὐτοτόκος, αὐτοφάγος,
αὐτοφόνος
. Chandler ( ‐ποιος
are
oxytone (quoting Arcadius 88. 2): αὐτόποιος
(as our MSS. give it) in this passage "is the one
solitary
exception, and therefore probably a false accent."
Ἀτθίς
, stated that the sacred olives ( μορίαι
) in Attica had been spared by the
Peloponnesian invaders under Archidamus, who sacrificed to Athena. The
μακρά
, 319
φαιδρά
, ὑπέροπτα
τὸ
λεπτόγεων
), and the climate, esp. favoured the olive: cp.
Theophr. ἡ
σπιλὰς
(stony ground) καὶ ἔτι μᾶλλον ἡ
λευκόγειος
(670 n.) ἐλαιοφόρος
.
For Greece, the olive-zone begins s. of the plains of Thessaly, as for
Italy it begins s. of the plains of Lombardy. The olive is found in
Phthiotis and Magnesia: in Epeirus, only on the sea-coast.
ἡ
κουροτρόφος
: see Ar. quod nostra infantia caelum Hausit
Aventini, baca nutrita Sabina
στέφανον ἐκφέρειν
) says that it was the
Attic custom στέφανον ἐλαίας
τιθέναι πρὸ τῶν θυρῶν
, when a male child was born; as wool,
when a female (cp. παιδοτρ
. mean "propagated
from the parent olive"
on the acropolis, as Schneidewin
thought.
κ.τ.λ.
Two points first claim notice. (1) οὔτε
is changed to οὔτε
must certainly be changed to οὔτε
cannot follow οὐ
, though a repeated
οὔτε
can (
οὔτε
νέος
is hardly probable. (2) "commanding in old age"
—the elderly Archidamus in contrast with the young Xerxes— or ( "commanding the
elderly men."
The difficulty is not in the sense of
σημάντωρ
): it is in the combination with
Now comes this question:—Was the antithesis here between οὔτ’ ἦρος
οὔτε γήρᾳ
, understanding, "neither in
spring nor
σημαίνων
, "by his word of command"
: but such a fig. sense of γήρᾳ
is
inconceivable. Nauck's οὔτ’ ἦρος οὔτ’ ἐν ὥρᾳ |
χειμώνων
is too far from the MSS., and the plur. is strange. I
incline to believe that the poet indeed meant "neither
young nor old,"
but without any personal reference, and merely in
this general sense:— "from generation to
generation of men these
sacred trees are safe."
The words ὁ
γὰρ αἰὲν ὁρῶν
suit this. The conjecture μετὰ δ’ ἡσυχίας
πολιῷ
γήραϊ συνοικοίην
.
κύκλοι
,
"orb"
of the sun.
"Throughout
Attica, besides the olives which were private property (
ἴδιαι ἐλαῖαι"
, Lys.
or. 7 § 10 ) there were others which, whether on public or on
private lands, were considered as the property of the state. They were
called
μορίαι
)—the legend being that they had been propagated ( μεμορημέναι
) from the original olive
which Athena herself had caused to spring up on the Acropolis. This
theory was convenient for their conservation as State property, since,
by giving them a sacred character, it placed them directly under the
care of the Areiopagus, which caused them to be visited once a month by
Inspectors ( ἐπιμεληταί
, Lys. or. 7 § 29 ), and once a year by
special Commissioners ( γνώμονες
,
Ζεὺς ἱκέσιος,
κτήσιος
, etc.
γλαυκᾶς
in 701. The altar of Ζεὺς Μόριος
,
otherwise called Καταιβάτης
, was in the
Academy, where there was also a shrine of Athena close to the μορίαι
(Apollodorus
This antistrophe is devoted to Poseidon, as the strophe to Athena.
"mother-city"
(Athens), since the men of Colonus, like all other
dwellers in Attica, may deem themselves her children. So Αἰακίδας ...ματρόπολίν τε
Βακχᾶν ματρόπολιν Θήβαν
"capital
city,"
which would be prosaic: this sense occurs as early,
however, as ἒν δὲ ἦν χωρίον μητρόπολις
αὐτῶν
If vv. 696 f. are sound as they stand, the problem here is to supply μεγάλου...μέγιστον,
αὔχημα...αὔχημα
(713) must not be judged with modern fastidiousness:
see on 554 .
ἵπποι
is perpetually replenished by good πῶλοι
: "est in equis
patrum
Virtus."
ἱππεῖς
, since (as = "well-horsed"
) it is often said of heroes ( εὐ. Τυνδαριδᾶν
καλλίπωλος
, Pind. ῥιμφαρμάτου | διφρηλασίας
νίκαν...θρασύγυιον
καλλίνικον...κῦδος
ὕδωρ θαλάσσιον ἐν φρέατι
θάλασσα
. It was said to have
been created by a blow from Poseidon's trident; the three holes which
were shown are still visible (see Penrose's drawing and description in
Smith's Ἐρεχθέος...νηός, ἐν τῷ ἐλαίη τε καὶ
θάλασσα ἔνι
ἀνέφηνε θάλασσαν ἣν νῦν
Ἐρεχηΐδα καλοῦσι.
σὺ δέ
(507).
ἵζω
) νιν εἰς τόδ’
αὔχημα
, didst establish her in this glory, as in a royal
throne: cp. τοῦτον... εἷσε ἄγων ἐς τὸν βασιλήιον
θρόνον
αὐτὴν δ’ ἐς θρόνον εἷσεν ἄγων
τὸν
ἀκεστῆρα
: cp. βροτοῖς τὸν ἀείμνηστον |
τάφον.
σωφρονιστήν
, healing their μανιάδες νόσοι
, and bringing them to a calm temper ( ἀλλ’ ἀκεώμεθα θᾶσσον· ἀκεσταί τοι
φρένες ἐσθλῶν
ὅπως
ἕκαστος τῶν εἰς μέθην καὶ
πλήρωσιν ὡρμημένων ἰατρὸν λαμβάνῃ τῆς ὕβρεως καὶ τῆς
ἀκοσμίας τὴν μουσικήν
. φίλτρον τόδ’ ἵππειον
φάρμακον πραΰ
, said of the bit ( χαλινός
) given by Athena to Bellerophon for
Pegasus.
"having
instituted,"
brought into use among men, as one could say κτίζειν νὁμιμα
on the analogy of κτίζειν ἑορτήν
etc. Greek mythology places
Poseidon in two distinct relations to the horse. ( ideo dicitur ecum invenisse quia velox
est eius numen et mobile sicut mare.
"white
horses,"
Ital. Πετραῖος
, who had caused the first horse ( Σκύφιος
) to spring from a rock in
Thessaly,—the name being taken from σκύφος
, a rocky cup, where perh. marks in the rock were shown. From Tzetzes on
Lycophron 767 it seems that this legend was in later times localised at
Colonus also. Arcadia and Boeotia, too, had their legends, in which the
first horse was called Ἀρίων
(the wondrous
steed of Adrastus in
δαμαῖος
, and Athena as χαλινῖτις
(cp. Pind. ἴμψιος
: Hesych. ἴμψας·
ζεύξας Θετταλοί, ἴμψιος Ποσειδῶν ὁ ζύγιος
. In Aesch. ὑφ’
ἅρμα τ’ ἤγαγον φιληνίους |
ἵππους
.
Poseidon has taught men to row as well as to ride. He fits the oars to their
hands. But, instead of τὰν
δὲ πλάταν χερσὶ παράψας
, the form is varied to a passive
constr. If παρά
, "at the
side,"
suggesting the notion, "as an
aid."
(If from παραπέτομαι
, it
could be only aor., which the sense excludes.) Conjecture might proceed on
either of two views:—( παραπτομένα
is metrically sound: (
παραπτομένα
may have been a gloss; cp. Eur. χέρας
) κώπῃ προσαρμόσαντες
.
βίος
μακραίων
(
λογος
κακόθρους
(
εὔπαις
γόνος
( Eur. εὐπήχεις
χεῖρες
(
ἐκτόπιος
.
κορᾶν ἀγέλαν ἑκατόγγυιον
γυῖον
were σῶμα
.) The choice of the number
(though here meant merely to suggest a Νηρῇδας δὲ ἐπὶ δελφίνων ἑκατὸν κύκλῳ·
τοσαύτας γὰρ ἐνόμιζον αὐτὰς οἱ τότε εἶναι
; and so Ovid Νηρεύς
( √νυ, νέω, νᾶμα
, etc.) and his daughters represent the sea's kindly moods: the Nereids
who dance and sing around and before the ship are the waves. In "dancing,"
cp. on πυκνόπτεροι
(17).
Second ἐπεισόδιον
. Creon comes, in the hope of
persuading Oed. to return with him. Failing, he causes his attendants to
carry off Antigone,—Ismene having already been captured elsewhere. He is
about to seize Oed., when Theseus enters, sends pursuers after Creon's men,
and compels Creon himself to set out with him to find them.
ἀλλ’ ἔργον ἤδη σὸν τὰ λοίφ’
ὑπηρετεῖν
σὸν δ’ αὖ τὸ σιγᾶν
σοὶ...δεῖ
, though a rare, is an
admissible construction; besides Eur. δεῖ ἐπισάξαι τὸν ἵππον Πέρσῃ ἀνδρὶ καὶ
χαλινῶσαι δεῖ
εἴ σοι δέοι διδάσκειν
δεῖ μέντοι τοῖς μέλλουσιν ἀνθρώποις
ἕξειν ὅ τι εἰσφέρωσιν
εἰ...διαλέγειν δέοι αὐτῷ
πάρεστι
, as Campbell proposes.
ἀλλ’ ἐθέλεις ἀρετὴν σὴν φαινέμεν ἥ τοι
ὀπηδεῖ
βεβαιοῦν ἔπη
, to "make" the words "good."
The ἀντιλαβή
(division of the verse between two
persons) marks excitement: cp. 652, 1099, 1169.
λέγοις ἂν ὡς τάχιστα.
τέλος
θανάτοιο
. When the attack has been made and repulsed, he
will feel finally assured.
τὸ
τέρμα τῆς ς.
καὶ
γὰρ κτανεῖν σ’ ἔπεισα
, for I
τάχ’ ἄν τιν’ αἰδῶ... λάβοι
ὀργὴν λάβοις ἄν.
ἐμέ
implied in
is an independent sentence,
co-ordinated with the relat. clause ὃν μήτ’
ὀκνεῖτε
: see on 424 .
βουλόμενοι...δράσαντές τι καὶ
κινδυνεῦσαι
εἴτις
(
σθένει
), by assimilation, εἴτις
being treated as forming a single adj.: εἴπερ τινός, σθένοντος ἐν πλούτῳ,
Φρυγῶν
τοῦ τε Γυλίππου καὶ Ἑρμοκράτους καὶ εἴ
του ἄλλου πειθόντων
ἀνέλαμψεν οἰκία...ὅτου δὴ
ἐνάψαντος
"I have not
come to use
etc. If we read
στείλαντος
predicate): ἀστῶν ὑπὸ πάντων
. The
combination of particles in different cases is esp. freq. when one is a
gen. absol. (as if ἐξ
were absent here):
εἶδεν, εἴτε δή τινος εἰπόντος εἴτ’
αὐτὸς συνείς
οὐχ ἡσύχαζον ἀνδρῶν τε σφίσιν ἐνόντων
καὶ ἅμα περὶ τῷ χωρίῳ δεδιότες
ἀπιστοῦσαν | … ἄγουσι … καὶ ἐν
ἀφροσύνῃ καθελόντες
ἄνδρα
in
735 probably caused the slip.
καλῶς μὲν αὐτοῖς κατθανεῖν ἧκον
βίου
γένους μὲν ἥκεις ὧδε τοῖσδε
ἥκει, ἥκω
cannot properly be regarded as mere
substitutes for προσήκει, προσήκω.
ἦν σοι Πόλυβος οὐδὲν ἐν γένει
ἦκ’ ἔμοιγ’ ἑνί
is unnecessary.
εἰς
ὑπερβολήν, ἐς τὰ μάλιστα
, etc. (cp. ἐπὶ
πλέον
): the gen. after the superl. adv., as μέγιστον ἴσχυσε στρατοῦ
τρόφος
so long (760), has a better claim to him than Athens,
however hospitable. And Creon has an especial right to urge the claim as
being now the guardian of the family honour (755). "as they owed it
to thee to do"
: nor, "in due
form,"
as opp. to private overtures.
τὸν
): ἐκ δὲ τῆς Θέμιν
πολλὰ μὲν οὖν καὶ ἄλλα...ἐν δὲ τοῖς
καὶ τοῦτο
οἰκτρὰν φίλοισιν, ἐκ δὲ τῶν μάλιστ’
ἐμοί
ἐν δὲ τοῖς ἑγώ
τοῖσδ’
.)
μάλιστα
: cp.
πλεῖστον
is grammatically needed
with ὅσῳπερ
, though
μόνη
is added as if ἐπειδή
, and
not ὅσῳπερ
, had preceded. Schol. ἐγὼ μάλιστά σε καλῶ, ὅσῳπερ πλεῖστον ἀλγῶ τοῖς
παθήμασιν
,—where the absence of any ref. to the words εἰ μὴ...κάκιστος
has caused suspicion: but
the schol.'s aim was simply to explain the syntax.
τῆς πλεῖστον ἐχθίστης
ὦ μέγιστον ἐχθίστη γύναι
τὴν πλεῖστον ἡδίστην
ξένον
only, and to connect
μέτοικος
) ἐπὶ προστάτου
ᾠκει
, he lived under the protection of a citizen as his
patron (so Lycurg. οἰκήσας...ἐπὶ
προστάτου
).
τῆς
),
τῶν
), 1427 ( τὸ
),
τῶν
),
τὴν
),
τὴν
),
381, 728 ( τῆς
),
τῷ
),
etc.
"ah me!"
: cp. 318.
ὅτι πέσοι
ἄν.
ἐς τοσοῦτον ἐλπίδων | ἐμοῦ
βεβῶτος
ἀεικεῖ σὺν στολᾷ
αἰκία
, as of the
epic ἀεικία
, is always long; hence the
later spelling ἀείκεια, αἴκεια
(Eustath.
1336. 58), often found in our MSS.
εἰς ὅσον
: cp. ἐπὶ τῆς αὐτῆς ἧσπερ νῦν
ἐξουσίας...μενεῖ
οὐ περὶ ὀνόματος ἡ ἀμφισβήτησις, οἷς
τοσούτων πέρι σκέψις ὅσων ἡμῖν πρόκειται.
"I had not thought
that
etc.)
πουλὺν ἐφ’ ὑγρήν
θῆλυς ἐέρση
ἡδὺς ἀϋτμή
πικρὸν...ὀδμήν
κοινὸς...κλαγγά
πατρῷος
θυραῖος
δίου βροντᾶς
ἴτω δίκα φανερός, ἴτω
ὦ ποθεινὸς ἡμέρα
τηλικοῦτος
is that her marriageable age is passing by in these
perilous wanderings. There is a similar thought in Electra's complaint (
ἆρ’ οὐ
; "are you
satisfied that it is so?"
"is it not so?"
ἆρ’ ἔφυν κακός; | ἆρ’ οὐχὶ πᾶς
ἄναγνος;
οἴμοι τάλας
"I have uttered a cruel reproach against my kindred
and myself. But indeed the reproach is one that cannot be hid, so long as
thou and thy daughter are seen wandering thus. Hide it, then,
Unless we
correct τὰ
ἐμφανῆ
), it is better to place a point, and not merely a comma,
at "
etc.,—the
elliptical use of ὥστε
συγγνώμης εἰμὶ ἄξιος λέγων· οὐ γὰρ
δύναμαι κρύπτειν
. With only a comma at
κρύπτειν,
would belong to "But,—
—when the position of τοιόνδ’
ἄγος | ἀκάλυπτον οὕτω
δεικνύναι
.
ὦ θεοὶ πατρῷοι, συγγένεσθέ γ’ ἀλλὰ
νῦν
πιθοῦ θελήσας φρονήσας τ’
προσειπών
: so δὴ τότε Πουλυδάμας θρασὺν Ἕκτορα εἶπε
παραστάς
ὁ μὲν γὰρ αὐτὸν ἐννέπει·
τέκνον
τὰς ἱερὰς ὅπως | προσείποιμεν
Ἀθάνας
εὖ
or κακῶς λέγειν τινά
is to speak well or ill εὖ λέγειν τὸν εὖ λέγοντα.
πόλις
) is somewhat bold, but scarcely warrants Wecklein's change to ἡ δ’ ἐκεἰ
. Cp. 351, κατὰ νόμους τοὺς οἴκοθεν
"thou who wouldst borrow a
crafty device from
any plea of right"
—as he here uses the λόγος δίκαιος
about duty to friends and
fatherland for the purpose of enticing Oedipus back. Cp.
πάντα προσφέρων λόγον
"thou who from anything wouldst borrow a crafty
device
consisting in a fair plea"
: for which, however, we might
cp. πολλῶν λόγων εὑρήμαθ’ ὥστε μὴ
θανεῖν
ἐξ ἄπαντος...κερδαίνειν
ὃς
φέροις ἄν
: as in
ἂν...θιγόντα
= ὅτι
θίγοι ἄν
. πόλλ’ ἂν ἔχων ἕτερ’ εἰπεῖν περὶ αὐτῆς
παραλείπω
ὅτε ἔχοιμι ἄν
. Cp.
In L's "by a stratagem."
It would then be necessary to take "
(who have had such
experiences).
μου
being understood.
ἐν
τούτοις, ἐν οἷς
, in things (snares), having been caught in
which, etc.: cp.
οἰκεῖα πάθη, | μηδενὸς ἄλλου
παραπράξαντος
οἰκείας εἰς ἄτας | ἐμπίπτεις
οὐκ
ἤθελες ἐκπέμπειν
was to follow; but the changed form of phrase
requires the dat. ἐννέπω σὲ...ἐμμένειν,...ὡς
ὄντι
κ.τ.λ.
, the will on my side was not met by
will on yours: cp. οὐχ ἑκών, ἑκοῦσι δὲ | ξύνεστιν
πάρειμι δ’ ἄκων οὐχ ἑκοῦσιν.
"bestow,"
a sense freq. in the active, but somewhat rare in the
midd.: cp., however, προσθείμην
πλέον τι
,
"contribute"
), ψῆφον δ’ Ὀρέστῃ τήνδ’ ἐγὼ
προσθήσομαι
"to
annex"
(404), or "to take on
oneself"
(
προσθήσει
, 153.
μισῶν δ’ οὔποτ’ ἐμπλησθήσομαι |
γυναῖκας
τὸ δεινὸν τοῦτο
κλειναί τ’ Ἀθῆναι καὶ τὸ σύντροφον
γένος
Αἰνιὰν γένος
κόρῃ τε κἀργείᾳ
γένος
.
μετακινεῖν,
μεταπείθειν
etc.), found only here, but not open to just
suspicion, though Blaydes changes it to μ’ ἀποσπᾶν
. So μεθέλκειν
in
ὦ πονηρέ, μὴ τὰ μαλακὰ μώεο μὴ τὰ
σκλήρ’ ἔχῃς
τοῦτο
, see on 88 ),
τίς οὖν αὕτη ἢ φιλία ἐγίγνετο ἢ
ἐλευθερία πιστή;
πάντας γὰρ φιλέεσκεν ὁδῷ ἔπι οἰκία
ναίων
ὄφρα ξεῖνον ἐνὶ μεγάροισι
φιλέωμεν
ἀγαπάω
. Better thus than: "what joy is it (
The
illustration (776 ff.) shows that
"For instance."
ὥσπερ ἄν, εἴ τίς με ἔροιτο... εἴποιμ’
ἄν
ὥσπερ οὖν ἂν εἰ ἡμᾶς ἀνδριάντας
γράφοντας προσελθών τις ἔψεγε λέγων,...μετρίως ἂν
ἐδοκοῦμεν πρὸς αὐτὸν ἀπολογεῖσθαι λέγοντες.
"hyperbaton,"
in which
Soph. is sometimes bold: cp.
καὶ τοῦ με χρείας ὧδε λιπαρεῖς
τυχεῖν
ἔχοντι
= ὅτε ἔχοις
): cp. τίς ἂν μόλοι | ὅστις
διαγγείλειε
χάριν
ἄχαριν...ἐπικρᾶναι
( Aesch.
ὅταν λόγῳ θανὼν | ἔργοισι σωθῶ
ὄνομ’ ἔχουσα, τἄργα δ’ οὔ
αὐλή
) beside you, ἄγχι γῆς Καδμείας
(399), but
outside of it. So τίνος βοὴ πάραυλος ἐξέβη
νάπους
"whose cry burst from the covert
of the wood at our side?"
: fr. 460 πάραυλος
Ἑλλησποντίς
, a neighbour at the Hellespont.
ἀνήνεμον
χειμώνων
677.
κακά
. The schol., καὶ
ἵνα ἡ Θήβη ἀβλαβὴς ἔσται ἐκ ταύτης τῆς
γῆς
, confirms "evils coming from
this land"
(gen. of source).
"get
off,"
as ἄλυπος ἄτης ἐξαπαλλαχθήσομαι
ἀπαλλαγῆναι | ἀζήμιος
τῆσδε
χθονός
, "get free of this
land"
(as Wecklein takes it), the phrase would imply that
Thebes was already involved in a feud with Athens. Besides, the words
would naturally mean, "get
safely out of this land."
ταῦτα μὲν Λακεδαιμόνιοι
λέγουσι,...τάδε δὲ...ἐγὼ γράφω
ταῦτα μὲν δὴ σὺ λέγεις· παρ’ ἡμῶν δὲ
ἀπάγγελλε τάδε
οὗτος
often refers to
what follows (as
ὅδε
to what has just preceded: cp. on 1007 .
Νεμέας ἔνοικον
βουκόλων
ἀλάστορα
, scourge of herdsmen: Xenarchus (Midd. Comedy, c.
350 B.C.) Βουταλίων
fr. 1. 3 ἀλάστωρ εἰσπέπαικε Πελοπιδῶν
, a very fiend
of the Pelopidae has burst in. If we joined "
which is pointless here. For βαρὺν ξύνοικον...ἀλάστορα
ἐνναίων
) may have been alternative readings, from which ours has been composed;
but there is no evidence.
τοσοῦτον
,— "just
thus much right in the land—the right to die in it."
For the
regular construction, see τοσοῦτον ὅσον δοκεῖν
τοσοῦτον χωρίον κατασχεῖν...ὅσον ἔξω
τοὺς ἐσχάτους λόχους γενέσθαι τῶν πολεμίων
κεράτων
νεμόμενοι...τὰ αὑτῶν ἕκαστοι ὅσον
ἀποζῆν
ὦ γαῖα πατρίς, πῶς ἂν ἐνθάνοιμί
σοι
ἐναποθανόντων
should prob. be restored. Remark that μηδὲ γεωργεῖν τὸν μὲν πολλήν, τῷ δ’
εἶναι μηδὲ ταφῆναι
"...What will my brother King Harold
of England give to King Harold of Norway?" … "Seven foot
of the ground of England, or more perchance, seeing he
is taller than other men."
κλύω
, has L's support.
καὶ
Κρέοντα καὶ τοὐμὸν στόμα |
προπηλάκιζε
, my message from Apollo.
ὑπόπεμπτος
of an insidious emissary, Xen.
στόμωσις
was the process of στόμα
); cp. τήκεται δὲ καὶ ὁ εἰργασμένος σίδηρος,
ὥστε ὑγρὸς γίγνεσθαι καὶ πάλιν πήγνυσθαι. καὶ τὰ
στομώματα ποιοῦσιν οὔτως· ὑφίσταται γὰρ καὶ
ἀποκαθαίρεται κάτω ἡ σκωρία
ὅταν δὲ πολλάκις πάθῃ καὶ
καθαρὸς γένηται, τοῦτο στόμωμα γίγνεται
(this makes τῆς ἀνδρείας οἷον βαφή τις ὁ θυμός
ἐστι καὶ στόμωμα
τὰ
δ’
ὑγιεινὰ
( βρέφη
) μᾶλλον
στομοῦσθαι καὶ
κρατύνεσθαι τὴν ἕξιν
, have their constitutions
ὀξυνεῖς...
ἀκονήσεις
. The double sense of παρήχησις
with τοὐμὸν ὀξῦναι στόμα
γλῶσσα... τεθηγμένη
ἀλλ’ εἰ τὰ πλείω χρηστὰ τῶν κακῶν
ἔχεις
If "However, I am assured that I am
not persuading you of this,—go!"
In
ἐπίσταμαι γὰρ τήνδε... τέρψιν παρ’ ἄλλου
. Here, however, οἷδα
is so far stranger,
that the emphasis appears less appropriate in stating the speaker's
consciousness "However, I am assured
(3) πείθων
. (4) "strong
assurance"
view, which applies to past (1121) or present as well
as to future.—Another view is that "I know
that you
This might apply to 656. Here
it is much more difficult, esp. if we do πείσοντ’
: in 1121 it fails.
With ἴσθι … με
for
οἶδα...δε
the imper. would explain
σε...ἑμοῦ
into με...σοῦ
. But the
context confirms
In later Greek μή
with partic., in regard to
πῶς οὖν ἀκριβὴς ὁ Αἰακὸς ὢν οὐ διέγνω δε μὴ ὄντα ἐκεῖνον;
"failed to discern that you were not he,"where
μὴ ὄντα, though it might be paraphrased by
εἰ μὴ ἦσθα, virtually=
ὅτι οὐκ ἦσθα. In Mod. Greek the partic. always takes
μή, not
δέν. This latter tendency may conceivably have affected our MSS.:
τοιάδ’ οὐ πείθωνmay have once stood here.
Which of us do you consider the greater sufferer by your present attitude? Me, because I am not to bring you back? Or yourself, when you reject your friends and country?
"to be in error,"
referring to Creon's
ignorance of the lot in store for Thebes (787); but it is simpler to
take it of Creon's failure to win Oedipus. However great that loss may
be, Creon means, the loss to Oed. himself will be greater still.
"with regard
to your doings"
; cp. 1121: σὺ δ’ εἰς τὰ μητρὸς μὴ φοβοῦ
νυμφεύματα
being elided, though
emphatic: πόλιν τε κἀμὲ καὶ σ’ ὁμοῦ
στένει.
Creon had said, in effect, "
"
Oed. rejoins, "will be
best secured if
your application is rejected by the people of Colonus, as by
myself."
( ὡς ) κολαστοῦ προστυχὼν φύσῃ
φρένας
δόξαν...φύσας αὐξάνεται
"stain,"
or "reproach."
In the only other place
where Soph. has the word ( λύμαθ’ ἁγνίσας ἐμά
"something washed off"
(from √ΛΓ
, another form of √ΛΟv
, whence λούω
). λύμη
is only another form, and Eur.
uses λῦμα
in the sense proper to λύμη
, λῦμ’ Ἀχαιῶν
"bane"
(Hector).
μιᾶς τρέφει πρὸς νυκτός
"dost nourish a
reproach."
Cp. λέγειν σὺ δεινός
ἀφορμή
or ὕλη
of discourse; "on
any theme."
So ἐκ
marks the
conditions from which action sets out ( ὡς ἐκ
τῶνδ’
,
δύνασθαι τἄδικ’ εὖ λέγειν
ὅσον τό τ’ ἄρχειν καὶ τὸ δουλεύειν
δίχα
χωρὶς τό τ’ εἶναι καὶ τὸ μὴ
νομίζεται
ἕτερον τό τ’ ἀλγεῖν καὶ τὸ θεωρεῖν
ἔστ’ ἴσως
τὸ
is doubtful. But for
, the reading of the MSS., it may be
urged that the phrase is
( λέγειν, δρᾶν
etc.) in Aesch. φρονοῦντι καίρια
τὸ
is illustrated by 606 , where see
n. : and add χωρὶς τὰ Μυσῶν καὶ Φρυγῶν
ὁρίσματα
"(do you mean)
forsooth that you
speak,"
etc. ὡς δὴ σύ μοι τύραννος Ἀργείων
ἔσει
τούτῳ
ὅτῳ
, in the opinion of one who possesses only such sense as
yours: for the ethic dat. cp. 1446, πᾶσι νικᾶν τοῖς κριταῖς
καίτοι σ’ ἐγὼ )τίμησα τοῖς φρονοῦσιν
εὖ
οὐ μὴν ἴσην γ’ ἔτισεν
νομίζων πάντας ἀνθρώπους ἴσον περὶ
αὐτῶν ἐπίστασθαι
ἴσος
instead
of ὥσπερ
,
πρὸ τῶνδε φωνεῖν
ἦν τοῦτο ὥσπερ ἐμπόδισμά τι τῷ Φιλίππῳ
καὶ δυσχερές, πόλιν μεγάλην ἐφορμεῖν τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ
καιροῖς
ἐφορμεῖν
does not take
acc.
For ἀλλά με | λόγοις ἀπώλλυς, ἔργ’ ἔχων
ἥδιστ’ ἐμοί
ἐμοί
is not more emphatic than με
. So in κἀδόκουν πράξειν καλῶς· | τὸ δ’ ἦν ἄρ’
οὐδὲν ἄλλο πλὴν θανεῖν ἐμέ
ἐμέ
and
some one else: ὡς στέργειν ἐμέ
τὸ μὴ νοσεῖν ἐμέ
"
— implying a reproof of meddlesomeness. The stress is
rather on
This passage, which has been variously altered, appears to me to be sound as
it stands in the MSS. Oedipus has undertaken to speak for the men of Attica
( ἐρῶ γὰρ καὶ
πρὸ τῶνδε
). Creon refuses to identify him with them, bitterly
reminding the Theban that his real ties are elsewhere. "I
call them—not thee— to witness my
protest"
: "I have a just claim on thee, which thou
repellest:— I appeal to a judgment more impartial than thine
own."
The words mark the point at which he drops persuasion. He
now turns to menace. "But,
for the tone of thy reply to kinsmen"
(meaning, to himself, cp.
on 148
σμικροῖς
), "if I catch thee"
—an aposiopesis. (Cp.
Quos ego …
ΤΠ. ὦ παῖε παῖε τὸν Βάκιν. ΙΕ.
μαρτύρομαι
ἀμείβομαι
usu. takes a simple acc. of the person to whom a reply
is made (991); but cp. τότε μὲν ἠπίως πρὸς τὸν Κορίνθιον
ἀμείψατο
ἀποκρίνομαι πρός
τινα
was common, it would have been strange if the same
construction had been rigidly denied to ἀμείβομαι
. Even if
ἀνταμείβει
here, it could still mean "in relation to"
: cp. κακὸν | πρὸς ἄλλον εἶναι, πρὸς δ’ ἔμ’
ἀψευδεῖν ἀεί
ἐπεὶ
τοιαῦτα
: cp. on 263 .
τοῦ
ἑλεῖν σε
. Cp. ἀλλ’ εἰς τόδ’ ἥξεις
εἰς
τὸ ὀλέσθαι
. The MS. "e'en apart from these
men."
"wilt
(though
it could also mean, "wilt suffer a
): so οὐ σιωπήσας ἔσει
ἀντιδοὺς ἔσει
ἔσομαι
is the perf., not the aor.
λυπηθεὶς ἔσει
implies that
something has already been done to cause the pain which will soon be
felt.
σὺν θεῷ
:— "with what
deed to
Cp. ἐν αἰτίᾳ | σὺν ἀφανεῖ λόγῳ …
βαλεῖν
σύν
thus where a simple instrum. dat. would
suffice: ἰέναι ἐπὶ τὸν ἀγῶνα πολὺ σὺν φρονήματι
μείζονι
εἰ...διανοούμεθα σὺν τοῖς
ὅπλοις...δίκην ἐπιθεῖναι αὐτοῖς.
τάδε τὰ οἰμώγματα
(cp. ΚΑ. φεῦ, φεῦ. ΧΟ. τί τοῦτ’
ἔφευξας
"this
capture."
The
πύκαζε θᾶσσον
οὐκ εἰς ὄλεθρον; οὐχὶ θᾶσσον
τανῦν
, since it is opp. to ἃ πρόσθεν
:
εἰργάσω
, since
ἅπτομαι
would be. And Wecklein's rejection of
830 f. would enfeeble the scene.
ἀλλ’ οὐ μετῆν αὐτοῖσι τήν γ’ ἐμὴν
κτανεῖν
σμικροῖς
(=Antigone); ἀλλ’ οὐδὲν αὐτῷ τῶν ἐμῶν μ’ εἴργειν
μέτα
ὀρθῶς τῶν γε σῶν τελεῖς ὕπερ
— τοὺς ἐμοὺς
ἄγω
indicates the moment at which Creon lays his hand on
Antigone. It is followed by 11 verses, 833—843, in which the dochmiacs of
the Chorus, blended with iambic trimeters, mark excitement. Antistrophic to
these are the 11 verses, 876—886, which in like manner follow the moment at
which Creon lays his hand on Oedipus. As a lyric interposition in dialogue,
the passage has a kommatic character, though it does not constitute a κομμός
proper in the same sense as 510—548,
1447—1499, or 1670— 1750.
μέθες
"allow to
depart,"
—the latter, "release
from one's grasp"
; but they differ here only as "let her alone"
from the more specific "unhand her."
Cp. 857 οὔτοι
σ’ ἀφήσω
, I will not allow thee to leave Colonus.
χειρῶν
νόμος
, the arbitrament of blows (as opp. to δίκης νόμος
), πρὶν...ἢ συμμίξαι ἡμέας ἐς χειρῶν τε
νόμον ἀπικέσθαι
ὡς χεῖρας συμμίξοντας τοῖς
πολεμίοις.
εἰς χεῖρας ἰέναι τινί
, or συνιέναι
.
τῶν ἀσέπτων ἔρξεται
ἥμαρτε χρηστὰ μωμένη
ταῖς
Θήβαις
schol. The accent of μάχηι
in the MSS. cannot weigh in deciding between μάχει
and
οὐκ ἠγόρευον; τοῦτ’ ἐκεῖν’ οὑγὼ
)λεγον
οὐκ ἠγόρευον ὅτι παρέξειν πράγματα |
ἠμελλέτην μοι;
τί δῆτα ταῦτ’ οὔ μοι τότ’
ἠγορεύετε
οὔκουν ἐγώ σοι ταῦτα προὔλεγον
πάλαι
ἃ
is not for ὧν
, but is cogn. accus. (or acc. of
respect), as πάντα μὴ βούλου κρατεῖν· | καὶ γὰρ
ἁκράτησας
ἐχθίστη...ὀδύνη..., πολλὰ φρονέοντα
μηδενὸς κρατέειν
τοὐπιτάσσειν τοῖς κρατύνουσιν
πασάμενος ἐπίτασσε
At Creon's words, when he laid his hand on Antigone (832), one of his guards stepped up, and placed himself at her side.
οὐκ
ἀφήσεις
and
μέθες
, is said to "and
If it were said to "and
I tell thee to
begone,"
or (2) "and I tell
thee that [she] is to go"
: but (1) is not idiomatic, and
(2) is impossible.
διοιχόμεθ’, οἰχόμεθ’.
δεῦρο
(
ἐναίρεται
seems to be sufficiently defended by οὐ σθένει νικητέον | γυναῖκας
βίᾳ
only as it
differs here,— "by an exertion of
strength,"
not, "by
violence"
: cp. ἀπεσπάραξεν ὦμον, οὐχ ὑπὸ
σθένους
, not by her own strength (since the god made it
easy for her). Some place a point at σθένει
σθένει
takes an adj., as ἐπελθὼν οὐκ ἐλάσσονι σθένει
(
παντὶ
σθένει
, "with all one's
might."
Rather than Wecklein's
.
But no change seems needful.
τοῦτο
χεῦμ’
. This is simpler than to construe,
"with the help of these (girls)
(For τούτοιν
, as fem. dual, cp. on 445 .) We should then
have to take it as a case of the pron. assimilated to the gender of the
predicate (see on ταύτην...παῦλαν
88).
σκῆπτρα
as an antecedent condition of his walking. Essentially
the same use, though under slightly different phases, appears in ἐξ ἅπαντος
( βέβηκεν ) ἐξ ἀκινήτου ποδός
ἐξ ἑνὸς ποδός
ὠρθοῦθ’ ὁ τλήμων ὀρθὸς ἐξ ὀρθῶν
δίφρων
‐εις
and
‐ηις
in verbal endings, neither L nor any of our MSS. has
authority. The reason for preferring the aor. subj. here is one of
usage.
παῦσαι· κρατεῖς τοι τῶν φίλων
νικώμενος
μὴ τῶν τυράννων
"is she of the royal
stock?"
The Creon of
τύραννος
εἶναι
(to be μᾶλλον ἢ
τύραννα
δρᾶν
: but the captor of the blind man's daughters must seek
a touch of dignity from any source.
"thou
wilt understand
(=thy present acts in their true
bearings),—explained by "viz., that"
etc.
σεαυτόν
: so 930, 1356: but αὑτὸν
= ἐμαυτόν
966,
For
ἔδρασας
, cp. ὡς εἴπερ ἄρξεις … ὥσπερ
κρατεῖς
οὔτε νῦν ... οὔτε
πρόσθεν
, where ours would subordinate the second clause to
the first, "now,
θυμῷ ματαίῳ μὴ χαρίζεσθαι κενά
ἔσθιε καὶ σῇ γαστρὶ δίδου
χάριν
παίω δῑ ὀργῆς
ὡς ὀργῆς ἔχω,
The guards, carrying off Antigone, have already left the scene (847); cp. 875 μοῦνος
. Creon is now about to follow them, when
the Chorus again approach him, and protest that he shall not leave Colonus
unless the two maidens are restored.
αἵδε
of the two sisters below, 1107 , 1367 , 1379 (immediately after the
τοιώδ’
, referring to the brothers),
1668 ; τάσδ’
1121 , 1146 ,
1634 ,
ὅδε
occurs only thrice in Soph.; above, τοῖνδε
τώδε
τάδε
τάσδε
.) It is surely needless, then, to
write τούτοιν
in 859 (merely two). Rather Creon uses the dual
because he is thinking of the two sisters
πόλει μαχεῖ.
ῥύσιος
denotes what one draws to oneself, carries off, (1)
as booty, (2) as a security, (3) in reprisal. Here ἐνέχυρον
τιθέναι
, to deposit a pledge, was a regular phrase:
ἐνέχυρα...τοὺς θέντας
ὑποτιθέναι
"to mortgage"
takes a dat. of the mortgagee: ὁ ὑποθεὶς τῷ πατρὶ τἀνδράποδα
"you will cause a
greater prize to be taken from Athens,"
is inadmissible.
"
in the
sense, "
If θήσεις
meant "cause"
(instead of
"pay"
), πόλει
would still be the
city which ῥύσιον
.
καὶ μήτε δῆρις ῥυσίων ἐφάψεται
"that the foeman shall
not lay hands on you as prizes"
(where the king of Argos is
speaking to the Danaïdes whom he protects).
After μέγ’ ἂν λέγοις δώρημα
. Next to this, I should prefer Wecklein's δεινὸς
λόγοις εἶ
.
"will
have been done"
: ἔφη...ταῦτα πεπράξεσθαι δυοῖν ἢ τριῶν
ἡμερῶν
εἰργαθεῖν
κατειργαθοῦ
ἐέργαθεν, ἀποέργαθε
(aor., or, as some would call them, impf.) are Homeric. See n. on εἰκάθω
"voice,"
rather than
"word"
: the conj. κτείνοι
): but
"Nay"
( γάρ
), he cries, "may they suffer me to utter one
imprecation more (
ἔτι"
)."I will not yet be mute"
; cp. also its use in wishes, εἰ γάρ, εἴθε
γάρ
, etc.
ἀνήνεμον...χειμώνων.
Τ
for Γ
).
See Appendix on this passage.
"since thou hast..."
: see on οἵτινες
, 263.
"a defenceless eye,"
τοὐπιόντος ἁρπάσαι
(752). It is also less
bold in Greek than in English, owing to the common figurative use of "my defenceless
(cp.
on
οὐ
ψιλὸν οὐδ’ ἄσκευον
, not ψιλός, οὐκ ἔχων τροφήν
ἀφαιρεῖν
, etc.): this is so natural that we
need not desire ὅς
γ’
or ὅς μου
.
οἴχεται...ἀποσπάσας
, though he is still present: so 1009 οἴχει
λαβών
. As οἴχομαι
cannot have
a ἐξοίχει
merely adds
the notion of "
to ἀποσπάσας γὰρ τῆς ἐμῆς οἴχει
φρενός
τε
… καὶ
was usual in such formulas with
αὐτός
, cp. 462, 559, 952, 1009, 1125: though ἐξώλειαν αὑτῷ καὶ γένει καὶ οἰκίᾳ τῇ
σῇ ἐπαρώμενον
"of the gods, the allseeing
Sun."
When a partitive gen. stands thus, it ought to be
emphatic, as in τί γὰρ βροτῶν ἂν σὺν κακοῖς μεμιγμένων
| θνήσκειν ὁ μέλλων
"
as opp. to other beings. I should prefer
οὐ τὸν
πάντων θεῶν θεὸν πρόμον Ἅλιον
, as the all-seeing god whom no
deceit can escape.
γῆρας.
μαρτύρομαι
.
γηρῶν
(sic) βαρύς
,—perh. a corruption of γήρᾳ βαρύς
. In σὺν γήρᾳ βαρεῖς
ἐν γήρᾳ βαρύς
ἐμαυτὸν παῖδα τῆς Τύχης νέμων
τὰ δίκαια
, "In
a just cause, one feeble
man is stronger than a city."
Cp. fr. 76 τοῖς γὰρ δικαίοις ἀντέχειν οὐ ῥᾴδιον
: fr. 78 καὶ γὰρ δικαία γλῶσσ’ ἔχει κράτος
μέγα
. Here he speaks of the moral force with which Δίκη
inspires her champion, while in 957 he
admits himself to be physically helpless— κεἰ
δίκαῑ ὅμως λέγω.
ἅ
: cp.
on 747 .
τά γ’ οὐ
τελεῖ
and to the lacuna are ΧΟ. μέθες χεροῖν | τὴν παῖδα
θᾶσσον
Ζεύς μοι
ξυνίστω
.
ὁδωτά
.
ἔντοποι
of Colonus (841), prepares the
entrance of the king. For the plur., meaning Theseus, cp. ἄνακτας
295 n., 1667.
"yonder
men"
(with a gesture in the direction taken by Creon's guards) "are already passing
Elmsley wrote "
a line which is either left to be
understood, or expressed in the gen.: "
of
a river, sea, or intervening space.
ἤδη
:
γιγνώσκω σαφῶς | καίπερ σκοτεινός, τήν
γε σὴν αὐδὴν ὅμως
ποῖος
when it asks for further definition: ΣΩ. εἰ ἀληθῆ
ἐστὶ
) τὰ
περὶ αὐτὸν λεγόμενα. ΕΠΜ. τὰ ποῖα
ταῦτα
;
οἶα καὶ
πέπονθ’
( "
).
"will
not some one, then,
compel?"
= "then let some one
compel"
: cp.
Ἵππιος
with Athena Ἱππία
(1069).
Join Ἵππιος
and Ἱππία
are in part
ἱππεῖς
(cp. 1070 ), and have their
horses with them. The place of
"every one."
"away
from the rein,"
"unchecked by the
rein,"
ἀπὸ
ὁυτῆρος
τρέχειν ἵππον· οἷον ἀπὸ χαλινοῦ ἣ
ἄνευ χαλινοῦ
. Cp. ἀπ’ ἐλπίδων
οὐκ ἀπὸ γνώμης
οὐκ ἀπὸ τρόπου
(not unreasonably), οὐκ ἀπὸ καιροῦ
, etc. οὗτοι διελάσαντες τὴν ὁδὸν ἵπποις ἀπὸ
ῥυτῆρος ἧκον εἰς Λεοντίνους τῆς ἡμέρας ἤδη
καταφερομένης
"having ridden the whole distance
For the ο—
in ἀπὸ
before ῥ
,
cp.
"to
: cp. ἀνδρὶ ὡς ἐς μέσον μηρὸν μάλιστά
κῃ
"just about to the height of a
man's thigh."
πρόσπολος
(897).
"were in
such wrath,"
rather than, "had come hither
in such
wrath."
Cp. λέξον· διὰ φόβου γὰρ ἔρχομαι
"for I begin to fear."
διὰ μάχης...ἀπίκοντο Ἁρπάγῳ
ἀφῆκ’
here:
cp. 834.
θάπτουσαν ὃν σὺ τὸν νεκρὸν |
ἀπεῖπας
ὅνπερ Φιλοκλέης
τὸν λόγον διέφθορεν
.
"was
by blows: Lucian τὸν ἁρμοστὴν
ὃς ἥρμοζε τὴν Ἀσίαν τότε
.
τάδ’ ἀντίπρῳρα δή σοι | βλέπειν
πάρεστ’ ἐναργῆ.
στῆσε δ’ ἄγων
λαβών
.
: but the latter is no more
incorrect than is ὀρθῶς
or καλῶς δρᾶν
.
τούτων
ὧν
, possessive gen., here denoting origin: cp. on 214 .
Athens "practises justice,"
"determines (
κραίνουσαν"
) nothing without law,
"after
that,"
"nevertheless"
: cp.
418, 1005.
τὰ τέλη
, a phrase suggestive of ἀλλὰ τοῦ λόγου | προσδοὺς ἔχοιμ’ ἂν
δῆμον εὐμενέστερον
ἐλευθερώσας
τήνδ’ ἰσόψηφον
πόλιν
.
οἱ δ’ ἐπὶ τοὺς φύλακας ταχθέντες
ἐπεισπίπτουσιν αὐτοῖς πίνουσι
ἄγειν καὶ φέρειν
:
Ναξίοις...ἐπολέμησαν καὶ πολιορκίᾳ
παρεστήσαντο
ἄνδρες γὰρ πόλις, καὶ οὐ τείχη οὐδὲ
νῆες ἀνδρῶν κεναί
ἀλλ’ ἦ
γυναικῶν ἐς
πόλιν δοκεῖς μολεῖν;
The desire to find Creon's ἄβουλον
ἢ
βουλῆς δίχα
: but see on 940 .
τὸ
μηδέν
: cp. κἂν τὸ μηδὲν ὦ
ὅτι με ἀντ’ ἀνδρὸς ἐποίησας τὸ μηδὲν
εἶναι
εὐνοῦχον
). Cp.
ξενία
which
this play supposes: see on 632 , and cp. the
compliments to Thebes in 929, 937. It has been seriously suggested that
all these touches must have been inserted by Sophocles the grandson,
because in the poet's time Athens and Thebes were not usually on the
best terms.
ἔθρεψαν
, implying a moral and mental
training: cp.
ἀμαθέστερον τῶν νόμων τῆς ὑπεροψίας
παιδευόμενοι
τῆς Ἑλλάδος
παίδευσις
(id. 2. 41).
κ.τ.λ.
, forcibly carrying off what belongs
to me,—yes, and what belongs to the
"suppliant objects
consisting in
hapless per sons,"
= φῶτας
ἀθλίους ἱκτηρίους
. The gen. defines the "material,"
or nature, of the ἱκτήρια
, as in σῶμα δειλαίας σποδοῦ
"the emblems of supplication
brought by hapless persons."
Nor, again, "the suppliants belonging to a wretched
man"
(the two maidens). In the following periphrases we see
an analogous poet. use of the neut. plur., though the relation to the
gen. is not precisely the same: ἀθλίας ἄσημα...βοῆς
"confused accents of a mournful
cry,"
where the gen. might be either of material, as here,
or possessive: ὤμοι ἐμῶν ἄνολβα βουλευμάτων
(partitive
gen.): οὐ προκαλυπτομένα βοτρυχώδεος | ἁβρὰ
παρήιδος
"not veiling the delicate
cheek,"
—for this is clearly the sense, rather than "spreading a delicate veil"
( καλύμματα
) over it.
μέγιστα δικαιώματα
: δικαιώματα τάδε πρὸς ὑμᾶς
ἔχομεν
παρεχόμενοι...ἃ
ἔχομεν δίκαια
, advancing the just pleas which are ours.
ἄνευ ἐμέθεν καὶ Ἀθηναίης
ἀγελείης
ὃς κραίνει στρατοῦ.
εἰ φύσει οἱ ἀγαθοὶ ἐγίγνοντο, ἦσάν που
ἂν ἡμῖν οἳ ἐγίγνωσκον τῶν νέων τοὺς ἀγαθοὺς τὰς
φύσεις
κυβερνᾶν κατασταθεὶς
εἰ κατασταθείη
) ὁ
μὴ ἐπιστάμενος ἀπολέσειεν ἂν οὒς ἥκιστα
βούλοιτο
.
εἰ ἐπενέβαινον
, while εἰ
… εἶχον
merely subjoins a special case in which the apodosis
would still hold good:— εἰ ἐπενέβαινον, οὐκ ἂν
εἷλκον, οὐδὲ
( εἷλκον ἂν
) εἰ εἶχον
. Remark that the form of the
apodosis, οὔθ’ εἷλκον...ἂν
etc., does not
logically imply, "I
but merely, "I am
: there is no opportunity
for such abstention, since the fact supposed by "If I were on Theban soil"
) is non-existent. The conditional form with the imperf. indic. has been
preferred to that with the optative (used in the similar illustration at
776), because Theseus is thinking of what Creon is actually doing.
ἀστοῖς ἴσα
μελετᾶν
(171, cp. 13). Cp. Aesch. ξένος
μὲν εἶναι πρῶτον οὐκ
ἐπίστασαι
.
εἰμὶ δ’ οὐ τούτων ὑμῖν ἄξιος
"I do not deserve such (harsh)
treatment at your hands"
: cp. ἀξιοῦν
τινά τινος
,
τούς γ’ αὐτὸς αὑτοῦ πολεμίους
ἐπ’ αὐτὸς αὑτῷ
πρὸς αὐτὸς αὑτοῦ κενοφρόνων
βουλευμάτων
αὐτός
merely adds emphasis to
the reflexive. If αὐτός
is meant to stand
out with its full separate force, it precedes the prep., as αὐτὸς
πρὸς αὑτοῦ
twice in Soph. (
γῆρας γὰρ ἥβης ἐστὶν
ἐνδικώτερον
"some
one"
: not here a threatening substitute for σέ
(as in
The essence of the notion conveyed by "last,
long
home"
in foreign earth.
"whether his friends decide to
bring his ashes home, or to bury him among strangers, an
alien utterly for ever"
: so a Persian whose corpse was left
at Salamis is σκληρᾶς μέτοικος
γῆς ἐκεῖ
(
μέτοικος ἀεὶ κείσομαι κατὰ
χθονὸς
πολλάκις τε κοὐχ ἅπαξ.
καὶ
μὴ ἑκών
, though dependent on εἰ
, since οὐχ ἑκών
=
ἄκων
: cp. εἰ τοὺς θανόντας οὐκ — ἐᾷς
θάπτειν
εἰ μὲν οὖν οὐ‐πολλοὶ ἦσαν
The words
"these things, which I say to you, are
With "I
intend"
( διανοοῦμαι
) should strictly have been used; but
the verb appropriate to οὐδ’ ἄγγελός τις οὐδὲ συμπράκτωρ ὁδοῦ
| κατεῖδ’
ἄγγελος
, viz. ἦλθε
, has to be supplied from κατεῖδ’
. To Meineke's
ἀπό
) it may be objected that ἐκ
would be the right prep., as in ἐκ θυμοῦ, ἐκ
ψυχῆς.
"by word of mouth"
(as opp. to "by letter"
), as in Thuc.
7.10 .— For the antithesis cp. ἡ γλῶττα οὖν ὑπέσχετο, ἡ δὲ φρὴν
οὔ
ἀπὸ
τούτων, ἀφ’ ὧν
(cp. on 274 ): "
—
ἐγὼ οὔτ’
ἐμαυτόν
: ἐγὼ οὐκ ἔμελλον
ἐγώ εἰμ’ Ἀτρείσαις
L's
λέγων
was a correction, came in by mistake from 936. Schneidewin's κένανδρον
ἢ δούλην
in 917, κἄμ’
ἴσον τῷ μηδενί
in 918.—Creon's speech is as clever as it is
impudent. He has only anticipated what the Athenians themselves would have
wished. Indeed, he has acted in reliance on the Areiopagus (950). If his
τὴν πόλιν
(939). Cp.
αὐτοὺς
Θεσσαλίης
, and 8. 121 αὐτῶν
after Κάρυστον.
ἕλοι
: cp.
αὐτοῖς
, the commoner constr.
"
ηὑ‐
against εὑ‐
: cp.
"unholy
nuptials
(such as Iocasta's with
Oed.). But here the sense should be, "unholy
nuptials
: cp. 978
μητρὸς...γάμους
. Can
ἀνόσιοι
γάμοι τέκνων
is said, with poetical boldness and also with a
certain designed obscurity, in this sense:— "
Wecklein takes τέκνων
as "relative" gen. with ἀνόσιοι
, in the sense of παιδουργίας,
σπορᾶς
: "a marriage unholy in respect of its offspring." This seems
forced. Musgrave's τοκέων
would be more
specious if the gen. of a noun in ‐εύς
anywhere else suffered synizesis in this place of the verse. (In 1361
φονέως
is in
the 4th place.) Soph. has γονέων
τοκέων
τοκέων
here. Neither τέκνοις
nor τέκνῳ
is a probable remedy; nor is φίλων
. In my
belief τέκνων
is sound.
τοιούτων
), 218 ( τοιαῦτ’
), 251 ( τοίας
), 562 ( τοῖον
).—
ἡ ἐξ Ἀρείου πάγου βουλή
. If the Council of
the Areiopagus (Creon assumes) became aware that a polluted person, such
as Oedipus, was in Attica, it would take steps for his expulsion. Such a
proceeding would doubtless have come within the limits of the general
moral censorship actually possessed by the Areiopagus, at least in the
earlier days of the Athenian democracy. Indeed that court is found
exercising authority of a like kind (though only by special warrant)
even after the reforms of Pericles and Ephialtes. Cp. Deinarchus or. 1 §
58, where the Ecclesia commissions the Areiopagus to inquire into the
conduct of a merely suspected person, and the Areiopagus, having done
so, reports to the Ecclesia ( τοῦ δήμου
προστάξαντος ζητῆσαι τὴν
βουλήν,...καὶ ζητήσασαν ἀποφῆναι πρὸς ὑμᾶς, ἀπέφηνεν ἡ
βουλή
, etc.). See also Plut.
ἐγχώριον
, a use found in χθονίων ἀπ’ Ἐρεχθειδᾶν
αὐτοχθόνων
), and fr. adesp.
(Nauck^{2}) χθονίους
Ἰναχίδας
.
οὔτοι καθέξω
θυμόν
. Theseus had said that Creon's violence disgraced his
years (931). Creon replies, "There is no old age
for anger, except death"
; "anger, under gross insult, ceases to be felt
only when a man is dead, and can feel nothing."
Schol.: τοῦτο δὲ καὶ παροιμιακῶς λέγεται,
ὅτι ὁ θυμὸς ἔσχατον γηράσκει
. Cp. οὐκ ἔστι γῆρας τοῦδε τοῦ
μιάσματος
"decay,"
"abatement,"
of anger;
while τινά
understood.
τοὺς γὰρ θανόντας οὐχ ὁρῶ
λυπουμένους
τοῖς γὰρ θανοῦσι μόχθος οὐ
προσγίγνεται
εἰ
καὶ
: cp. 661.
σμικροῖς
), 880 ( βραχύς
), where
see n.
"against
your deeds,"
πρὸς ταῦτα
ἀντιπράττειν
. He hints that, though he cannot resist now, he
will take steps, when he returns to Thebes, for obtaining redress by
force of arms: cp. 1036 οἴκοι δὲ χἡμεῖς εἰσόμεσθ’
ἂ χρὴ
ποεῖν
.— Note the repeated ἀντιδρᾶν
(953, 959) and ὅμως
(957 f.): cp. 554 n.
"for my reproach,"
ἣ πᾶσαν ἵης γλῶσσαν
πολλὴν γλῶσσαν ἐκχέας
μάτην
. In διήσει γλῶσσαν
διοίσει
.
ἂν
φέρων
does in 761 (n.). On the other hand, "perhaps."
"It
was dear to the gods,—perhaps because
they were wroth."
The origin of this usage was an ellipse: θεοῖς ἦν φίλον, τάχα
(
δ’
) ἂν
( φίλον
εἴη
) μηνίουσιν
, "and
perhaps (it would be dear) because they were wroth"
: where
the supplied εἴη
expresses a conjecture
about a past fact, as in εἴησαν δ’ ἂν οὗτοι Κρῆτες
ἀλλ’ ἦλθε μὲν δὴ τοῦτο τοὔνειδος τάχ’
ἂν | ὀργῇ βιασθέν
"this reproach came under stress,
perchance, of anger."
See Appendix.
"My fate
must have been a divine judgment upon me for the sins of ancestors. For
you could not discover against me (
If any ἄτη
sent on him by angry gods. But he had committed αὑτόν
= ἐμαυτόν
see on 852
f.
Others take ἀνθ’ ὅτου
as= "in
that,"
"
and understand:—
"For you cannot charge any guilt on me
But (1) καθ’ αὑτόν"
), in that I sinned against
myself and my kindred.γένος
. (2) "in
return for which,"
"wherefore"
:
: οὐδὲν θεοὺς δράσαντας ἀνθ’ ὅτου
θανεῖ
ἡ δ’ αἰτία τίς ἀνθ’ ὅτου κτείνει πόσιν;So
"for
: the controversial
ἀλλ’
985, 988.
"if,
by oracles (
etc.:
.
See Introd. to the
The simple inf. θέσφατον
, but ἀδύνατον ἡμῖν ὥστε Πρωταγόρου τοῦδε
σοφώτερόν τινα ἑλέσθαι
Κύπρις γὰρ ἤθελ’ ὥστε γίγνεσθαι
τάδε
δεηθέντες ὥστε ψηφίσασθαι
πεῖσαι ὥστε συγχωρῆσαι.
ἄνακτας
: Eur.
:
: οὔτε νιφετός, οὐκ ὄμβρος, οὐ καῦμα, οὐ
νύξ
οὐ...οὔτε
, there is no certain
example.—
πατρὸς
and μητρὸς
, gen. of origin with βλ. γεν. εἶχον
as=
ἔβλαστον
: he was not yet begotten or conceived.
ἐπεὶ φανῇ
( εἴθε ) αἴσχιον εἶδος ἀντὶ τοῦ καλοῦ
)λαβον
λαβεῖν
): ἐξ οἵου )τράφης
τούτων
ἃ
), and adverb with ( τούτους
)
The MSS. have γ’,
τ’
, etc., superfluously (cp. cr. n. on 260); and here the first γ’...γε
, we should read
δ’...γε
. There is, however, no objection to a doubled γε
where each of two words in the same sentence
is to be emphasised ( Her. 1.187 ).
ἀκούσιον
: see on 240 .
L's ὦ
τλάμων
, where see n. But (
"indeed"
; in 985 "at
all
events."
ἐκδραμόντα
(n.).
λόγος
(cp.
— "why force me to
speak of Iocasta's marriage, when it was
(980).
In these three vv. he tells of what sort it was,—viz., incestuous, but
unconsciously so;—a double reason why Creon should have spared the taunt.
"she
was my mother"
—she, who was becoming my bride—though
neither of us knew it at the time of the marriage. Cp. ἥδε τίκτει σ’
"she is thy mother"
; and
μητρὸς
γάμους
of 978, and (2) ὄνειδος
is
illogical after οὐκ εἰδυῖα
. Kaibel, who
also condemns them, compares (
οἴμοι κακῶν
and the iteration. Rhetoric of a similar cast, and prompted by the same
thought, occurs in
τὴν μητέρα | κακοστομοῦμεν
δυστατεῖν
or δυστίβευτος
vouch also for such
spellings of compounds with πρός
as προστείχω, προσταυρόω,
προστέλλω
, where προσς
is
unquestionably right.
ἄκων τ’
(Vat.) may be right here.
"but
(your charges are untrue),
In this, "
or "
Cp. on 755 . (2) When there is no ellipse, as ἀλλ’ οὐ γὰρ αὐδᾶν ἔσθ’ ἃ μηδὲ δρᾶν
καλόν,...καλύψατ’
"
The MS.
= "will be
(in the report of fairminded men): cp. ἀκούσομαι μὲν ὡς ἔφυν οἴκτου πλέως |
πρὸς τοῦδ
"I shall be reproached, as full of
pity, by yon man"
: ὁ πάντ’ ἀκούων
αἰσχρὰ καὶ λωβήτ’ ἔπη
. But the conjecture οὐ γὰρ δὴ φονεὺς ἁλώσομαι
οὐ γὰρ δὴ προδοῦσ’ ἁλώσομαι
"heapest on
me,"
"urgest against me,"
is
supported, as against πολλὰς ἐνεφόρει πληγὰς τοῖς
στρώμασιν
ἐπὶ τῷ σφετέρῳ
κέρδει εἰς τοὺς ἀπράγμονας ἐμφοροῦσιν ὕβρεις
, "for their own gain they heap insults on
quiet people."
ἀνταμείβει
.
παῖδά τ’ ἀποκτείνεις
"and
: ὅταν δ’ ἄνευ κινδύνων τι
διαπράσσωνται
"for
instance,"
but) with nunc iam ilico
τὸν ἀγαθὸν Κρέοντα
"I
should think so,"
with the emphasis on the verb, not on the
1st pers.: δοκῶ μέν, οὐδὲν ῥῆμα σὺν κέρδει
κακόν
δοκῶ μέν, οὐδείς
. Cp. οὐκ ἄσμενος εἶσιν αὐτόσε; οἴεσθαί γε
χρή
οἶμαι ἔγωγε
περίβλεπτος
. But Eur. uses them five times (
περιδρομή
and its cognates is usually, if not always, short ( Eur. περι^γραφά
. In Aristoph. περιγράφεις
is ambiguous in the comic
trimeter.
ἄτης δ’ ἄβυσσον πέλαγος οὐ μάλ’
εὔπορον | τόδ’ ἐσβέβηκα
After περί
τινος
or πρός τι
. Here we begin
with a neut. dat.
πρὸς
ἃ
or περὶ
ὧν
), which implies a personification of the λόγος
. Then, at the end of the sentence,
ἐμοί
into ἔχειν.
"my
father's life, if it could live
again,"
=simply πατέρα
ζῶντα
: not, "his departed
spirit, if it could visit this world."
"a departed spirit"
( ψυχὴ καὶ εἴδωλον
μία τὰς πολλὰς … | ψυχὰς ὀλέσασ’ ὑπὸ
Τροίᾳ
. For the periphrasis here cp.
ἡ δ’ ἐμὴ ψυχὴ πάλαι | τέθνηκεν
"anything,"
cp. on 761 :
βοᾷς ῥητὰ καὶ ἄρρητα ὀνομάζων
πάντας ἡμᾶς ῥητὰ καὶ ἄρρητα κακὰ
ἐξεῖπον
καὶ
ῥητά
, or a τε
after it. The form which he gives was
doubtless the familiar one. On the other hand, in a phrase of different
meaning, τὸ γὰρ εἶναι πάντων ἐκεῖνον ἕνα ὄντα
κύριον καὶ ῥητῶν καὶ ἀπορρήτων
"of what is to be published or to
be kept secret."
διδακτά τε | ἄρρητά τ’
deos memores fandi atque
nefandi
dicenda tacenda
locutus.
"to pay
court to the great name of Th.
(to
the renowned Th.)."
Creon had been courteous to Theseus, as
Theseus towards Thebes, and nothing more: there is no θωπεία
in 940. But Oed. is incensed by the
contrast between the rough words spoken of himself (944 ff.) by Creon,
and the fair words to Theseus.
"
: cp. εἰς καλὸν...εἶπας
νῦν γὰρ ἐν καλῷ φρονεῖν
"that
it has been administered well,"
the perf. here denoting that a
good administration is thoroughly τέτροφεν
, 186). The political senses of κατοικέω
and κατοικίζω
should be carefully
distinguished. (1) ἡ πόλις καλῶς κατοικεῖται
=the city "is well administered"
: see Plat. ἡ πόλις καλῶς κατῴκισται
=the city "has a
good constitution"
: see κατοικοῦνται
or else κατῳκισμέναι εἰσί
. Oed. refers to
Creon's implied praise of Athenian loyalty (941 ff.), and esp. to his
mention of the Areiopagus (947 ff.).
προέχειν δυνάμει
ναυτικῷ
πλήθει … καὶ ἐμπειρίᾳ
γνώμῃ
ἑνὶ δὲ μόνῳ προέχουσιν ἡμᾶς
πλούτῳ ὑπερφέρειν
ῥόδα ὀδμῇ ὑπερφέροντα
χώρη κάλλεϊ καὶ ἀρετῇ μέγα
ὑπερφέρουσα
κάλλεϊ καὶ μεγάθεϊ ὑπερφέρων
δίκαια γὰρ τόνδ’ εὐτυχεῖν, κτείναντά
με
ἔκτεινά σ’ ἄκουσ’
"
is an unexampled use
of this compound. On the other hand ἐπισκήπτω
was often used in entreaty, as κλαίοντας,
ἱκετεύοντας,...ἐπισκήπτοντας μηδενὶ τρόπῳ τὸν...
ἀλιτήριον στεφανοῦν
κἀξεπεύξασθαι
‐θον
have not always an aoristic force, εἰκαθεῖν
ἐπάξιος...κατοικτίσαι
shows, an aorist inf.
is not less fitting than a present. For the
The contrast with ΕΞΕΡΓΑΣΜΕΝΟΙ
the
Γ
became Π
,—one of the slightest and
easiest of all errors in uncial writing.
"
Here ( "are being carried
off"
: it should imply eagerness. ( "
There is no other instance
of ἥρπασμαι
, simple or in comp., as a
perf. middle, while the pass. use is common. This may be an accident,
for there are several instances of perfect forms which can be either
passive or middle,— εἴργασμαι, τετιμώρημαι
(pass. in Thuc. 7.77 , midd. in
Antiph. μεμίμημαι
(pass. in Her.
2.78 , midd.
ἵν’ ἕσταμεν
for the corrupt ἐνταῦθ’ ἐμέν
.
"feeble"
(cp. 880
βραχύς
, 958 σμικρόν
), but in 182 "dim"
(where see n.). Cp.
391 τοιοῦδ’ ὑπ’ ἀνδρός
, said by Oed. of
himself; and so 1109 φωτός
.—Others
render: "
(Oed.),
a dat. of interest with
τῆς
ἐκεῖσε
: ἐκεῖ...ἀπίκετο
τοὺς ἐκεῖ καταπεφευγότας
ὁδοιποροῦμεν ἔνθα
οἶ
)
χρῄζομεν
: μηδαμοῦ διῆλθε
Three views of this clause require
notice. I place first the view which seems to me right. 1. The construction
is:— "my pleasure is,—that you
should show the way thither (
The
governing verb which is supplied, προστάσσω
,
contains the general notion δοκεῖ μοι
, "it
seems good to me,"
"it is my pleasure."
For ἐμέ
with inf. where
ἐγώ
is subj., cp. τῶν δ’ ἄλλων ἐμέ φημι πολὺ
προφερέστερον εἶναι
αὐτόν
, referring to the subject of κέλεται
, is parallel with "Paris urges
that
The word ἐπεί ῥά οἱ ὤπασα πομπόν
"given him a
companion,"
— πομπόν
could not well mean, "as an escort for the maidens
on their
return."
On this view
2. Reading "that
you should go as my guide"
: cp. τοίη γάρ οἱ πομπὸς ἅμ’ ἔρχετα
ἵν’...ἐκδείξῃς
ἐμοί
makes this somewhat weak.
3. Governing "that
you should guide me on the way."
Cp. καί σ’ οὔτ’ ἀθανάτων φύξιμος
οὐδείς
σε
is governed by the adj. This was the view of
Erfurdt and Reisig: it was also held by Shilleto. But the supposed
construction, always rare, is extremely harsh here, where
"for
us,"
ἔχεις...ἡμῶν
= "hast taken
comparing 821 τὴν παῖδ’ ἔχεις μου
, where, however, the gen. is possessive, and
μου
depends on ἕλῃ. τὰς παῖδας ἡμῶν
could mean
only "
—which
is hardly to be justified as the language of a paternal government.
τῶν
παίδων
:
οἱ
ἐξειργασμένοι
(1016), Creon's guards. Theseus is not sure
whether these guards have merely carried the sisters to some spot in
Attica, at which they are to await Creon himself, or are already in full
flight with them to Boeotia.
σπεύδειν ἀπὸ
ῥυτῆρος
.
"from
whom having escaped out of this land, never shall they make grateful (
ἐπ‐"
) vows to the gods.φεύγω
can take a gen. of separation, denoting
the thing, or the region, οὐδ’ ἔνθα πεφυγμένος ἦεν
ἀέθλων
Τυδεὺς μὲν αἷμα συγγενὲς φεύγων
χθονός
ποῦ )στιν οὗτος ὃς πέφευγε τοὐμὸν ἐκ
δόμων ξίφος
εὔξασθαι τῷ θεῷ τούτῳ θύσειν σωτήρια
ὅπου ἂν πρῶτον εἰς φιλίαν χώραν ἀφικώμεθα
θεοῖς
) ἐπεύχομαι
| θήσειν τρόπαια
. The partic.
φυγόντες
expresses the cause to which ἐπί
in the compound refers: cp. δεδρακυῖαν γελᾶν
οὔτε ἄλλο γένος οὐδὲν μήποτε ἐκφυγὸν
ἐπεύξηται τὴν...μέθοδον
"nay"
; cp. 237. In ἐκ
refers to the moment of starting, while ὑπό
= "onward,"
as in
ὑπάγω
.
"the biter bitten."
οὔ τἂν ἑλόντες αὖθις ἀνθαλοῖεν
ἄν
capta ferum victorem cepit.
and they shall take them captives,
whose captives they were.
τήνδ’
ἐχειρούμην
ἄγραν
(950).
τί δ’ ἂν φοβοῖτ’ ἄνθρωπος, ᾧ τὰ τῆς
τύχης | κρατεῖ
"irony of fate"
is better denoted by τύχη
than by the proposed substitute Δίκη
( ἡ γὰρ Δίκη νιν εἷλεν, οὐκ ἐγὼ
μόνη
τὰ
δόλῳ κατακτηθέντα
, the instrum. dat. with the noun as with
the cognate partic.: τῶν σῶν Ἡρακλεῖ δωρημάτων
εἴς τε δρόμον καὶ εἰς τὰς ἄλλας πάσας
κινήσεις τῷ σώματι
τῶν τῇ φωνῇ περὶ τὴν οὐσίαν
δηλωμάτων.
ἔχειν
cp. ἕξεις ἡμᾶς ἐπιτηδείους
"(I
speak of
etc.:
another,"
) ὡς
causal; cp. 45.
ἄσκευον αὐτὸν ἀσπίδων τε καὶ
στρατοῦ
"the general belief...held that the Athenian
fleet had been sold to perdition by some of its own
commanders"
(Grote VIII. 300). Theseus had no definite
ground for his suspicion, but its utterance serves to place him (for a
Greek audience) on the proper level of wary sagacity.
τόλμα
is the audacious spirit manifested in the ὕβρις
, or outrageous action. The gen. ἐς τοσήνδ’ ὕβριν ἥκοντα
being equiv. to ἐς τοσοῦτον ἥκοντα
: cp. εἰς τοῦτο γάρ τινες ἀνοίας
ἐληλύθασιν
"you have
come to such a point of violence
If the gen. is taken as possessive, ὕβρις τόλμης
nearly = ὕβρις
τολμηρά
: but the addition of τῆς
παρεστώσης τανῦν
makes this awkward.
θαρσῶν καθήσθω τοῖς πεδαρσίοις κτύποις
| πιστός
μεμπτός
, "blaming"
(
ὕποπτος
, "suspecting"
(
Eur. ἀφόβητος
, "not fearing"
(
ἄψαυστος
, "not having
touched"
( ἀμφίπληκτος
, "beating
around"
(
ταῦτα
: λέγω τι τούτων, ἢ οὐ λέγω
πεπραγμένον
"Or do the things
alluding to
the remonstrances and menaces of the Chorus, 829 ff. τἀμὰ κἀκείνων
(606), one article doing double
duty. (2) With "Or do these things (
But it is
natural that Theseus should refer to his own ταῦτα"
, supplied from τούτων
) seem to you to
have been said in vain, τὰ
νῦν
—rather than to thoughts which the Chorus had suggested
before him.
"while here,"
seems to suit Creon better than Theseus. But, though ἐνθάδ’
lies near,
the vulgate is right. "
said of Theseus, means, "since this is your own realm, in which you
have force at command."
"you will say nothing to my
dissatisfaction"
: "you can say what you please,—I shall not
dispute it."
It is vain to argue with a master of legions.
ἀλλ’ εἰδέναι χρὴ δρῶσαν
φημὶ...στρατηγὸν...λανθάνοντα δεῖν
τοὺς πολλοὺς τῶν ἀνθρώπων καὶ ἐξαπατῶντα ἄγειν ἐπὶ τοὺς
κινδύνους
Ἵππαρχον οἴονται τύραννον ὄντα
ἀποθανεῖν
τὰς σφετέρας ναῦς, βιαζομένους τὴν
ἀπόβασιν, καταγνύναι ἐκέλευε
ὄφρα μ’ ἐῢ γνῶτον πιστωθῆτόν γ’ ἐνὶ
θυμῷ
ἐπιστώθην
is said of him who
ὄναιο τῶν φρενῶν
"bless thee for thy
kindness,"
or a defining partic., as γήμας ὄναιο
τρόπου
. Cp. τὸ σὸν γενναῖον
Second στάσιμον
.—1
ἀνδρῶν
ἐπιστροφαί
= ἄνδρες
ἐπιστρεφθέντες
: cp. εἰσιδεῖν πατρὸς...δευτέραν
ὁμιλίαν
ὑμεῖς δ’, ἀδελφῶν ἡ παροῦσ’
ὁμιλία
ἀνδρῶν Φεραίων εὐμενὴς
παρουσία
"brassclad,"
and "clamorous"
:
rather it seems to mean, "with noise of brass,"
—the clatter of shields and swords in battle. Cp.
ἄχαλκος
ἀσπίδων
, yet περιβόατος.
χαλκεόφωνος
, "with
is not really similar: it is the
epithet of Stentor (
ἢ αὐτοσχεδίῃ μῖξαι χεῖράς τε μένος
τε
μείξω
(not μίξω
), ἔμειξα
, verb. adj. μεικτός
: and so in the
proper names Μειξίας, Μείξιππος
, etc.:
see Meisterhans pp. 25, 87. There is no epigraphic evidence for the
pres.; but, as Curtius remarks ( μείγνυμι
: μιγ
:: δείκνυμι
: δικ
.
(1) Ῥείτοι
( Thuc. 2.19 ).
The distance from Colonus is about six miles.
Πύθιαι
alludes to the Πύθιον
, an
Ionic temple of Apollo (some fragments from which are among the Elgin
marbles in the British Museum), situated on the site of the present
monastery of Daphnè, in the narrowest and highest part of the pass. (Cp.
Leake,
Πύθιαι ἀκταίto mean Oenoe, where also there was a temple of Apollo. But (
ἀκταίcould not be said of such an inland place, and the distance imagined is too great. (
Πύθιαι ἀκταίas nearer than Eleusis to Colonus.
(2)
"
(cp. Harpocr. 184, quoted on
56, ἑορτὰς
λαμπάδας
): the coast of the same bay of Eleusis at a point
about 5 miles W.N.W. of the former point,—viz. at Eleusis itself. The yearly
celebration of the great Eleusinia began on or about the 16th of Boedromion
(September). On the 20th of that month an image of Iacchus was borne in a
torch-light procession along the ἱερὰ
ὁδός
from Athens to Eleusis. This procession is indicated by the χορὸς μυστῶν
in
Aristoph.
παννυχίς
of torch-bearing mystae. Cp. Aesch. fr. 376 (speaking of Eleusis) λαμπραῖσιν ἀστραπαῖσι λαμπάδων
σθένει
. ὄργια σεμνὰ θεαῖν, ἵνα λαμπάσι
φαίνετον ἄμβροτον ὄψιν
Θεσμοφόρω
πολυποτνία
. Cp. 683.
εὖ δ’ ἐτιθηνεῖτο γλυκερὰν ὄπα Δωρίοις
Ἀρίστων | Ἀργεῖος
τελουμένου ψυχὴν μεγάλοισι
τέλεσι
σεμνῶν ἐς ὄψιν καὶ τέλη
μυστηρίων
μυστικοῦ
τέλους
: in prose usu. τελεταί
.
ὄλβιος ὅστις ἰδὼν κεῖν’ εἶσ’ ὑπὸ
χθόν)· οἶδε μὲν βίου τελευτάν, οἶδεν δὲ διόσδοτον
ἀρχάν
ἧς ( τελετῆς ) οἱ μετασχόντες περί τε
τῆς τοῦ βίου τελευτῆς καὶ τοῦ σύμπαντος αἰῶνος ἡδίους
τὰς ἐλπίδας ἔχουσιν
θνατοῖσιν
:
ἀλλ’ ἔστι κἀμοὶ κλὴ|ς ἐπὶ γλώσσῃ
φύλαξ
ἀκόνη
,—literally, "sharpener,"
conventionally "whetstone"); or when he calls the master, who tempers a
chorus into harmony, a κρατήρ
(
βοῦς ἐπὶ γλώσσῃ
παχὺς γὰρ ὗς ἔκειτ’ ἐπὶ στόμα
ἀρρήτων ἐπέων γλώσσῃ σφραγὶς
ἐπικείσθω
καθαρὰν ἀνοίξ | αντα κλῇδα
φρενῶν
κλῃδοῦχος
was said either of a tutelar deity or of a priestess, and on the vases
the symbolic key, adorned with woollen threads, is sometimes borne by
the priestess ( Passeri III. 294 , Welcker
χρυσέας τέκνον Ἐλπίδος
ἱεροφάντης
. This office was hereditary in the Eumolpid
gens; Εὔμολπος ἐμύησε καὶ μυεῖ τοὺς
Ἕλληνας
δᾳδοῦχος
: hereditary in the gens of Callias
and Hipponicus, which traced itself from Triptolemus. 3. The ἱεροκήρυξ
: hereditary in the gens of the Κηρυκίδαι
(or Κήρυκες
). 4. The altar-priest, ἱερεὺς ὁ ἐπὶ βωμῷ
, or ἐπιβώμιος
, who offered the
sacrifice. It is not known whether this office was hereditary. As some
relationship seems to have existed between the Eumolpidae and the two
other gentes, ἱεροφάντης
only. A hydria found at Cumae, and
belonging to a Campanian collection now at St Petersburg, exhibits an
Eleusinian group of deities and priests, among whom the ἱεροφάντης
is distinguished by a long white
stole, partly embroidered with gold, a myrtle wreath, and the thyrsus.
(It is reproduced by Baumeister,
I incline to believe that the MS. words ὀρειβάταν
may have arisen by corruption from
"rousing
the fight,"
is a fit epithet for the champion who overtakes the
captors, and forces them to a contest. Elsewhere we find only the fem. ἐγρεμάχη
, as epithet of Pallas,
ἀερσιμάχους
.
α
long in 1458, but short here: cp. ξὺν ταῖσδε τὸν ἐμὸν φονέα
τιμωρήσομαι
κεστρἔ ὀπτόν
. Is the MS. Θησέα
genuine? If so, ἐπι‐, προς‐, συμμιγνύναι
:
and the sense is, "Theseus and the two maidens
will soon
Thus
with ἀλλήλοις
. The verb is fitting, because the
maidens, though their sympathies are with Theseus, are
"Th. and the maidens will join battle
τοῖς πολεμίοις
: for the maidens are in the
hands of the foe. Such a phrase is not defensible merely because
Many critics, however, now regard "Theseus will soon
—by attacking
their captors. This is possibly right: but a change of παῖ
, which
Erfurdt changed to καί
, is clearly sound.
"two
journeying"
sisters, —as borne off by their captors: see on 17
πυκνόπτεροι
.
Not, "separately
carried off,"
with ref. to two bands of Thebans (cp. 818).
"self-sufficing,"
and so "self-reliant,"
giving confident promise of victorious rescue.
The poet has left the details of the rescue indistinct. Creon's guards first
carried off the girls (844), and Theseus sent mounted Athenians in pursuit
(897). Afterwards, Theseus commands Creon to lead him to where the girls
are; if they are "in these regions"
(1020 ἐν τόποισι τοῖσδ’
), Theseus himself will recover
them: if, however, the guards are already flying with them, then
κομπεῖν, 1149): and the same inference must be drawn from Antigone's words (1117). How are these facts to be reconciled? We can only suppose that the mounted Athenians, who started first, halted to watch the
δίστομοι ὁδοί(900), while Creon's guards also halted somewhere in concealment, to await their master. Theseus, with Creon, was thus enabled to overtake his Athenians before the struggle. The fact is that Sophocles did not care to think out these points, about which an Athenian audience in the theatre would not trouble themselves. Cp. on
Hartung's "they
will approach (the region) to the west of the snowy rock,
out of (leaving) the pastures of the Oeatid
territory."
The rare acc. with πελάζω
could be supported by δῶμα πελάζει
χῶρον
with τὸν ἐφέσπερον
is surely impossible.
Οἰάτιδος γῆς
: while
Οἰατέος
is most improbable.
πελάζω
, as πελᾶν
clearly is in
πελάω
is scanty ( πελάαν
πέλα
: Oppian πελάει
: cp. Veitch "they will (presently) approach"
: though
Hartung's "
The place meant is not certain. See note and map in Appendix. But the
scholium here deserves at least thus much weight: it is our one ancient
warrant for a definite view. Like the other old scholia in L, it probably
dates (in substance) from the later Alexandrian age, which possessed many
Attic writings, now lost, on the topography of Attica. The scholiast takes
the λεία πέτρα
, "the
smooth
rock,"
by Istros, a writer on Attica, c. 240 B.C., whom he
quotes. The schol. then explains ἐπ’ ἐσχάτων ἐστὶ τοῦ
δήμου τούτου
, "skirts that deme,"
—namely, of Οἴη
. It cannot reasonably be
doubted that this statement about Οἴη
, if it
did not rest on the scholiast's own knowledge, was derived from Istros, or
from some other old writer on Attic topography.
The meaning will then be:— "Or perhaps the
captors did not take the road through the pass of Daphnè,
which goes by the sea-coast to Eleusis. Perhaps they went
round the N. end of Aegaleos, and will soon be emerging on
the Thriasian plain, to the west of Aegaleos, near the deme
of Oea."
This is also Leake's view (
ἐν δεξιᾷ ἔχοντες τὸ Αἰγάλεων ὄρος,—
διὰ Κρωπιᾶς, a deme in the valley between the N. end of Aegaleos and the S.W. end of Parnes. Hartung, referring to the
λεία πέτραof Istros, conjectures
"smooth,"for
λι^τόςfor
λι—τός, the
ι^is most improbable for Soph.
ἁμίλλαις ῥίμφα φερομένων ἁρμάτων
(see on 710
αὔχημα...εὔιππον
), emulous careers of swift chariots, as χαλαργοῖς ἐν ἁμίλλαις
τροχοὺς ἁμιλλητῆρας ἡλίου
ὁ
Κρέων
, "he
will be worsted"
(not, "captured,"
since he was already in the hands of Theseus): cp. μιᾷ...νικῇ...ἁλίσκονται
πορεύσομαι διὰ τοῦ πεδίου εὐθὺς πρὸς
τὰ βασίλεια. καὶ ἢν μὲν ἀνθιστῆται
"and if the enemy (the king)
resist,"
etc.—This is better than (1) "the
fugitive will be captured,"
supplying ὁ
φεύγων
from φεύγοντες
: (2) "a capture will be made,"
— taking the verb
as impers.: or (3) "the battle will be
won,"
ἁλώσεται ὁ ἀγών
, as
Elms. takes it, comparing 1148 ἁγὼν ᾑρέθη
.
"our
neighbours the Thebans,"
for the Chorus are predicting an
easy victory, not a tough fight. Colonus and its neighbourhood had
furnished a contingent to the party of rescue (897).
Ἀθηναίων
: cp. Κεκροπίδαι, Ἐρεχθεῖδαι
, Aeneadae, etc.: here, followers of Theseus from "the Coloniates, and the followers of
Theseus
as if Θησειδᾶν
προσχώρων.
We require κατὰ
before
ἀμπυκτήρια
. This, though rare, is possible: cp. χθονὸς μολόντ’ ἀπὸ | Ἑλλανίδος
Βακχίας ἄπο | ἦλθε
"according to the full speed given by
the headgear,"
"in the direction
of
the bridles,"
— "every horseman gives his steed its
head,"
Campbell. Instead of καθεῖσαν εἰς ὤμους κόμας
κατεῖσ’
, might easily
have shrunk to the MS. εἰς
.
ἀμπυκτήρια· τὰ φάλαρα. Σοφοκλῆς
Οἰδίποδι ἐν Κολωνῷ
. This proves what the metre (on any view
of 1054) already hinted,— that ἀμπυκτήριον
here= "bridle,"
as ἀμπυκτήρ
in ἵππους δ’ ἐν ἀμπυκτῆρσιν
ἐμβριμωμένας
ἄμπυξ
(properly the κυρίως οἱ περὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν ἱμάντες τοῦ
χαλινοῦ ἄμπυξ καλοῦνται
: and so Quintus Smyrnaeus uses ἄμπυξ
, 4. 511. It is but a slight poetical
extension of meaning to use
ἀμπυκτήρια
( "the
)
gives an exact correspondence with 1054 ἔνθ’ οἶμαι
τὸν
ἐγρεμάχαν
. Nothing better has been suggested.
πώλων
. For the apocopè, cp. ἀντρέπων
ἀναβάται
had gone before: cp. ὧν
ποίμνην
: περιέδραμε ὅμιλος,...
αὐτούς
after πόλιν
).
Ὠκεανός
flowing round the earth: though some
understand "reigning on earth" (as Zeus in heaven, and Hades in the
nether world
γ. Ἄρτεμιν
in
γαιήοχος
Ἐννοσίγαιος.
τὴν δ’ ὧδε προσέειπε Ῥέη
λιπαροκρήδεμνος
Ῥείη
, as in
Ῥεῖα
Rhea, in the Greek theogony, is daughter of Uranos and Gaia, wife of Cronus,
and "mother of the gods." The cult was that of the "Phrygian Mother" Cybele
in a special phase, and came very early to Greece from Lydia: in Attica it
was intimately connected with the Eleusinian cult of Demeter (cp.
Μητρῷον
at Athens, the temple of Rhea Cybele, contained a
celebrated statue of the goddess, by Pheidias or his pupil Agoracritus.
"are they
(the pursuers) in action, or on the point of being so?
ἔρξειν
: cp.
ὡς ταῦτ’ ἐπίστω δρώμεν’, οὐ μέλλοντ’
ἔτι
ἀλλὰ κἀμέ τοι | ταὐτὸν τόδ’ ὄψει
δρῶντα κοὐ μέλλοντ’ ἔτι
προμνᾶσθαι
means (1) κόρην τινί
: (2) fig., to seek to obtain
anything for another, δῶρά τινι
. The bold use here comes through
the notion of προμνήστρια
to the maiden on behalf of the lover. This use is bolder than the fig.
use in Plat. "married to immortal verse,"
as distinguished
from others in respect of which Poetry ἔτι ἐστιν
ἐν μνηστείᾳ
, is still in the stage of courtship. Of these
latter, says the orator, I will speak— ἐπαινοῦντά
τε καὶ προμνώμενον
ἄλλοις ἐς ᾠδὰς...αὐτὰ θεῖναι
, commending them, and προμν. ἄλλοις
meant "pleading
:—so
Lidd. and Scott, with Ast.)
τὰς κόρας γὰρ εἰσορῶ.
ἀντήσω γὰρ ἐγὼ τοῦδ’ ἀνέρος
κυρεῖν,
τυγχάνειν
: ἤντησας ὀπωπῆς
ξεινίων ἤντησε μεγάλων
ἄντασ’ Ἐρεχθειδᾶν
To ἀποσώσειν
, "give
In Pind. fr. 133. 3,
the sole passage quoted for this sense, ἀνδιδοι
ψυχὰν πάλιν
is not "gives
but "sends
to the
sunlight,—like γῆ ἀναδίδωσι
καρπόν
. We must not be confused by our
"give
(2) To supply "Creon"
or "the enemy"
as subject is extremely
awkward. (3) The
With "that
—become milder. Hippocrates (
ἐνδιδόναιof a malady which
πάθη … ἐνδώσεινtolerable here, where the question is not of the sisters' sufferings being
ἐνδώσειν=
"give up,"it incurs the 2nd and 3rd objections to
ἀνδώσειν.
κατ’
ἦμαρ...τὸ νῦν
(
μοῖρα
καθαμερία
(
"the doom of
ἀελλάδων | ἵππων.
"with a swift, strong
impetus,
as of the storm,"
ταχέως ῥωομένη, ὡς
ἄελλα
: cp. ἐρρώοντο μετὰ πνοιῇς ἀνέμοιο
Hermann's
θεωρήσασα
, gives the most probable correction of the passage. ἄνωθε
, for ἄνωθεν
, though it does not occur elsewhere in trag., is once used by Aristoph. ἄνωθ’ ἐξ ὑπερῴου
), and we can hardly doubt
that a tragic poet would have admitted it,—at least in lyrics,—when metre
required. Note these points. (1) If we read "
This
is possible (cp. ὄχου...καθίκετο
αἰθερ.
νεφέλας
with κύρσαιμι
. ( θεωρήσασα
.
Wecklein makes the gen. depend on "having lifted
"
as χθονὸς
ἀείρας: and the rise here is not
αὐτῶν(referring to
ἀγώνωνin 1080) seems a little weak; and in any case I should prefer
ἄνωθεν αὐτῶν.
"
"to give my eye a
sight."
This, as Paley says, is not Greek.
In the MS. order of the words, ἰὼ Ζεῦ,
πάνταρχε θεῶν
(monosyll.)=1074 ἔρδουσ’
ἢ μέλλουσιν; ὡς
, and παντόπτα, πόροις
=1075 προμνᾶταί τί μοι
. This requires the
final παντόπτ’
ὦ
, is not probable: and παντόπτας
(nom. for voc.) could not stand here. The simple transposition which I have
made in the text removes the difficulty. In 1088 the MSS. have ἐπινικείῳ σθένει
: yet it is certain that the
order of the words should be the reverse.
μέγα τι σθένος ἁ Κύπρις ἐκφέρεται
νίκας ἀεί.
ἐπινικίῳ
: cp. ὑπαίθρεια
αἴθρια
).
ἄγρα
), viz. the maidens.
"ambuscade,"
seems here to have the more general sense, "scheme
of capture"
(cp. φράζευ σὺ λόχον θείοιο
γέροντος
"company,"
we could render, "grant this
to our folk,—that thou shouldst
( τελειῶσαι
): cp. ὦ σπέρμ’ Ἀτρέως … | τῇ νῦν ὁρμῇ
τελεωθέν
"crowned with peace by this day's
effort"
: but the construction thus supposed is less simple,
while the frequent poetical association of λόχος
with capture points to the other sense.
πόροι
(from πόροις
, 1086).
Προμηθεὺς
Λυόμενος
, when aiming his shaft at the eagle) Ἀγρεὺς δ’ Ἀπόλλων ὀρθὸν ἰθύνοι βέλος
. Paus.
(1. 41. 3) saw at Megara a temple dedicated to Ἀγροτέραν
Ἄρτεμιν καὶ Ἀπόλλωνα
Ἀγραῖον
. Xenophon, in his treatise on hunting, bids the
hunter pray τῷ Ἀπόλλωνι καὶ τῇ
Ἀρτέμιδι τῇ Ἀγροτέρᾳ μεταδοῦναι τῆς θήρας
( Ζεῦ
), and 3rd pers. ( παῖς
) with optat., to
the constr. of acc. and infin. with Λύκεῑ ἄναξ
τὸν χρυσομίτραν τε
κικλήσκω
: ὦ δῖος αἰθήρ
καὶ τὸν πανόπτην κύκλον
ἡλίου καλῶ
.
Ἀγροτέρα
had a temple at
Athens in the suburb Ἄγραι
, on an
eminence by the Ilissus; and to her, as "smiter
of
deer,"
the festival of the Ἐλαφηβόλια
was held in the month thence named (Mar.—Apr.).
ἑλλοφόνος
, ἑλλός
, a faun), θηροκτόνος,
θηροφόνος
, etc.
ποικιλόθριξ | νεβρός
"I
desire."
Schol. σημαίνει μὲν
οἶον προσίεμαι· τελευτᾷ δὲ εἰς ἴσον τῷ προκαλοῦμαι
, “the
(literal) sense is nearly, "I
approve"
(or "consent"
); but
the ultimate (or virtual) sense is, "I invoke"
.” The scholiast saw the impropriety of rendering,
"I
and
so imagined this transition of meaning. His only fault lay in starting
from the special and derivative sense of στέργειν
, "to be content,"
and not from its
primary sense, "to
whence
poetry could easily draw the neighbouring sense,
"to
So in στέρξαντες
"having formed a desire."
Hermann and
others take στέργω
here as= "I
—getting the idea
of "praying"
through that of "revering"
(as implied in the στοργή
of children for parents, etc.).
Hermann so takes the word in the Orphic μειλιχίοις στέρξοι τε παραιφάμενος ἐπέεσσιν
( "entreat him"
), where Ruhnken conjectured θέλξοι
.
τρισσοὶ ἀλεξίμοροι προφάνητέ
μοι
Third ἐπεισόδιον
. The maidens are restored to
their father by Theseus; who also brings word that an unknown suppliant has
placed himself at the altar of Poseidon, praying to speak with Oedipus.
"to thy
watcher at least"
(cp. 802 ἐμοὶ μέν
). The Chorus, left alone with the blind man, has acted as his watchman.
"if
my mere
προσπολεῖν
elsewhere occurs only in the act. as=to be a πρόσπολος
(with dat., Eur.). So δορυφορεῖν
=to be a body-guard, ῥαβδουχεῖν
to be a lictor. And if the
passives δορυφορεῖσθαι
(Plat., etc.) and ῥαβδουχεῖσθαι
( Plut.
δορυφόροι
or ῥαβδοῦχοι
, it is not
plain why the pass. προσπολεῖσθαι
should
not mean to be escorted by πρόσπολοι
. The
attendants are the ὀπάονες
(1103) of
Theseus. The version "
(Schaefer) is wrong.
"who
would give?"
= "oh that some one would
give!"
πῶς ἄν.
οὐδαμά
are used by the poets when the final must be short; μηδαμῇ, οὐδαμῇ
, when it must be long. Where,
as here, either form is possible, L is not a safe guide in choosing
between them. The μη
-adverb occurs 5
times in Soph.: here L has μηδαμᾶ
: in
μηδαμῆι
. Above, 517, where μηδαμά
is necessary, L has μηδαμᾶ
: in 1698 (a
like case), μηδαμῆι
. The οὐ
-adv. occurs 4 times in Soph., and L has
always οὐδαμᾶι
, which is necessary only
in
οὐδαμά
is necessary ‐ά
in 3
places, while only one place of all 9 requires the long form.
τὸ
, the
generic μή
, ὁ μηδὲν εἰδώς
(Suidas φιλίας ἀλόχου χέρα βαστάζων
ὧν τεύξει
, since the neut.
plur. acc. of pronouns and adjectives can stand after τυγχάνειν
and κυρεῖν
, rather as a cognate or adverbial acc. than as directly governed by the
verb: cp. τυγχάνειν τὰ πρός‐
φορα
, and see on
θάλος
(which, however, was used only in nom. and acc. sing.).—
τεχθέν
.
"having
died,"
— "after my death"
: but
the reading, which has been suspected, seems sound. The sense is:— "were
I to die now, I could not after my death be said to
have been altogether unhappy, when my last hours had been
thus cheered."
"press each her side (to
mine) on
right and left"
—Antigone on his one hand, Ismene on the
other. Cp. ἀμφιδεξίοις ἀκμαῖς
ἐν δ’ ἄρα οἱ φῦ χειρί
ἔφυν ἐν χερσὶν ἕκαστος
χρησίμῳ χρῆται
ἰδόντε
.
With κἀναπαύσατον
(note that L has
"Haltlosigkeit
und Unsicherheit, wie sie der
Blinde ohne Führer fühlt"
). But how could
nor τοῦ πρ. ἐρήμου
mends matters. Schneidewin (rightly, I think)
referred ἀναπαύσατον
could not thus stand for the
midd.: when the act. seems to do so, there is an acc. to be mentally
supplied, as ἀναπαύοντες ἐν τῷ μέρει
ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἀπεῖχε πέντε ἢ ἓξ στάδια τοῦ
λιμένος ἡσυχίαν εἶχε καὶ ἀνέπαυε
τὰς
ναῦς
). I would read ἔληξε κἀνέπνευσε τῆς νόσου
ἀνέπνευσαν κακότητος
ἀναπνεύσωσι πόνοιο
ὄνομα δ’ ἑκάστου διατριβὴ πολλὴ
λέγειν
ἥδ’ ἔστ’ ἐκείνη … τήνδ’
εἵλομεν
Hermann's change of the MS. "this
deed
will be a short story both for thee and for me"
: "
But is
this tolerable,—to say nothing of the somewhat ungracious suggestion that
the account of their deliverer's exploit would otherwise be fatiguing? The
alternative version would be worse still: "this
I cannot but think, then, that this popular correction,
though palaeographically easy, is untenable.
I have little doubt that Wex is right, or nearly so, in his
λόγος
should be his to whom belongs the ἔργον
. This supposes an accidental loss of τοὐμὸν ὦδ’ ἔσται βραχὺ
then mean,
"my part will thus be brief" (as you desire it to be,
1115 ) — consisting simply in referring Oed. to Theseus.
Take "do
not wonder if with eager insistence I
prolong my words to my children, now that they have appeared
unexpectedly"
:
λιπαρῶς
, as πρὸς
βίαν
= βιαίως, πρὸς
ἡδονήν
= ἡδέως
: πρὸς καιρόν
καιρίως
: πρὸς εὐσέβειαν
λέγει
)=
εὐσεβῶς
. It is possible to join φοβεῖ πρὸς τοῦτο
θαυμάζειν
is
without example.
διὰ
μακρῶν προσηγορῶ
: see on 223 : cp.
583, 1150.
εἰς
in τό γ’ εἰς ἑαυτόν
(
ηὐτύχησεν ἐς τέκνα
οὐδενός
, gives the emphasis of strong assurance: cp. on 797 .
ἃ
or οἷα
: cp. the phrase διδόναι
εὖ
(642). Schneidewin cp. δοῖεν...τέκνα τεκέσθαι | ὡς ἐθέλουσι
τοκῆες
ὡς φὴς σύ, κοὐδὲν ἄλλο, τοῦτ’ ὀρθῶς
ἔχειν
τὸ ἐπιεικὲς δίκαιον μέν ἐστιν, οὐ τὸ
κατὰ νόμον δέ, ἀλλ’ ἐπανόρθωμα νομίμου δικαίου
τῶν δικαίων τὰ ἐπιεικέστερα
προτιθεῖσι
"prefer the more equitable course
to the letter of their right."
Soph. fr. 699
(speaking
of Hades). Cp. Isocr.
or. 15 § 300 ; Athens might be called the ἄστυ τῆς Ἑλλαδος
both for other reasons καὶ μάλιστα διὰ τὸν τρόπον τῶν
ἐνοικούντων
(the Athenian character) ·
οὐδένας γὰρ εἶναι πραοτέρους οὐδὲ
κοινο‐
τέρους οὐδ’ οἷς οἰκειότερον ἄν
τις τὸν
ἅπαντα βίον συνδιατρίψειεν
: "no
people are gentler, or of larger sympathies, or more
kindly associates throughout life."
κ.τ.λ.
, "and I have
experienced these qualities which I
: cp.
"and I am conscious that I
requite these merits (
For
that sense we should need something like φαύλοις
δ’ ἀμύνων οἶδα τοῖς
λόγοις τάδε
.— Others render: "And as
one who has had experience I thus support these
sayings (about Athens),"
τάδ’ ὡσπερεὶ τοὐμοῦ πατρὸς |
ὑπερμαχοῦμαι
αὐτῆς.
"if it
is lawful,"
—a reverential or courteous formula usu.
employed when the speaker believes that the act εἴ μοι θέμις, θέμις δὲ τἀληθῆ
λέγειν, |
Διὸς τυραννεῖ
πλευμόνων
,—if it is lawful to say so,—and it
; "but what
am I saying?"
"and how could I wish to touch
etc.; when ἄθλιος
being a euphemism like συμφορά
said of a
defilement or crime (
πῶς ἂν ἁγνὸν ὄντα
σε
(Dind.), or the still bolder πῶς δ’
ἂν ἔρνος Αἰγέως
(Mekler). Cp. the words of Heracles (when
stained with blood-guilt) to Theseus, Eur. φεῦγ’, ὦ ταλαίπωῤ, ἀνόσιον μίασμ’ ἐμόν
.
πᾶσα
: cp. οὖ τίς οὐ ζήλῳ πολιτῶν ταῖς τύχαις
ἐπέβλεπεν
ὅπου τίς ὄρνις οὐχὶ
κλαγγάνει;
κηλῖδ’ἐμαυτῷ συμφορᾶς
ἀφιγμένην.
ἆρ’ ἔτι προσδεῖσθ’ ὑμῖν τὰς μεγίστας
ἡδονὰς ξυνοίκους εἶναι
θέλω
θιγεῖν
:
εἰ καὶ
σὺ
θέλεις
).
Oedipus is indeed ἱερός
(287), as the suppliant
of the Eumenides, and εὐσεβής
(
πατροκτόνος
and ἄναγνος
(944).
Contrast the more passionate strain of his words in
ἴτ’, ἀξιώσατ’ ἀνδρὸς
ἀθλίου θιγεῖν
. To touch him—he there says—can defile no one,
because his unique doom places him apart.
κακῶν
, and by Dindorf to ἐμῶν
( "my
affairs"
), on the ground that
"from where
thou now
art,"
—without drawing near to receive an embrace. Cp.
τοσόνδ’ ἐς ἥβης
ἐς
τοσόνδε τοῦ χρόνου
(to this time of thy life).
"if
you have used somewhat great (
: ἐποιήσω
. Cp. οὔτε μετ’ ὀνομάτων καλῶν...μῆκος λόγων
ἄπιστον παρέξομεν
τεθαύμακα
: cp. 817: τὸν λόγον δέ σου πάλαι θαυμάσας
ἔχω
οὐχ ὡς ὑπερφρονοῦντες,...ἀλλ’ ὡς
τεθαυμακότες
τέτροφεν
.
, received their
words first, in preference to speech with me. We need not supply ἔπους
with τοὐμοῦ
, which= "my part,"
"what
I had to say"
; cp. εἰ τοὐμὸν ἀλγεῖς μᾶλλον
προλαμβάνειν
nowhere = προαιρεῖσθαί τί τινος
, to
"indeed,"
conveying an assurance.
δηλῶ δ’
.
The usu. constr. is ψεύδειν τινά
τινος
, while ψεύδειν τινά
τι
is comparatively rare: and so here τούτων ἅ
) is gen. after τὴν τιμὴν τῶν ἔργων ὀφειλέτω ὧν ἂν τὸν
ἐκδόντα ψεύσηται
"of which he has disappointed the
contractor,"
—though an attraction of acc. into gen. is equally
possible.
For the gen. with κακῶν ἀκήρατος
οὕτω δὴ πέντε σφι...ἀγῶνας τοὺς
μεγίστους... συγκαταιρέει
"the
captor"
(Creon).—Cp. on 1116 .
λόγον
governed by
συνδιάσκεψαι
(cp. on 223 ). Cp.
τόπον.
"argument"
in the old sense of "theme"
).
περί τινος λόγου διελεγόμεθα ὃς ἡμῖν
κατὰ τὴν ὁδὸν ἐνέπεσεν
θνητὸν
ὄντ’
). A mortal cannot read the future, and therefore can
never be sure that an incident, seemingly trivial, will not prove
momentous.
ὡς μηδὲν εἰδότ’ ἴσθι μ’ ὧν
ἀνιστορεῖς
ὡς μηκέτ’ ὄντα κεῖνον ἐν φάει
νόει
ὡς τοίνυν μὴ ἀκουσομένων οὕτω
διανοεῖσθε.
ὡς οὐκέτ’ ὄντων σῶν τέκνων, φρόντιζε
δή
μὴ...ἀζημίους ἀφίετε,...ὥσπερ τοῦ
ὀνείδους ἀλλ’ οὐ τῆς ζημίας αὐτοῖς μέλον
τῶν δ’ ἀδελφῶν ἀμελοῦσιν, ὥσπερ ἐκ
πολιτῶν μὲν γιγνομένους φίλους, ἐξ ἀδελφῶν δὲ οὐ
γιγνομένους
ἐν ὀλιγωρίᾳ ἐποιοῦντο, ὡς...οὐχ
ὑπομενοῦντας
ἔρως ἐνέπεσε τοῖς
πᾶσιν...ἐκπλεῦσαι,...ὡς...οὐδὲν ἂν σφαλεῖσαν μεγάλην
δύναμιν
. This is against referring
ἐδίδαξας ὡς
could mean, "you instructed me on
the supposition
that I knew not,"
usage indicates that
ὡς
would then have been preferred.
ἱκέτης
because he did not know what power
might now be at the command of the paternal anger which he foresaw (cp.
1165).
"having somehow rushed to"
the altar:
προπέσῃς
, 915
ἐπεισπεσων
.)
"for
an unknown reason."
προσπεσόντα
, rather than locative dat. with καθῆσθαι
: with the latter cp. θάκημα
ἕδρα
προσήμεθα
θακεῖ
κύρων
κυ^ρῶν
( ναίων
):
elsewhere Attic poets have only κυρέω
.
κῦρον
: κῦρε
κυρῶν
ἔθυον
(Blaydes).
"when I
lit., "when
I proceeded to set
out"
:
προσαιτεῖν
(cp. on
122 ).
ἐμὰν λέσχαν
, 167). We find
, etc., but
never the simple gen. αἰτῶ
τινος
(like δέομαί
τινος
).
ἔχει τιν’ ὄγκον τἄργος Ἑλλήνων
πάρα
"
a sense which it
bears (in a different context) below, 1341 βραχεῖ
σὺν ὄγκῳ
( "of no
great
(
Heath's insertion of "they
say that, wishing to confer with
you, he asks that he may retire safely from his journey
hither"
(his journey to Attica from Argos): but this throws too
much stress on the "they
say that he asks that, having approached, he may confer with
you"
: but this is weak; and it would be even worse to take "after
his arrival"
(at Colonus).
τί προσχρῄζων μαθεῖν
being epexegetic inf.
"stop
where thou art,"
"say no more"
—do not go on to urge that I
should receive this visitor. Cp. σχές, μή με προλίπῃς
σχές, ἀπειρηκὸς σῶμ’ ἀναπαύσω
ἔχε
is common as "hold!"
( Plat. ἔχε
σε
in that sense.
"what is
the matter with thee?"
Cp. 311.
δέομαί σού τινος
, though less freq. than δέομαί σού τι
, occurs in good prose, as δεόμενοι Κύρου ἄλλος ἄλλης
πράξεως
τῶνδ’
referring to what
precedes, 787.
ὅστις
: μήποτε γνοίης ὃς εἶ
μαθὼν ὃς εἶ
περὶ ἀρετῆς, ὃ ἔστιν, ἐγὼ μὲν οὐκ
οἶδα
γενομένης λέσχης ὃς γένοιτο αὐτῶν
ἄριστος
ὁ
ἱκέτης, ὁ προσεστηκὼς τῷ βωμῷ
. Elsewhere the word always= "protector"
or "patron"
(as
οὐκ ἔστιν ὅτῳ | μείζονα μοῖραν
νείμαιμ’ ᾓ σοί
ὁποίας
ἐξαφισταίμην
, which is not strictly similar (see n. there).
"my son,
king—a son whom I
hate"
: cp. 1615 σκληράν.
ἄλγιον
ἢ παντὸς ἄλλου ἀνδρὸς
( λόγων
),
more reluctantly than the words of any one else. The usage is similar to
that by which a Greek could say, πυραμίδα
ἀπελίπετο ἐλάσσω
τοῦ πατρός
( Her. 2.134 ), instead
of τῆς τ. π.
, or ἣν
ὁ πατήρ
. Cp.
ἄλγιον ἢ πᾶς ἄλλος
ἀνήρ
(so οἶμαι κάλλιστ’
ἀνθρώπων λέγειν
, Plat.
The emphasis is on "why is it
painful to thee to give this man a
Theseus
has no need to ask, "why is it painful to thee to
hear
—for he knows already how Oed. has been
treated by his sons (599). The sense is thus the same as if we kept the MS. "why
is this thing
painful to thee,—namely, to hear?"
(Cp. καὶ γὰρ ἐμοὶ τοῦτο μέλει, μὴ φιλότητ’
ἀπώσῃ
οὐκ ἀκούειν
ἔστι
etc.), it would be tame to reiterate it in the same form.
By τοῦδε χρὴ κλύειν
.
"that voice"
—his son's. The blind man could
not express loathing more vividly: cp. 863.
θεοῖς γ’ ἔχθιστος ἥκω
"has come hither."
)
"do
not force me to the necessity"
of yielding,—the ἀνάγκη
being, as it were, a rock on which his
course is driven: cp. τὸν πρὶν ὄλβον | ἕρματι προσβαλὼν …
ὤλετ’
"an
inverted expression"
for μή
μοι ἀνάγκην προσβάλῃς
, which would suggest a wholly
different image: cp. ὅρκον αὑτῷ προσβαλών
ἐμοὶ πικρὰς | ὠδῖνας …
προσβαλών.
ἕδρα
at the altar of Poseidon, in whose name
he implored the boon.
μὴ … ᾖ
is elliptical: "(beware,
I say) lest."
Cp. ΠΩΛ. τίνος λέγεις ταύτης
"what calling do you
mean?"
) ΣΩ. μὴ ἀγροικότερον ᾖ
τὸ ἀληθὲς εἰπεῖν
, "I fear it
may be scarcely courteous to say the truth."
εἶπον...ἃ ἤκουσα..., προνοίᾳ μὲν τῶν
συγγενῶν καὶ τῶν φίλων, προνοίᾳ δὲ τῆς πόλεως
ἁπάσης
φυλάσσειν
νόμον, ὅρκια
, etc. For slightly different, though kindred,
uses of the verb, cp. 626, 1213.
"comply
with me,"
grant this wish, as
πείθου
is rather, "be persuaded,"
as
εἰ
καί
would be normal: cp. 661.
"Allow him at once to gratify
his
own mind (his hinted desire that Polyneices should be heard,
1175), and to gratify Poseidon as he wishes to do,"
ὁ θεός
.—These two vv. mark two leading traits in the character of Theseus—his
sense of justice (
συγχώρει
, "
; so
παρείκειν
in prose.
ὁ
κασίγνητος
. Cp. σὺ καὶ δικαίων ἀδίκους | φρένας
παρασπᾷς ἐπὶ λώβᾳ
ταῦτα
) ἂ μή
(1175), "in
respect of such words as shall not
be spoken for thy good,"
—a tribute, marked by feminine
tact, to her father's judgment.
δηλώσεται
, and see on
καλῶς
. "Evilly devised deeds
are disclosed by speech"
:
πρόσθεν
) investigation. With "a rhetorical
generality,"
as Campbell (who retains it) says: "for it is by speech that all man's
best discoveries are revealed."
But surely we need something
more relevant to the matter in hand.
Meineke rejects the three verses, 1189—1191, because (1) ἔφυσας αὐτόν
is too abrupt: (2) it is too much to
tell Oed. that he must bear anything from his son: (3) the phrase τὰ τῶν κακίστων
etc. is indefensible. As to (1),
few readers can fail to perceive that the "abruptness"
is both forcible and pathetic at the moment when she turns from colder and
more external arguments to the plea of natural affection. As to (2), it is
enough to observe that Antigone means, "The
relationship between parent
and child is indelibly sacred. No wickedness on your son's
part can alter the fact that he is your son."
As to (3), see
next n.
τὰ κακά
, those
which outrage gods or kinsfolk form a class, τὰ
δυσσεβῆ
. If κἀσεβεστάτων
("the deeds of the worst and
most impious men") is less probable.
ἐστί
might be supplied, taking σέ γ’ ὄντα
, and comparing ἑκὼν εἶναι
, etc. This may be rejected, as
may also Reisig's δυσσεβέστατ’ ἄν
, with εἶναι
: for then we should require οὐδὲ
in 1189 . Is
"Nay, you will hurt
(see cr. n.). It is a robust faith which can
accept ἀλλ’ ἔα με
αὐτόν
had supplanted νιν, ΑΙΔ
might have become ΑΛΛ
.
"are
charmed out of their nature"
: lit. "are
subdued by the charm, in their
nature"
(acc. of respect). ἀλλ’ ἴσως ἔνι τις καὶ ἐν ἡμῖν παῖς,
ὅστις τὰ τοιαῦτα φοβεῖται· τοῦτον οὖν πειρώμεθα πείθειν
μὴ δεδιέναι τὸν θάνατον ὥσπερ τὰ μορμολύκεια. Ἀλλὰ χρή,
ἔφη ὁ Σωκράτης, ἐπᾴδειν αὐτῷ ἑκάστης ἡμέρας, ἕως ἂν
ἐξεπᾴσητε
"charm him out of us"
). τὰ κρούματα τῆς λύρας, οἷς ἐχρῶντο πρὸ
τῶν ὕπνων οἱ Πυθαγόρειοι, τὸ ἐμπαθὲς καὶ ἄλογον τῆς
ψυχῆς ἐξεπᾴδοντες οὕτω καὶ θεραπεύοντες
"
ὀργίσαι τε αὖ πολλοὺς ἅμα δεινὸς ἀνὴρ
γέγονε, καὶ πάλιν ὠργισμένοις ἐπᾴδων κηλεῖν
"soothe them, when angered, by his
charming."
μελιγλώσσοις πειθοῦς |
ἐπαοιδαῖσιν
ἐπῳδαί
in the medical practice of the age:
thus Pindar describes Cheiron as using (1) incantations, (2) draughts,
(3) amulets, (4) surgery ( καύσεις
added (
ἐπῳδή
stops hemorrhage, and in [Dem.] or. 25 § 80 is
applied to epilepsy. Sophocles
τίς
γὰρ ἀοιδός
(= ἐπῳδός
),
θρηνεῖν ἐπῳδὰς πρὸς τομῶντι
πήματι
ὄνομα θεσπέσιον ἢ ῥῆσιν
βαρβαρικήν
(
πατρῷον δ’ ἐκτίνεις τιν’ ἆθλον
τῷ δὲ εὖ βουλευθέντι πρήγματι τελευτὴ
ὡς τὸ ἐπίπαν χρηστὴ ἐθέλει ἐπιγίνεσθαι
"the food for meditation"
(on the evils of
anger) which his
"being
deprived of thy sightless eyes,"
= "being
deprived of thine eyes, so that they
shall see no more,"
the adj. being proleptic: cp. 1088 τὸν εὔαγρον
n.
τητᾶσθαι
denotes a state ( "to be without"
), not an act ( "to lose"
); cp. μὴ σὺ μὲν αἰτῇς ἄλλον, ὁ δ’ ἀρνῆται,
σὺ δὲ τητᾷ
"and thou
Notice the dat. καλόν
), followed by the acc. "It is not fitting
καλόν ἐστι
. Cp. ἄξιον ἐπισχεῖν, ἀλλ’ οὐκ
ἐπειχθῆναι.
οὐ καλόν ἐστι
the normal negative would be μή
, or μὴ οὐ
:
but εἰ δέ τοι οὐ‐δώσει.
ἀμείβεσθαι
: see on 229 .
The structure of πῶς οὐκ αἰσχρόν,...τὴν μὲν Εὐρώπην καὶ
τὴν Ἀσίαν μεστὴν πεποιηκέναι τροπαίων,... ὑπὲρ δὲ τῆς
πατρίδος...μηδὲ μίαν μάχην φαίνεσθαι
μεμαχημένους
"For one thing I
am sorry, and that is
The stress is on βαρεῖαν
: "Grievous (for me) is the gratification (to yourselves)
in regard to which ye prevail over me by your words; however (
νικᾶτε
, suggested by the constr. with a
cognate acc., νίκην
νικᾶτε
, since the pleasure is secured by the victory. Cp.
on 849
νικᾶν
. We
cannot well take ἡδ
with λέγοντες
, "ye prevail
over me
in"
(or "by"
) "
etc.
σὺ δ’ οὖν … | χρῶ χειρί
εἶμι
.
"become
master of my life,"
acquire the power to dispose of me,—alluding
to the Thebans' plan for establishing him on their border (cp. 408).
ἐμοῦ
: see on 998 .
If
etc.
The abruptness would add a certain spirit to the words. But the
could
not mean, "know that you are safe":
,
and (2)
.
For (2) it may be said that the MS.
Third stasimon. (1) Strophe 1211—1224 = antistr. 1225— 1238. (2) Epode
1239—1248. See Metrical Analysis.—The old men of Colonus comment on the
folly of desiring that life should be prolonged into years at which man's
strength is "but labour
and sorrow."
The helpless and afflicted stranger before them
suggests the theme, which serves to attune our sympathy, as the solemn
moment of his final release draws nearer.
χρῄζειν
), to desire a moderate portion: "whoever
desires the larger part (of the
extreme period allotted to human life), and is not satisfied
with moderate length of days."
τοῦ μακροῦ χρῄζειν βίου
πλέονος
: cp. οὔτοι βίου μοι τοῦ μακραίωνος
πόθος
οὐδ’ ἐπιθυμία σε ἄλλης πόλεως οὐδ’
ἄλλων νόμων ἔλαβεν εἰδέναι
παρεὶς τοῦ
μετρίου
( χρῄζων
) ζώειν
, "negligens
vivere modicam partem expetens,"
scorning to live with desire of
a modest span only. Others make it govern
"neglecting
the moderate portion,"
and for the gen. Campbell quotes παρέντα τοῦ ... ἐγκωμιάζειν
"letting go
one's hold of moderation,"
παριέναι
never governs a gen. (in the nautical παριέναι τοῦ
ποδός
, "to slack away the
sheet,"
the gen. is partitive): and a reference to Plat. τοῦ
has nothing to do with the
inf., but is masc. The passage runs:— τίνα οἴει
λέγοντα ὡς
χρὴ μὴ ἐρῶντι μᾶλλον ἢ ἐρῶντι χαρίζεσθαι, παρέντα τοῦ μὲν τὸ
φρόνιμον ἐγκωμιάζειν, τοῦ δὲ τὸ ἄφρον ψέγειν, ἀναγκαῖα γοῦν
ὄντα, εἴτ’ ἄλλ’ ἄττα ἕξειν λέγειν
; "if he omitted to praise the
sense
τοῦ μέν"
,
the non-lover), and to blame the folly of τοῦ δέ
, the lover).
Hartung explains his
as "neglecting the life of
moderate span"
( μέρους
). Though the phrase τὸ
μέτριον παρείς
( "in
neglect of due limit"
) occurs in
Plat. παρὰ τὸ
καίριον καὶ τὸ
μέτριον
occurs in the schol.'s loose paraphrase. Verrall
ingeniously proposes τοῦ
μετρίου
, "in preference to the moderate
portion."
αὐθαδία τοι σκαιότητ’
ὀφλισκάνει.
ἄξῑ ἀξίων γεννητόρων | ἤθη
φυλάσσεις
ἐν...τοῖσδ’
ἴσος
, "just in their sight": διαδικαζέσθω δὲ ἔν τισι τῶν
ἰατρῶν
οἴμοι, θανάτου τοῦτ’ ἐγγυτάτω | τοὔπος
ἀφῖκται
"this word hath come very nigh
unto death"
—
The middle κατατίθεσθαι
is continually used in
Attic of "
— either
literally, as καρπούς, θησαυρούς, σῖτον
,—or
figuratively, as χάριν, κλέος, φιλίαν,
ἔχθραν
. Therefore I would not render "
as if the meaning were that many things, once "near
to joy,"
are moved by the years, and set down nearer to grief;
though this view is tenable. (Cp.
πολλὰ
) lay up
griefs ( λύπας
acc. pl.) nearer (us)."
ἐστί
, as ἄνδρα μὴ λεύσσειν ὅπου
τὸ χαίρειν μὴ μαθόνθ’ ὅπου
φρενῶν
"knowing not where to find joy in
thy soul."
τοῦ μετρίου, τοῦ
ἱκανοῦ
, and is, I think, true. The phrase, "
in respect of prolonged
life, μέτριον
μέρος
(1212) is drawn.
πίπτειν
εἰς κακά
, etc.) suggests a joyless decline of life, with
decay of the faculties.
The vulgate τὸ θέλον
(see on
267 ): "when a man
has lapsed into excess of wish,"
"when a
man has outlived his strength"
: but could πέσῃ
ἐς πλέον τοῦ σθ
. mean, "live to a point of time beyond
"and the succourer (
—
when the doom of Hades has appeared, — "namely,
Death at the
end."
The man who is to attain ἐπίκουρος
. Cp.
"what joy is there in the sequence of the days,—now
threatening, now delaying—
"
(see
examples on 1031,) but is better taken as pass., lit., "
τέλος
for them. The phrase τέλος θανάτοιο
was in the poet's mind, and
has blended itself with the image of a personal deliverer. (Cp. on
ἰσοτελεῖς
in paying the tribute of their lives to Pluto. This
may be right; but the accumulation of epithets on
μοῖρα
becomes somewhat heavy, while
ἐπίκουρος
is left in a long suspense.
θρῆνος
, not the joyous song of the marriage
procession, or the music of the lyre, with dancing: cp.
ἄχορον
ἀκίθαριν δακρυογόνον Ἄρη
: cp. ἄτας κελαδεῖν ἀχορεύτους
ὕμνος ἐξ Ἐρινύων
ἀφόρμικτος.
"he turns all to flight, and to one of them
sheer death appeareth
Cp. ἀνακύπτω
.
"Not to be born
—of the gain, as compared
with the loss, of being born.
ἅπας
cp. περὶ τῶν ἁπάντων ἀγωνίζεσθαι
τὴν
ἅπασαν δύναμιν
τῆς Σικελίας
,
"Not to be born
— "
( τὸν
ἅ. λόγον
being cogn. acc., or acc. of respect)—
The form hints that Soph. was thinking of the verses of Theognis (425 ff.)
which the schol. quotes, without naming that poet, as familiar ( τὸ λεγόμενον
):—
. Diog. Laert. 10. 1.
126 quotes Epicurus as censuring these lines, and remarking that a
man who really thought so ought to quit life,— ἐν
ἑτοίμῳ γὰρ αὐτῷ τοῦτ’
ἔστιν
. Non nasci homini longe optimum esse,
proximum autem quam primum mori
.
Alexis (Midd. Com., Μανδραγοριζομένη
1. 14
.
The MS. βῆναι
is
usu. defended as an instance of "attraction"
;
but it is harsher than any example that can be produced. Thus in πολλαχοῦ μὲν γὰρ καὶ ἄλλοσε ὅποι ἂν
ἀφίκῃ ἀγαπήσουσί σε
ἄλλοσε
stands for ἄλλοθι
by attraction to
ὅποι
, it is not preceded by a verb answering to ἀπελθὼν ἄλλοσε
(for
ἄλλοθεν
) ὅποι ἂν ἀφίκῃ
, if he
meant, "having departed
? So, here, "to go
"The
Coming of
Arthur,"
(of man's destiny,) "From the
great deep to the great deep he goes."
ἡ βασιλεία
ἡ τῶν Ὀδρυσῶν
)... τῶν...ἐν
τῇ Εὐρώπῃ μεγίστη ἐγένετο χρημάτων
προσόδῳ,...ἰσχύϊ δὲ μά‐
χης καὶ στρατοῦ
πλήθει πολὺ δευτέρα μετὰ
τὴν τῶν Σκυθῶν
(where "easily
second"
suits the context better than "decidedly
inferior"
).
πολὺ φέρτερος
πολὺ...ἐν πλείονι αἰτίᾳ
πολλῷ...πρῶτον
παρίημι
, not from
πάρειμι
, unless we are prepared to write
φέρει
, and boldly to alter παρεῖσα πόθον
ἐπειδὰν τὴν ὀξυτάτην δρόμου ἀκμὴν
παρῇ
ὡς ἐν μιᾷ πληγῇ κατέφθαρται πολὺς |
ὄλβος
πληγαὶ βιότου
"disparaged,"
because often spoken of as dreary (cp. ὀλοῷ ἐπὶ γήραος οὐδῷ,
γήραϊ
λυγρῷ
, etc.). "When service should in my old limbs
lie lame, And unregarded age, in corners
thrown."
"next
(
Cp. ἐπι‐"
) falls to his lot.ἀκέρδεια λέλογχεν θαμινὰ
κακαγόρος
"sore loss hath
oft come on evil-speakers,"
a τὸν ἄνθρωπον
: but the verb seems rather to be intrans., as oft. λαγχάνω
: αἰὼν δυσαίων τις ἔλαχεν,
ἔλαχεν
ἐς δὲ ἑκάστην | ἐννέα λάγχανον
αἶγες
"fell to the portion of each
ship"
: καθιερῶσαι τὸ λαχὸν μέρος ἑκάστῳ τῷ
θεῷ
"'tis the
turn of old age next."
—Not: "he
obtains old age next."
"weak"
: Eustath. 790. 92 ἀκρατὲς ἐκεῖνός φησιν, οὐ τὸ
ἀκόλαστον, ἀλλα τὸ
ποιοῦν
πάρεσιν, ὡς μὴ ἔχοντα τὸν γέροντα κρατεῖν ἑαυτοῦ
. So
Hesych. καίπερ ὢν ἀκράτωρ ὁ τλήμων,
χωλός
ἀκρατής
, for Hippocr. has it
in this sense (
"without control"
over
passion or desire (
γῆρας
, cp.
"ills
of ills,"
= "worst of
ills"
: ἄρρητ’ ἀρρήτων
στόνῳ βρέμουσιν ἀντιπλῆγες
ἀκταί
πολλὰ γὰρ ὥστ’ ἀκάμαντος ἢ νότου ἢ
βορέα τις | κύματ’ … ἴδοι
πρῆσαι κατ’ ἄκρας
Compare this poet. indication of the four points of the compass with the
prose phraseology in πρὸς ἕω, πρὸς ἑσπέραν, πρὸς
μεσημβρίαν, πρὸς ἄρκτον.
"in the
region of the noon-tide ray,"
ὑπ’ αὐτὴν δὲ τὴν ἄρκτον
ὑπὲρ τῆς ἐσχάτης
Σκυθίας αἱ καλούμεναι *(πῖπαι, περὶ ὧν τοῦ μεγέθους λίαν
εἰσὶν οἱ λεγόμενοι λόγοι μυθώδεις
. It is fortunate that
this passage is extant, showing, as I think it does beyond all
reasonable doubt, that Soph. here named the Rhipaean mountains, "beyond utmost
Scythia,"
as representing the *(πῖπαι
for these mountains was thoroughly familiar. Cp. Alcman of Sparta (660
B.C.) fr. 51 (Bergk), *(πίπας, ὄρος ἔνθεον
( ἀνθέον
Lobeck) ὕλᾳ,
| Νυκτὸς μελαίνας στέρνον
. Hellanicus (circ. 450 B.C.) fr. 96
(Müller) τοὺς δὲ
Ὑπερβορέους ὑπὲρτὰ Ῥίπαια ὄρη οἰκεῖν ἱστορεῖ
. Damastes of
Sigeum (his younger contemporary) fr. 1 ἄνω δ’
Ἀριμασπῶν τὰ *(πίπαια ὄρη, ἐξ ὦν τὸν
βορέαν πνεῖν, χιόνα δ’ αὐτὰ μήποτε ἐλλείπειν· ὑπὲρ δὲ τὰ ὄρη
ταῦτα Ὑπερβορέους καθήκειν εἰς τὴν ἑτέραν θάλασσαν
. For the
age of Sophocles, these mountains belonged wholly to the region of myth,
and so were all the more suitable for his purpose here. The Roman poets,
too, used the "Rhipaei montes"
to denote
the uttermost North ( Verg. Ῥῖπαι
was
only ῥιπαί
,—the
"blasts"
of Boreas coming thence.
Others, not taking "From the nocturnal
blasts,"
— but this would not sufficiently indicate the "From the
vibrating starrays of night,"
like παμφεγγεῖς ἄστρων | ῥιπάς
Fourth ἐπεισόδιον
, divided by a κομμός
(1447—1499). Polyneices is dismissed with
his father's curse. Hardly has he departed, when thunder is heard (1456).
Theseus is summoned, and receives the last injunctions of Oedipus, who knows
that his hour has come. Then Oedipus, followed by his daughters and by
Theseus, leads the way to the place where he is destined to pass out of life
(1555).
ἆσσον ἔρχεται | Κρέων ὅδ’ ἡμῖν οὐκ
ἄνευ πομπῶν, πάτερ
εἴπερ κεῖνος ὧδ’ ἐλεύσεται, | μηδεὶς
κρατείτω
σοῦ...μόνος
"he, and no one
else"
: this seems somewhat weak. (2)
"weeping as no
(but only women):—a modern
view of weeping: it is enough to remember Achilles and Aeneas.
ι—
in
1646 . The general rule (Blomfield η
or α
, end in αὐτοβοεί
): when from nouns in ος
, in ι
,
which is more often short, but sometimes long. For ἐγερτί
(
νεωστί
(
σκυθιστί
(fr. 429), ἀωρί
( Aristoph. ἀνδριστί
( δωριστί
(
ἀμογητί,
μεγαλωστί
, etc. For
(
ἀνιδρωτί
(
ἀσπουδί
( 8. 512 ),
ἀνωιστί
(
στάγδην
( ἐμοῦ γε...ἀστακτὶ ἐχώρει τὰ
δάκρυα
ἀστάκτων...ὑδάτων
ἀσταγές.
οὐ μέντοι ὡς βούλομαί γέ πω κατέχω τὸ
ἐρωτώμενον
τί πάθω; τί δὲ μήσομαι; οἴμοι
οἴμοι, τί δράσω; πότερ’ ἐμαυτὸν ἢ
πόλιν | στένω δακρύσας
εἴ τις ἀποκτείνει τινὰ ἢ ἐκβάλλει ἐκ
πόλεως ἢ ἀφαιρεῖται χρήματα
ἐκπίπτειν
, of being exiled). We
might understand, "shipwrecked
here,"
ἐκβάλλω
being regularly
used of casting ashore; but I prefer the simpler version.
ἀεικεῖ σὺν στολᾷ.
σάκος εὐρὺ γέρον, πεπαλαγμένον
ἄζῃ
ἀμφὶ δέ οἱ στήθεσσι γέρων ἐσφίγγετο
πέπλος
anus charta,
ἄρτος...νεανίας
τέτροφεν
νόσον
ἂ μαραίνει με. We cannot render merely,
"marring the comeliness of thy form"(as Ellendt,
τοὺς μὲν δὴ ὥρα γυμναζομένους
τῶν
ἀνδρῶν, τοὺς δὲ τὰς κόμας κτενιζομένους
. The κτείς
was usu. of boxwood, ivory, or metal.
ἀμφὶ δὲ χαῖται | ὤμοις
ἀΐσσονται
ἀδελφὰ τῶνδε
"obtains by begging"
; but a "
and alludes to a
wallet ( πήρα
) carried by Oed., for the
reception of the σπανιστὰ
δωρήματα
(4). This was a part of the conventional outfit for
the wandering beggar ; so, when Athena turned Odysseus into that guise,
she gave him
: "a staff, and a mean,
much-tattered wallet; and therewith was a cord to hang
it"
(
"And I testify that I have come to be,
have proved myself, most vile in regard to thy
maintenance"
:
ἔχθιστον...ἥκει
(n.). (Better thus than, "I,
who have come hither,
am,"
etc.)
ΗΛ. ὦ φθέγμ’, ἀφίκου; ΟΡ. μηκέτ’
ἄλλοθεν πύθῃ
"but
: see on 988 .
"an
of godhead, the
Greeks often use the image of assessor.
Αἰδώς
, as
well as
Ἔλεος
, had an altar at Athens (see Paus.
1.17.1 , cited on 260). Shaksp. "It is
enthroned
in the hearts of kings, It is an attribute to God Himself;
And earthly power doth then show likest God's, When mercy
seasons justice."
αἴθ’ οὕτως ἐπὶ πᾶσι χόλον τελέσεῑ
Ἀγαμέμνων
"in all cases"
(as in this).
"
In this sense ἃ πρὸς τοῖς θεσμοθέταις
ἔλεγε
, κλίνομαι
πρὸς δμωαῖσι=
"sink into their arms": in
ἔβαψας ἔγχος εὖ πρὸς Ἀργείων στρατῷ
πρὸς Ἀτρείδαισιν.
"there are remedies for the faults committed (
In this appeal for
pardon, the
"faults"
most naturally mean those committed by the speaker;
but the vague phrase which he has chosen permits the thought that there
have been errors on both sides.
"there is no possibility of
but
only, "there is no
possibility of
referring the blame elsewhere,"
—of putting it on other
shoulders.
ἦ καὶ φιλήσω σε; Εἰ σὺ βούλει, ἔφη.
Καὶ οὐκ ἀποστρέψει με ὥσπερ ἄρτι
οἴκων τῶνδ’ ἀποστραφείς.
κάλει τὸ πᾶν μοι σπέρμα σῶν
ὁμαιμόνων
σπέρμα Πελοπιδῶν
μήτηρ βασιλέως, | βασίλεια δ’
ἐμή
πατρὸς νέαν γυναῖκα, δεσπότιν δ’
ἐμήν
πατρὶ τῷ σῷ, ἀδελφεῷ δὲ ἐμῷ
Ἀθηναίων τοὺς φυγάδας, ἑωυτῷ δὲ
ἑπομένους
"
(since I have failed): cp. συγγένεσθέ γ’ ἀλλὰ νῦν
λέγ’ ἀλλὰ
τοῦτο
( νοῦν
σχὲς ἀλλὰ τῷ χρόνῳ ποτέ
: εἴπ’, ὦ τάλαιν’, ἀλλ’ ἡμίν
ἐὰν οὖν ἀλλὰ νῦν γ’
ἔτι...ἐθελήσητε
χαλεπὸν
προσφέρεσθαι
(midd.), hard for one to hold intercourse with. Cp. ἐδόκουν ἡμῖν...ἄποροι εἶναι
προσφέρεσθαι
"seemed to us hard to deal
with."
The epithet refers to his δυσπρόσιτος ἔσω τε κλῄθρων
σπάνιος
δυσπρόσοδον... αὑτὸν παρεῖχε
"hard of
λέοντ’, ἄπλατον θρέμμα
κἀπροσήγορον
μή τοί με... μή μ’
ἀτιμάσητέ γε
: cp. ἰδού μ’ ἀναταράσσει | εὐοῖ μ’ ὁ
κισσός
Elmsley's conjecture οὕτως
,
which Hartung adopts, is unmetrical. ἵημι
has μεθίῃσι μάχεσθαι
προίῃ βέλεα στονόεντα
γλῶσσαν ἱῇσι
κακήν
: ὧδ’ ἀνιείης
τί δ); ἢν ἀφίωσιν ἄνδρες ἡμᾶς, ὦ
μέλε
ἀφίωσ’
, which Dindorf has adopted. (As Chandler says, ἀφίωσι
is a false accent for ἀφιῶσι
.
ἵενταιends a line); and the part.
ἱείς(
ι—in Aristoph.
ι^in Trag. ( Aesch.
"
(with gen., τέκνων δ’ ἀφοῦ
"
ὄντα
would usu. be added (cp. 83): cp. ὀλβία … | γένοιτ;, ἐκείνου γ’ οὖσα
παντελὴς δάμαρ.
πόθοισι
: φορβῆς χρείᾳ | στίβον ὀγμεύει
"the
many words"
(of any given long speech), with gnomic aor., as αἱ μακραὶ | ἁμέραι κατέθεντο
τὰ πολλ’ ἐκεῖνα
κακά
, "
in
a definite allusion. ( τὰ πολλὰ
must not
be taken separately as adv., "oft."
)
"by
giving some pleasure,—or by
some
utterance of indignation, or of pity."
Not, "by
Neither κατῳκτίσθην
"I was moved to
pity,"
but "I bewailed
myself,"
the pass. aor. in midd. sense, as often. The
emotion of the speaker will awaken a response in the hearer.
ἀναύδατος
ἄφθεγκτος
ἀφόβητος
, "fearless,"
ἐξηγεῖτ’
"he ever taught"
(Tecmessa recalling the
utterances of Ajax).
"making
my helper,"
τὸν
ἄνδρα
) κοινὸν
ποεῖσθαι
, "make him
partner"
: Theognis 113 μήποτε
τὸν κακὸν ἄνδρα φίλον ποιεῖσθαι ἑταῖρον.
"that
I should come hither"
: cp. 1251.
"I
shall wish"
(
τοῦτ’ ἀφικόμην
αὐτὰ ταῦτα καὶ νῦν ἥκω
"brought into being by the
is surely intelligible as a poetical fusion of γονῇ προτέρᾳ
πεφυκώς
with γεραίτερος
πεφυκώς
.
In Attic prose the comparative of γεραιός
always implies the contrast between youth and a more advanced period of life
( ἅμα νέοι γεραιτέροις
βουλεύοντες
πρεσβύτερος
), is
Ionic, as ἀμφότερα τὰ παιδία ἡγήσασθαι βασιλέας,
τιμᾶν δὲ μᾶλλον τὸν γεραίτερον
ὁ γεραίτατος εἴκατι παίδων
"wherefore"
: cp.
Ἐτεοκλέα
beginning both verses).
τάχ’ εἰς βάσανον εἶ χερῶν.
τάχος γὰρ ἔργου καὶ ποδῶν ἅμ’
ἕψεται
οὔτε
"I think it
: οἴοιτο μὲν μάλισθ’ ἑκούσιον
λαβών
"he thought it most likely that he
(could bring him) without compulsion."
The
τὴν πάλαι γένους
φθοράν
(cp. 965), as Oed. himself called his sons' strife πεπρωμένην
(421). Not,
"
: Polyneices knows nothing
of the imprecation uttered at 421 ff. It is a distinctive point in the
Sophoclean treatment of the story that the curse of Oed. on his sons
comes
The μάντεις
at Argos had said;
but no such explanation is given.
Δωρίδι νάσῳ Πέλοπος
(see on 695 ); cp. on 378 ( προσλαμβάνει
).
Ἆπις
, who crossed over from Naupactus, "before
Pelops had come to Olympia,"
as Paus. says, and purged the
land of monsters. The Sicyon myth made him son of Telchin ( Paus.
2.5.7 ); Aesch. calls him ἰατρόμαντις
παῖς Ἀπόλλωνος
( ἀπίαν γᾶν
, "a far
land"
( ἀπό
).
φθόνος γὰρ τοῖς ζῶσι πρὸς τὸ
ἀντίπαλον, τὸ δὲ μὴ ἐμποδὼν ἀνανταγωνίστῳ εὐνοίᾳ
τετίμηται
κίνδυνος ἔσχε δορὶ πεσεῖν
Ἑλληνικῷ
"the
expedition with seven bodies of
spearmen"
;
"sevenfold,"
and "armed with spears"
: cp. on 17
πυκνόπτεροι
. The boldness of the phrase consists in the collective sing. στόλον
being used instead of a plur. like τάξεις
(1311). Not, "under
the seven spears of seven
leaders,"
as if the λόγχη
of
each leader was an ensign. Cp. on 1311 . The
art.
Δίκη
leading a man in golden armour, with the
words,
"prayers
of mine
and of theirs,"
"about
myself,"
etc.
"allies"
are the chieftains. They have
marched "with their seven hosts and
their seven spears,"
because each, carrying his spear, rides
at the head of his own body of spearmen. Polyneices, who is one of the
seven, thinks of himself for the moment as present with his comrades in
arms.
δορυσσόος
, a word used also by Hes. and Aesch. (not Hom.), and
usu. rendered "spear-
But
this seems to confuse σεύω
with σείω
. On the analogy of the Homeric λαοσσόος
, "urging on
the host"
(epith. of Ares etc.), and the Pindaric ἱπποσόας
,
"steed-urging,"
"spear
(cp. ὅλμον δ’ ὣς ἔσσευε κυλίνδεσθαι
"
is
less suitable, since the epic δόρυ
is
rather a missile than a cavalry-lance.
"at
once the
Achilles and the Calchas of the war"
(as Schneidewin says),
is the most pathetic figure of the legend. He foresees the issue; but
his wife Eriphylè, the sister of Adrastus, persuades him to go (having
been bribed by Polyneices with Harmonia's necklace); and when all the
chiefs save Adrastus have fallen, the Theban soil opens, and swallows up
Amphiaraus and his chariot:
ὕβρις
of the other chiefs, his σωφροσύνη
is marked by the absence of any
device ( σῆμα
) on his shield ( ἄσημ’ ὅπλα
οἳ περὶ μὲν βουλὴν Δαναῶν, περὶ δ’
ἐστὲ μάχεσθαι
ἄλλην μαντικῆς...ὁδόν
The thirteen lines (1313— 1325) which contain the list of chiefs illustrate the poet's tact. There is no pomp of description, no superfluous detail; but the three most interesting points are lightly touched,—the character of Amphiaraus, the character of Capaneus, and the parentage of Parthenopaeus. The dramatic purpose is to dignify the strife, and to heighten the terror of the father's curse, which falls not only on the guilty son, but on his allies (cp. 1400).
The list agrees in names, though not in order, with
Aesch.
"to
destroy it with fire, in such a
manner as
to raze it to the ground"
: ἀλλ’ ἀσφαλείᾳ τήνδ’ ἀνόρθωσον
πόλιν
ὥστε ἀσφαλῆ εἶναι.
ὕβρις
of the assailants takes its most daring
and impious form, the Goliath or Mezentius of the story: cp.
"so
named after her who
before was a
virgin,"
"having
been born of her when at last she
became a mother."
τῆς γὰρ πέφυκα μητρός
οὔ τι
παρθένων ἐπώνυμον | φρόνημα
: cp. ὁ τῆς κυναγοῦ
"And I,
thy son,—
"thou art
not to blame for
my tainted birth,"
but,— "disowned by
thee, I have no sire but evil
Destiny."
For κείνου γέ τοι δὴ παῖς ἐκλῄζεθ’
πρὸς παίδων
, "
"as you love
them,"
a very rare use of "in
return for,"
"as an equivalent for."
It would be as much as their lives are worth to refuse the prayer. (In ἀντ’ ἀδελφοῦ
"for his
sake,"
but this is by no means certain.)
, μῆνιν
acc. of respect.— For the form of
τὰς ἐμάς
τοῦδε τἀνδρός
: cp. on 6 .
Since ἀπεστέρησεν
. Elsewhere we find
only ἀποσυλᾶν τί τινος
, to strip a thing from
a man (cp. 922), or ἀποσυλᾶν
τινά τι
, to strip a man of a thing. We cannot here take "snatched me from my
country,"
) since "took my
country
from me"
).
μάντεις
at Argos (cp. 1300).
"Attic"
alternative for
προσθεῖτο
, cp. Buttmann τούτους ἐποίει κρατεῖν τῶν ἑτέρων
. So
in the genuine εἰ δ’ ἐκείνοις προσθεῖτο
τὰ χρηστήρια
.
.
So Ajax at Troy, when dying, invokes κρῆναί τε
ποταμοί θ’ οἵδε
along with the Sun-god. Orestes, returning to
Argos, brings an offering to the Inachus (
Aesch.
καὶ
[ ὀμνύω
] ἤρωας καὶ ἡρωάσσας καὶ
κράνας καὶ ποταμοὺς καὶ θεοὺς πάντας καὶ πάσας
. The word κρηνῶν
is certainly sound; the peculiarity is
that, instead of a general word like ἐγχωρίων
, we have ὁμογνίων
, which strictly suits ὁμόγνιοι
θεοί
=gods which belong to (protect) the same γένος
, here, the gods of the Labdacid γένος
(369): cp. 756. The variant
would make the verse more impassioned,
but would also make the limited fitness of
The πτωχοὶ καὶ
ξένοι
forms one notion, in which ξένοι
is the more important element.
Haec est illa quae
ἐν σχετλιασμῷ καὶ δεινώσει
ἐλεύθερος
the very essence
of a free man's dignity was αὐτάρκεια
:
hence it is a trait of the μεγαλόψυχος
( Ar. πρὸς ἄλλον μὴ δύνασθαι ζῆν
ἀλλ’ ἢ πρὸς φέλον· δουλικὸν γάρ
: where the saving clause
would apply to Oedipus.
πατρῴας τύμβον ἐκλάχῃ χθονός.
"having received from
Eteocles,"
—the dispenser of our fortunes:— which seems
far-fetched. In ἀριστεἶ ἐκλαβὼν στρατεύματος
ἐκβαλών
), the genit. ( "out of"
) interprets the compound.
"lives softly,"
but "waxes
proud."
In Attic the midd. and pass.
ἁβρύνομαι
seems always to have this further sense, like καλλύνομαι,
λαμπρύνομαι, σεμνύνομαι
: ἐκαλλυνόμην τε καὶ ἡβρυνόμην ἄν, εἰ
ἠπιστάμην ταῦτα
μὴ γυναικὸς ἐν τρόποις ἐμὲ |
ἅβρυνε
"make me luxurious."
οὔκουν πάρος γε σῆς ἀπεστάτουν
φρενός
δορὸς...ἐν
χειμῶνι...παραστάτης
(
"trouble,"
see on 1162 .
ταχεῖ...σὺν
χρόνῳ.
μέν
, cp.
σώζομαι
, as ὁ Ξενοφῶν ἐπήρετο τὸν Ἀπόλλω τίνι ἂν
θεῶν θύων...ἄριστα ἔλθοι τὴν ὁδὸν ἣν ἐπινοεῖ, καὶ καλῶς
πράξας σωθείη
γᾶς
τᾶσδε δαμούχοις
), the reading of the first hand in L, is
clearly preferable to ἄνδρες
τῆσδε
δημοῦχοι χθονός
that we catch the note of suppressed
passion; (2) Θησεύς
, so emphatic as the
first word in 1350, would be δημοῦχος
in 1348: and (3) with δημοῦχος
we should here need the article. The
elders of Colonus are addressed as "guardians of
this land"
because, in the temporary absence of Theseus, they
represent him. So 145 (to the Chorus) ὦ τῆσδ’
ἔφοροι χώρας
.
"my
;
though it always has a certain solemnity, owing to its traditional
poetic use in reference to a god or an oracle: see on 550 .
"having been deemed worthy thereof (
etc.
This is simpler than to supply ἐπαισθέσθαι
ὀμφῆς τῆς ἐμῆς"
), yea, and having heard,τοιούτων
with
οἶα
, as
ὅς
μ’, ὦ κάκιστε
(to Creon): for the causal
ὅς
, see on
263 . Oedipus first explains δαιμονίως
τῇ ἀποστροφῇ χρῆται ἀπὸ τοῦ χοροῦ
ἐπὶ τὸν Πολυνείκην
. Profound resentment could not be more
dramatically expressed.—
ὅς
being used substantivally, with ref. to the masc. καρποῦμαι ἀσφάλειαν καὶ εὔκλειαν, ἃ
οὔτε κατασήπεται οὔτε ὑπερπληροῦντα λυμαίνεται
κάλλος καὶ ῥώμην καὶ σωφροσύνην, ἅπερ
τῶν ἀγαθῶν πρεπωδέστατα τοῖς τηλικούτοις ἐστίν
ποιεῖν
ὁ Νυμφόδωρος τήν τε τοῦ Σιτάλκου
ξυμμαχίαν ἐποίησε καὶ Σάδοκον τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ
Ἀθηναῖον
τίθημι
with acc. and inf. is not rare in poetry: cp.
Eur.
τάς
: cp. 629 .
πολυπόνοις
κακοῖς
, the gen. being added to define
πόνῳ
more closely. Since πόνος
was
a word of such general meaning, the phrase, though unusual, seems
defensible. Cp. such phrases as δυσοίστων πόνων | ἆθλ’
πόνων | λατρεύματ’
ἄεθλ’ ἀγώνων
ὅταν γὰρ ἐν κακοῖς | ἤδη
βεβήκῃς
μοίρᾳ μὲν οὐκ ἐν ἐσθλᾷ |
βεβῶσαν.
κλαυστός
= κλαυτός
= ς
, the verbal adj. meant simply "bewept,"
and took on a potential sense only as "unconquerable."
See
"by me,
on my part,"
has no clause formally answering to it: but the
antithesis is implied in the doom of Polyneices (1370 ff.).
I have little doubt that τὼ δ’ ἕως μέν ῥ) ἐπέτοντο μετὰ πνοιῇς
ἀνέμοιο
ἕως μὲν γάρ τε θέουσι διαρραῖσαι
μεμαῶτες
ὡς ἂν αὑτὸς ἥλιος
ὡς
to ἕως
(first adopted by Wunder); Brunck, with less
probability, to ἔστ’
. In ὡς ἂν ᾖς ὀ=ός περ εἶ, ὡς
ἕως
was rightly conjectured by Scaliger.
ἐπὶ
τῷδε δ’ ἠγόρευε Διομήδης
ἄναξ
, Eur. ταχὺ δ’ αὐτὸ δείξει
τοὔργον, ὡς ἐγὼ
σαφῶς
, from the Λήμνιαι
, the
explanation may be that the drama was satyric, and borrowed a license
from Comedy. Meineke would read τάχ’ αὐτὸ
.) With "
— "
ἕωσπερ ἂν ζῶ
, instead of a dat. agreeing
with ἐμοί
: cp.
ἔντροφος
e)/ntrofos
ὅτι φεύγοιεν ὑπὸ τοῦ δήμου
βίον δ’
ἐπαιτῶν εἷρπ’ ἀγύρτης τις
λάτρις
.
τἄμ’, ὡς ἂν εἴπω μὴ τὰ σ’, ἐκφήνω
κακά
εἰ δ’ ἐργάσει | μὴ ταῦτα.
πάντων ἐρήμους, πλὴν ὅσον τὸ σὸν
μέρος
εἰς
, 1028.
εἴπερ δικαίως ἔστ’ ἐμὸς τὰ πατρόθεν
.
"Therefore the avenging deity has
his
eyes upon thee; not yet, however, with a gaze so fierce as
that which he will turn on thee anon, if (as thou tellest
me) these hosts are marching against Thebes."
A certain
measure of retribution has already come on the wicked son, who is "a beggar and an
exile"
(1335); and the measure will soon be filled by a
fratricide's death. For βλέπειν
πρός τινα
, 279. The εἰσορᾷ
properly implies such a
statement as this:—
.
Instead of the second clause, a more reticent and more impressive form
of speech is abruptly substituted, — "I ween"
) the sense would be the same.
Dobree's σε
δαίμων … ὃς αὐτίκ’
is less effective, because it destroys
the unity and continuity of the divine retribution.
I hold
"if
the pres. with "oracular"
future ( αἱρεῖ τὰ τόξα ταῦτα τὴν Τροίαν
μόνα
Θήβης
ἄστυ δῃώσειν πυρί
, 1319: and
κατασκάψαντι
, 1421. It was necessary to take Thebes by storm
before Polyneices could establish his power. The only natural sense for
the MS. reading is, "for it is impossible that any
one
shall call Thebes a city."
In
Aeschylus σὺ Τροίαν ἄπολιν Ἰλίου
πόλιν |
ἔθηκας
, "madest it to be no
city"
: and the MS. reading here might more easily be
defended if the sense were precisely the opposite to what it actually
is.—Campbell, keeping "for there is
one"
( "who shall never call Thebes
his “city”."
But there is nothing in the Greek answering to "
The general
associations of the word πόλις
surely
could not supply the absence of the essential word
αὑτοῦ
. There is no "town,"
and
"covered with (thine own)
blood,"
but "stained with a
brother's blood,"
as
παίσαντές τε καὶ | πληγέντες αὐτόχειρι σὺν
μιάσματι
.
ἀραί
, when they have once passed the
father's lips, are thenceforth personal agencies of vengeance: hence
1376
ἐξανιέναι
is said of the earth "sending
up,"
—calling into activity,—plagues or dread beings ( Eur. ἀφῆκα
(
ἐφῆκας
( Eur.
"I invoke,"
not, "I
invoke
In this compound the prep. has two
different meanings, (1) "
as
in ἀναβοᾶν,
ἀνακηρύσσειν
, and (2) "
or "
as in ἀνιέναι
. Cp. θεοὺς...ἀνακαλέων
"calling aloud on the
gods"
: Ἀργεῖος...ἀνακαλούμενος
τὸν αὑτῆς δαίμον’ ἀνακαλουμένη
κεκλημένους μὲν ἀνακαλούμεθ’ αὖ
θεούς
"again (
etc.αὖ"
) we call
"I call the Curses (to
etc.:
a Greek way of saying, "that ye may rue your
neglect to revere
them."
The irony consists in the lesson being learned only
when it is too late to practise it. Cp.
(cp.
the form of threat, "I'll
teach thee to do such things"
): cp. also
γηροβοσκεῖν
), or of other grave failure in filial duty. When such a case of κάκωσις γονέων
came before a court, the
accuser could speak at any length ( ἄνευ ὕδατος
, Harpocr. 161), and was not liable to the
ἐπωβελία
, or fine in 1/6th of the damages laid, if he failed to
gain a fifth of the votes. Diog. L. 1. 2. 55
δοκεῖ
δὲ
(Solon) κάλλιστα νομοθετῆσαι· ἐάν
τις
μὴ τρέφῃ τοὺς
γονέας, ἄτιμος ἔστω
. ἐάν τις λέγῃ ἐν τῷ δήμῳ, τὸν πάτερα
τύπτων ἢ τὴν μητέρα, ἢ μὴ τρέφων, ἢ μὴ παρέχων οἴκησιν,
τοῦτον οὐκ ἐᾷ λέγειν
ὁ νόμος
). Xen. εἴ τι
παρημέληκας τῆς μητρὸς...μή
σε αἰσθόμενοι τῶν γονέων ἀμελοῦντα πάντες ἀτιμάσωσιν, εἶτα
ἐν ἐρημίᾳ φίλων ἀναφανῇς
. The example of the birds is
quoted (
τοὺς
φυτεύσαντας
: "and that ye may not
utterly scorn your parents, because the father (
ὅτι"
) is "do not
( θαυμάζω,
ἐλεῶ
, etc.): but this sense for
ἔβητον
, 1746 ἐλάχετον
: and there are about 10 other places in Attic writers where the MSS.
give ‐τον
for the 2nd pers. dual of
secondary tenses. Against this group is to be set a smaller group (of
some 9 passages) in which
‐την
is established, εἰχέτην
ἤδη
, ‐τον
where, as here, the MSS.
support it. Though Attic usage, misled by the analogy of ‐την
in the 3rd pers., sometimes admitted it
in the 2nd, it also (he thinks) retained ‐τον
. The tendency of recent editors has been to write
‐την
everywhere. But, in the absence of better proof that ‐τον
had been wholly discarded, a consensus
of MSS. seems entitled to the benefit of the doubt. I cannot find any
evidence on this point from the best source,—inscriptions.
αἱ Ἀραί
)
have the control over thy "the
throne of which thou dreamest"
). τὸ
δόν
(etc.) is like the ironical use of inverted commas: cp.
ἱκέτης
of Poseidon, he had adjured his father
to remember Αἰδώς
, who is enthroned with
Zeus, and to bless his enterprise, 1267. (2) As eldest-born, he claimed
the throne by right, 1293. Oedipus answers that Αἰδώς
, sits
with Zeus. The son has broken the eternal laws (
καὶ πᾶσαν αἶαν
κρατῶ.
κατὰ Ἀριστογείτονος
ά
is now generally allowed to be a work of the later
Rhetoric,—but is noticeable as illustrating
παλαίφατος
: § 11 τὴν ἀπαραίτητον καὶ
σεμνὴν Δίκην, ἣν ὁ τὰς
ἁγιωτάτας τελετὰς ἡμῖν καταδείξας Ὀρφεὺς παρὰ τὸν τοῦ Διὸς
θρόνον φησὶ καθημένην πάντα τὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐφορᾶν
.
"by,"
"under
sanction of,"
the
πάρεδρος..θρόνοις
, or
ξύνεδρος..θρόνων
.
ἀνήνεμον...χειμώνων
. ἐν οὖν ἄλλῃ πολιτείᾳ παῖς
ἀποκεκηρυγμένος
οὐκ ἂν ἐξ ἀνάγκης ἄπολις
εἴη, ταύτης δὲ...ἀναγκαίως ἔχει
εἰς ἄλλην χώραν ἐξοικίζεσθαι τὸν ἀπάτορα
(the disowned
child). From ἐμοί
with
ἔκπλει σεαυτὸν συλλαβών
ἀπίωμεν...συλλαβόντες τὰ πτερά
Ἀραί
are
πατρῴας
, and suggestive of the unnatural
strife: cp. κτανόντας τε καὶ | θανόντας βλέποντες
ἐμφυλίους
οὔπω νενόστηκ’ οἶκον
κτανόνθ’
(Blaydes), as giving a more separate
prominence to the fratricide.
τίς μισεῖν δύναιτ’ ἂν ὑφ’ οὗ εἰδείη
καλός τε κἀγαθὸς νομιζόμενος;
"horrible
?
Clearly πατρῷον
must have πατρῷος διὰ τὴν τοῦ
Ἴωνος γένεσιν
, Plat. Χάος ἦν καὶ Νὺξ Ἔρεβός τε μέλαν πρῶτον
καὶ Τάρταρος εὐρύς
παῖδες
ἀρχαίου Σκότου
(see on 40 ); and
Darkness, father of all, is invoked by the father who is cursing his
son,— as Ζεὺς
πατρῷος
is the god to whom an outraged father appeals ( Aristoph. ἀρά
which slew Laïus is to slay Polyneices. It seems hardly the fit moment,
however, for Oed. to recall his own parricidal act. (3) The nether gloom πατρῷον
being proleptic. This appears a little too subtle for the direct
vehemence of the curse. (4) A darkness
I prefer (1), but suspect that the poet used
πατρῷον
with some measure of deliberate vagueness, leaving the
hearers to choose between its possible associations, or to blend them. No
emendation seems probable: see cr. n.
Ἀραί
of the sufferer (1375): so
"publish,"
—with bitter irony, since the son dares not tell it
even to a bosom-friend: see 1402.—The word was used esp. of traitors who
carried news out of a city or camp to the enemy (cp. n. on
, καί...τε
could not stand for τε... καί
as "both"
— "and"
: cp.
ἐπὶ ῥητοῖς γέρασι πατρικαὶ
βασιλεῖαι
τε … οὔτε
, is not found (n. on 367).
δυστυχεστάτην | κέλευθον ἕρπω τῶν
παρελθουσῶν ὁδῶν
"proceedings."
)
Wecklein reads "
: but such a dat., in addition
to the dat. of the ἐπί
, or else a gen., as Ῥοδίοις γε...συγχαίρω τῶν
γεγενημένων
συνησθεὶς...τοῖς περὶ τῆς
εἰρήνης
συνησθησόμενοι ταῖς ἡμετέραις
συμφοραῖς
οὐδὲ συνήδομαι ...ἄλγεσι
δώματος
τί...τοῖσδε συνήδει;
οὐ μὴν θανόντι γ’ οὐδαμῶς
συνήδομαι
τὸν συνηδόμενον τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς
(rejoicing in one's
prosperity).
μητρός τε καὶ τοῦ σοῦ πατρός
οἷον τέλος μέλλουσαν ἕξειν
ὁδόν
, "on a journey destined
to have what an end."
( ἥκω δολιχῆς τέρμα κελεύθου |
διαμειψάμενος
τέρμα
can go with ἥκω
.) Such a compression becomes
intelligible when it is remembered that the "internal"
accus., as in ἀγγελίην ἐλθόντα
(
ὥστε
would have done): the first "not even,"
the second links the two infinitives:— "
The utterance
δεῖ
, evolved from the negative
ἐμοῦ
(450), when it would go with
"at least"
(1276), but the other view is
better, esp. as
"lay
me in the tomb"
:
"give
me a share of funeral honours"
: cp. τὴν δὲ...ἐν τιμῇ τίθεται
κτέρεα
, gifts to the dead, or funeral rites: σῆμά τέ οἱ χεῦαι καὶ ἐπὶ κτέρεα
κτερεΐξαι
κτερίσματα
(= ἐντάφια
τάφῳ | κτερίζειν
The poet's allusion to his own
κτερίσματαfor which he asks are represented by the
χοαὶ τρίσπονδοιwhich, in the
"win,"
=
κομίζεσθον
, with gen. of the person from whom, as πάντ’ ἐμοῦ κομίζεται
φέροντα
=
φερόμενον
. The same use of the act.
κομίζω
occurs in Homer (as κόμισσα δὲ μώνυχας ἵππους
νίκας ἐκόμιξαν
τούτοις
ἅ
, by reason of (causal dat.) the services which you
render.
"will
bring,"
πόνος πόνῳ πόνον φέρει
εὐσέβεια
, the thought is properly this:— "The natural piety, which brings you
ἔπαινον
(understood):
—
ἠθικὴ πίστιςfor a course which might otherwise have seemed improbable.
ὦ φιλτάτη μοι,
ποῖον
, is inferior.
"turn
back thy host—yes, and with all speed too."
Distinguish the
ordinary use of ΚΡ. δοκεῖς παρεικαθεῖν; ΧΟ. ὅσον γ’,
ἄναξ, τάχιστα
πάτραν κατασκάψαντι
, 1421); and, in any case, Thebes would suffer the scourge of war.
The MS.
is
defensible if we take αὖθις
to αὖθις αὖ...
, because αὖθις αὖ πάλιν
in
αὖθις
πάλιν
( 364 :
To Porson's αὖθις αὖ...ἄγοιμι
the
drawback is the elision. We find
ταὔτ’
for the ταὐτά
(
ταὐτόν
to ταὐτό
(though admitting the latter under metrical
necessity,
ο
in that word. αὔτ’
αὐτό
) is solitary in Soph.: L has αὖτ’
.
"The
means an army to which the same realms
should again send contingents,—not necessarily, of course, an army
composed throughout of the same men.
ὦ πάτρας Θήβης ἔνοικοι
γῆν πατρῴαν … | πρῆσαι
πρεσβύτερον
ὄντα
, as often in good prose: γέγραπται μετὰ τὸν πατέρα...διὰ τὸ
πρεσβεύειν ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ
The MS. "come to fulfilment."
The only relevant support
for this is ὁπότε τελεόμηνος ἐκφέροι | δωδέκατος
ἄροτος
"come
to an end."
The sense is different in ἔκφερον ἵπποι
"shot ahead"
(and so Xen.
"Butrush forward to their fulfilment."
"fulfil for thyself."Cp. the use of the active in
μισθοῖο τέλος... Ὧραι | ἐξέφερον
Χείρων
τὸ μόρσιμον ἔκφερεν. Soph. has
ἐκφέρεταιas=
"she achieves for herself"in
"has clearly more point than,thou art fulfilling,"
"they are being fulfilled."I should therefore read
ὦ μάντι, τοὔπος ὡς ἄρ’ ὀρθὸν
ἤνυσας
ἐξ
ἀλλήλοιν
. Death is to proceed τὰς πρὸς ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς ἔχθρας
καθ’
αὑτοῖν
= κατ’ ἀλλήλοιν
,
though Eustathius (1547. 29) blamed Menander for imitating that. If
"aye,
for he wishes it"
: implying that the wish may have prompted the
prophecy. It is hard to see why interpreters should have sought to
efface this tragic touch by taking χρή
, or, with the schol., as= χρησμῳδεῖ
,—both alike impossible.
χὥπως μὲν ἐκ
τῶνδ’ οὐκέτ’ οἶδ’ ἀπόλλυται
(n.):
τῷ γὰρ φίλῳ ἔφη χαριεῖσθαι μᾶλλον
ἀποδιδοὺς τὰ ἔλαβε ἢ ἀρχὴν μηδὲ λαβών
"than if he had not taken them
κακά
: cp. Arist. τὰ πλείω φαῦλα εἶναι τῶν
πραγμάτων
, "unsatisfactory."
—So τὰ
χείρω
: the defects or weak points in one's case, the things
which threaten failure: cp. εἰ...ταύτῃ φαίνεται ἐνδεέστερα εἶναι
τὰ ἡμέτερα πρήγματα
φημὶ γὰρ...πολέμου μὲν ὄντος ἄνδρα
στρατηγὸν τῇ πόλει τε εὔνουν εἰδότα τε ὅ τι πράττοι
λανθάνοντα δεῖν τοὺς πολλοὺς τῶν ἀνθρώπων καὶ ἐξαπατῶντα
ἄγειν ἐπὶ τοὺς κινδύνους
κακὸς ὄρνις
), with
:
cp. 1299: so μητρὸς Ἐρινύες
Ἐρινύων τῶν Λαΐου τε καὶ
Οἰδιπόδεω
"
are those whom
his Ἀραί
summon: πολλὰ κατηρᾶτο στυγερὰς δ’ ἐπεκέκλετ’
Ἐρινῦς
Ἀρά τ’, Ἐρινὺς πατρὸς ἡ
μεγασθενής
ὁδός
. The conjecture εὐμενής
etc.): perhaps also with
the dat. after ἡγεῖσθαι
and
ὁδοποιεῖν
. But in 1407, where εὐοδοῦν
is slightly
recommended by the analogy of ὁδοῦν,
ὁδηγεῖν
. Suidas, too, has εὐοδῶ·
αἰτιατικῇ
: though this might be explained by the post-classical
constr. of εὐοδοῦν
, which, as in the
Septuagint, was with acc. In ὡς Κλεομένεϊ εὐωδώθη
τὸ...πρῆγμα
ὡδώθη
: in any case, the dat. there
( "
) has no
bearing on the question of dat. or acc. here.—In
ἐγὼ οὔτ’
τελεῖν τι
. The sense is:— "if ye will perform these things (
Since τελεῖν
was specially appropriate to ritual
(see 503), there is a certain awkwardness in the transition to its
general sense (630 etc.) as merely= ὑπουργεῖν
. But the harshness is at least much less than that of such zeugmas as
Greek idiom permitted (cp. 1357), and does not seem to warrant the view
that the verse is spurious. The conjecture οὐ γάρ μ’ ἔτι |
βλέποντ’ ἐσόψεσθ’ αὖθις
: but the latter is a different
statement, and a climax— "Ye will be able to
ἐμοῦ
: cp. 838.
The change of persons within the verse ( ἀντιλαβή
) marks excitement: cp. 652, 820, 1169.
μή μοι σύ
(
"
(that I should die, or survive).
ἔχειν
, as elsewhere in poetry it is
sometimes little more than εἶναι
. πᾶσι θνατοῖς ἔφυ μόρος
οὐ ταῦτα ταύτῃ μοῖρά πω τελεσφόρος |
κρᾶναι πέπρωται
καὶ … καί
, instead of
ἢ...ἤ
, cp. 488.
The MS. "
The
contrast between his own case and theirs is thus more impressively marked
than it would be by the acc. ( "my prayer
is that
you two ne'er meet with ills"
). For the dat. of the person in
whose interest the prayer is made, cp.
ἑωυτῷ...ἀρᾶσθαι
ἀγαθά
).
"in
the sight of all"
: cp. 810 n.
1
The dramatic purpose is to divide the two great scenes of the fourth ἐπεισόδιον
(1249—1555). Sophocles here shows
himself a master of stage-effect in the highest sense. This momentary pause
in the action gives a wonderful impressiveness to the sudden signal from
heaven (1456).
"I have
seen come,"
not, "have come
"Here are new ills which I have
seen come from the blind stranger,—unless perchance, Fate is
finding fulfilment."
Oedipus has often spoken of the fate
which pursues his race (964 etc.), and the Chorus correct their first
phrase by surmising that haply this fate, not Oedipus, is the real agent
of the doom on the brothers. The schol. took
(2) Others suppose that a low rumbling of thunder was heard immediately after
the exit of Polyneices, and that "have come
"if haply
To this view we may
object:—( "new ills"
brought
"from a new occasion"
(the visit of
Polyneices); but it seems more probable that the poet used it merely in
the sense of "newly"
(lit., "from a recent moment"
); schol. νεωστί
. For the form cp. λώβη τάδε γ’ ἔσσεται αἰνόθεν
αἰνῶς
"with horrors of horrors"
: οἰόθεν οἶος
, "singly and alone."
"perchance,"
cp.
εἴ τι μή
is used in noticing an alternative
which occurs to one as an afterthought,
"
(its
victims), the acc. being understood, as
νῦν αὖτέ με μοῖρα κιχάνει
φθῆ σε τέλος θανάτοιο
κιχήμενον
κιγχάνῃ
) understands, "unless fate
( τὰ κακά
),—as if it were a hope that the
curse on the brothers might not be fulfilled. This surely strains the
sense of the verb.
"for I cannot say that any decree of deities
: μάτην
must stand for μάταιον εἶναι
. Isocr.
or. 4 § 5 has ὥστ’ ἤδη
μάτην εἶναι τὸ μεμνῆσθαι περὶ τούτων
(= μάταιον
): but that does not justify the use
of the adv. φράσαι
. For ἰδώμεθ’ εἴ τι τοῦδε φροιμίου
ματᾷ
"what
one thinks right"
; here, "decree,"
"ordinance"
; in 1459 "request."
Cp. τὰ τῶν προγόνων ἀξιώματα
ἀξιώματα
δαιμόνων
. With ἐπεί
), the sense is:— "Watchful, ever watchful of these divine decrees is
Time,—
Cp. μἴ ἡμέρα | τὰ μὲν καθεῖλεν ὑψόθεν, τὰ
δ’ ἦρ’ ἄνω.
τάδε μὲν θεὸς ὄψεται
"will look to"
this. Time is the
vigilant minister of Fate. The mighty are humbled (as the Labdacidae
have been); the lowly, again, are exalted. The last words contain an
unconscious hint that the sufferings of Oedipus are well-nigh finished,
and that honour is coming to him. At that instant, the thunder is heard.
The MS. words ἐπεὶ μὲν ἕτερα … ἄνω
are thus
paraphrased by the schol.: πολλὰ
μὲν αὔξων παρ’ ἦμαρ, πολλὰ δὲ εἰς τὸ ἔμπαλιν τρέπων
. This makes
it certain that, instead of φεῦ, τὰ τῶν εὐδαιμονούντων ὡς
τάχα
στρέφει θεός
. Soph. τὸν Καδμογενῆ | στρέφει, τὸ δ’ αὔξει
βιότου | πολύπονον
στρέφω
, which the schol.'s
words εἰς τὸ ἔμπαλιν τρέπων
were meant to
explain. τρέπω
itself was not used alone as= ἀνατρέπω
, though often in phrases with that
sense: cp. the frag. of a satyric drama (Aesch. fr. 304)—of a domesticated
pig—
.
Wecklein's
"checking,"
"arresting"
) would agree
more closely with the metre of the antistrophe as given by the MSS. (see on 1469 ). But
"sometimes"
= ὁτὲ μέν
: (2) by an
ellipse of a verb, as ἔδωκεν
(Hermann).
Neither is possible.
ἐκτύπησα
.
πορεῖν
, to give, is never found as= πορεύειν
, to make to come (1476): and here
the phrase is strictly a compressed one, "enable
me to speak to him, (by bringing him)
hither."
But the associations of πόρος
and πορεύειν
have doubtless influenced it.
Cp.
καί ῥά νιν Μάγνητι φέρων πόρε Κενταύρῳ
διδάξαι
"gave,"
with the like notion as here of
bringing to).
ὁ πάντα κωφός
et ventis et fulminis ocior
alis.
ἄξει
, for "cause me to
be led"
would be strained. In οὔ τί σε τόνδ’ ἄξεσθαι
ὀϊόμεθ’
( "wed thee"
), the midd. has its proper special force: cp.
While the MS. words
,
we get an exact correspondence, without either adding to the strophe or
taking from the antistrophe.
ruina
poli
of thunder.
αὔχημα ...εὔιππον.
ἔφριξ’ ἔρωτι
ἀντὶ
τοῦ ταχεῖα
. This seems to be merely a marginal note by the "diorthotes"
of L, not one of the ancient
scholia which he copied into the MS.: and I doubt whether it points to a
different reading. Rather, probably, it means that the writer took οὐρανία
as= "rushing
from the sky."
Heinrich Schmidt defends καρδίας
answers
metrically to ἐχθροῖς
( 305 ); in his
καρδίαν
=the
last two syllables of στυγοῦντες
( 80 ); and
καρδίας
=the first two of γαιάοχε
( 816 ). Dindorf cuts the knot in all these
places by adopting κάρζα
, an Aeolic form
mentioned in ταχεῖα
) is
unsuitable here. From Hesych. ἄργιος· λευκός,
ταχύς
, Wecklein suggests ἀργῆτα κεραυνόν
.
If any change were needed, I should prefer
"what
end (event) will (the lightning)
bring
forth?"
For ἀφιέναι
as= "to emit,"
"produce from
one's self,"
cp. Arist. ἀφιᾶσι τὸ κύημα,...τῆς θηλείας ἀφιείσης τὸ ᾠόν
. This use, which was common, suggests how the word might be
figuratively said of the storm ἐφήσει
or ἐφήξει
).
"verily,"
here nearly=an exclamation, such as "ah!"
Cp. on 182 .
L has
ἡ ἀστραπή
, "rushes
forth"
(from the sky),—better here than the ἐφορμᾷ.
"misfortune,"
but rather, more generally, "grave issue."
The thought is merely that
something momentous always follows such a storm. Cp. τὰς ξυμφορὰς ...τῶν
βουλευμάτων
ὦ
δῖος αἰθήρ
, followed by the voc. παμμῆτόρ
τε γῆ
.
"upon"
me, but properly it is rather "against"
me;—the doom, from which there is
no ἀποστροφή
, advances to take him. Cp. ἐπ’ αὐτῷ πτερόεσσ’ ἦλθε κόρα
"in my case,"
as
"I
pray you"
: cp. τοῦτ’ εὔχεσθέ μοι
"I would have this to be your
prayer."
ἔα· τί χρῆμα λεύσσω
"again,
and loudly"
: ἰδοὺ μάλ’ αὖ θροεῖ τις.
ὥστε με κουράων ἀμφήλυθε θῆλυς
ἀϋτή
περὶ...ἤλυθ’ ἰωὴ | φόρμιγγος
ἄσημα περιβαίνει βοῆς
(
κέλαδος
, Eur. ὀλολυγαί
,
ἤϋσεν δὲ διαπρύσιον
(
"going
through"
the ear, "piercing,"
like τορός, διατόρος
.
For
ἴσθι
), as usually in Homer, etc., though ἵλα—ος
also occurs (as
ματροπόλει τᾷδε
. δεῖ ὡς περὶ μητρὸς καὶ τροφοῦ τῆς
χώρας ἐν ᾗ εἰσὶ βουλεύεσθαι.
ἐναισίῳ
(or ‐ου
)... σοί
(or σοῦ
); for the version,
"may I meet with a righteous
gives a sense
which is intolerably weak here.
πένθος
or ἄχος
, except in
Ἕκτορ,
μή μοι, ἄλαστε, συνημοσύνας
ἀγόρευε
, "
—usu. taken as= "thou whom I cannot forget (or forgive),"
though others render "madman"
(as if
connecting the word with the rt of ἀλύω
).
It is simplest to suppose that the epithet of the ἄλαστα
being called
ἄλαστος
in the general sense of "wretch,"
"accursed one."
πολλοὶ ἤδη ἄνθρωποι μὴ καθαροὶ χεῖρας
ἢ ἄλλο τι μίασμα ἔχοντες συνεισβάντες εἰς τὸ πλοῖον
συναπώλεσαν μετὰ τῆς αὑτῶν ψυχῆς τοὺς ὁσίως διακειμένους
τὰ πρὸς τοὺς θεούς
ἄχαρις χάρις
"a thankless favour"
), Soph. ἄδωρα δῶρα
ἀκέρδεια
In the verb, "along with Oedipus,"
"as
my share in his curse"
:
εὐφροσυνῶν πασῶν ἐμοὶ τὸ ἴσον
μετεῖχε
τούτου
( τοῦ
κακοῦ
) πλεῖστον μέρος οἱ
τύραννοι μετέχουσιν
. In οὐ γὰρ μετεῖχες τὰς ἴσας πληγὰς
ἐμοί
ἴσας
, not on the verb: "you did not get for your
share the same number of blows as I."
(Cp. Dein. or. 1 § 54 τὸ πέμπτον μέρος οὐ μετείληφε τῶν
ψήφων
.) The peculiarity here is only in the use of the acc. τῆς ἀρᾶς
).
τυγχάνειν
. Elsewhere
κιχάνω
always governs acc. We might take ἐμψύχου
… μου
( ὄντος
, cp. 83)
φρένα
acc. of respect: cp. ἐξ ὀρθῆς φρενός,
κατορθόω
usu. = "to succeed"
( ἢ κατορθώσαντας,...ἢ
πταίσαντας
"to be right or
correct,"
as ὃς ἂν τῇ μὲν φωνῇ καὶ τῷ σώματι μὴ
πάνυ δυνατὸς ᾖ κατορθοῦν
κατορθόω
= "to
bring anything to a successful end"
(though, in such cases,
the acc. might often be one of respect, and the verb intrans.), or "to make one
successful"
(
τί τὸ πιστὸν θέλεις ἐμβαλεῖν τῇ φρενὶ
ἐκείνου, τῇ τοῦ Θησέως δηλονότι; ἀντὶ τοῦ, τί βούλει πιθανὸν
ἀνακοινώσασθαι τῷ Θησεῖ
; This proves that ἐμβαλεῖν,
.
Many recent critics have held that "And what is
— "What is it that thou wouldst tell him in
confidence, under his pledge of secrecy?"
—or else (2) "in
— "what promise
wouldst thou obtain from him
before death?"
Here (2) is recommended by the fact that the φρήν
is then the same in both vv. Nor is the
reply of Oed. (1489) inconsistent with it; since the fulfilment of his
promise (580) to Theseus involves a pledge from Theseus to keep the
secret (1530). It is, of course, possible that Soph. wrote
For the pause in sense after
αὐτῷ
, seeing that vv. 1486 f. refer to Theseus alone;
though it is tenable as= αὐτοῖς
, σὺν δέ σφιν
σὺν Πανί
, and in
,
where ὁ δ’ ὄλβιος
shortly before, and the subject
to εὐθηνεῖ
seems clearly to be ἄρουρα
. As to Aesch. τοῖς
προτρεψαμένοις
schol.). In Pind. σφιν
might mean Antaeus and his family. Lycophron 1142 seems to have meant σφι
for αὐτῷ
,
as the schol. thought. On the whole, it appears unsafe to deny that
poetry sometimes admitted the use.
ὅτε
ἐτύγχανον
( ὧν ᾔτησα
), cp. 579
ff. The absol. use is made easier by ἀνθ’ ὦν
ἔπασχον εὖ
.
"
The precinct
of Poseidon at Colonus was large enough for an ecclesia to be held
within it ( Thuc. 8.67 ). It included the ἄλσος
and ναός
mentioned by Paus. I. 30 § 4 . (See Introd.)
The word γύαλον
, "a
hollow,"
was oft. used in the plur. of hollow
.
It would apply to the depressions between the gentle eminences of this στερνούχου
χθονός
(691),—as τέμενος
furthest from the
Chorus. When Theseus left the scene (1210), his purpose was to send the
suppliant Polyneices from this same altar to Oedipus (cp. 1349). The
Chorus surmise that Theseus may have stayed at the altar to complete his
interrupted sacrifice (888).
In 1491
"hallow"
it. Cp. Aristoph.
βωμόν
(888, 1158): μήλοισιν αἱμάσσοντας ἑστίας
θεῶν.
Ποσειδῶνι
, not really like ὁ Βακχεῖος
θεός
(
"the god of
(cp.
678), but somewhat similar to the Homeric Βάκχοι"
βίη
Ἡρακληείη
, etc. Perhaps ἑστίαν
): cp. Ποσειδάνιον ἂν τέμενος
"he
The constr. is
of the same class as χρῄζω
στόματος
(instead of στόμα
) προσπτύξασθαι
( Eur. ἁρπάσαι
, 1212 ζώειν
). This is, however, a peculiarly bold
example, since we should have expected δικαίας
χάριτος
. Against the conject. σοι καὶ
πολίταις καὶ
φίλοις
, remark that the strophic v. (1482) has no spondee.
κατὰ δὲ μικρὰ πολίσματα
οἰκοῦσι
. But Eur. ἄστυ καὶ πόλισμα Παλλάδος
, "the
(Athens),
πόλισμ’
ἑπτάστομον
(Thebes): so it is used of the grand Cloud-city ( Aristoph.
"for treatment
received,"
ἠχῶ γόους, ὕμνον
, etc. (The midd.
occurs in Pind. fr. 53. 18 ἀχεῖται
Σεμέλαν...χοροί
.)
ἄρξεις...κρατεῖς
καλῶς...εὖ
"you
would be very awkward after ὑμῶν
and κοινός
.
"Can
it be some thunderbolt of Zeus, or the rushing onset of some
hail-storm (that has scared you)?"
— ἐξέπληξεν
ὑμᾶς
, or the like. Theseus must, of course, be supposed to have
heard the thunder which was pealing a few moments before; the doubt
implied by
ὄμβρος χαλάζης
ἐπιρράσσω
, which is either (1) trans., "to
dash one thing against
another,"
as πύλας...ἐπιρράξασ’
"having dashed the doors
together"
at her back: or (2) intrans., as here, "to dash or burst on one"
: so with dat. Diod. 15. 84
τοῖς
Μαντινεῦσιν...ἐπέρραξεν
, "he dashed upon"
them.
"for one
might forebode anything when the god sends
such a
storm as this"
(on διοσημίαι
see n. to 95):—a courteous way of hinting that their alarm was not
unnatural.
θέλοντι κἀμοὶ τοῦτ’ ἂν ἦν
ἐπειγομένοισι δ’ ἵκοντο.
"and
some god (cp. 1100) hath ordained
for
thee the good fortune of this coming"
: ῥήσεις
,
see on
σμικρὰ παλαιὰ σώματ’ εὐνάζει
ῥοπή
"but his life still hangs in the
trembling scale."
τούτων
)
"and
I wish to die without having
defrauded
thee and this city of the things on which I agreed."
For the
constr. of ταῦτα συνῄνουν
"And on what sign of thine end
But κεῖμαι ἔν
τινι
(see on 247 )= "to be
situated in a person's power"
: an analogous use of κεῖμαι
here would give us, "on what sign
In
ἐν
οὖν ῥοπῇ τοιᾷδε κειμένῳ
: and, if the text be sound, "at
what sign of thy fate art thou in suspense?"
The phrase is
thus ἐν τίνι
ῥοπῇ κεῖσαι
;—the
.
(To the obvious κεῖται σοῦ,
σόν
, or σοί...τεκμήριον
, the
objection is the phrase ἐν τῷ κεῖται
.)
μάντις
, but
Heaven itself, gi gives the warning. Cp. Bekker αὐτοκῆρυξ·
ὁ μὴ δῑ ἑτέρων ἀλλὰ δῑ
ἑαυτοῦ κηρυκεύων
. Eur. αὐτὸς σίδηρον ὀξὺν
ἐν χεροῖν ἔχων, | αὐτός τε κῆρυξ
.
"disappointing me in no way (
(94): as Her. 2.38 (of the Apis) οὐδὲν"
adv.,
cp. 1145) of the signs appointed beforehandεἰ
καθαρὴ
( ἡ
γλῶσσα
) τῶν προκειμένων
σημηίων
, the marks
With the conjecture "
a less usu. sense of
ψεύδω
, for which see
The usual order would be "the
long-continued thunderings."
But an adj. or partic. is sometimes
thus placed τὸν ἤδη Λάϊον πάλαι νεκρόν
τὸν ἤδη πάλαι νεκρὸν Λ.
, the already
long-dead L.: where see n.
"very,"
with the adj.: cp. χοἱ πολλὰ δεινοί
ὦ πόλλ’ ἐγὼ μοχθηρός
ὦ πλεῖστα μῶροι
πόλλ’ ἀέκων
ποῖα δὲ
σημεῖα ἐφάνη τῶνδε
; If Reiske's
στράπτω
is not extant in classical Attic, but occurs in Apollonius Rhodius (
ἀκορέστατος
, 120.) With ἀστράπτω
and στράπτω
, cp.
ἀστεροπή
and στεροπή, ἀσπαίρω
and σπαίρω, ἀσταφίς
and σταφίς,
ἄσταχυς
and στάχυς
, and many
other instances in which the longer form and the shorter both belong to
the classical age.
φλέγει
, 1466), rather than of its
descent on earth: and this word would hardly have passed into the MS. στρέψαντα.
Πυθῶνος...ἔβας
φῆμαι μαντικαί
φήμην
=a message from a god (n.).
ἐχθρῶν τις ἡμῖν χρίμπτεται
στρατεύματι
ἀνήνεμον...χειμώνων
.
ἐξηγηταί
expounded the sacred law). Cp. ἐξηγέεται...τὴν ἔλασιν
ἄψαυστος ἔγχους
"not touching"
): ἀκτῖνός τ’ ἀεὶ | θερμῆς
ἄθικτον
"not
touching,"
occurs later ( Callim.
χῶρον
, the place where he was to "die,"
τοῦτον
in 1522, χῶρον
(1520), "this
spot"
; it is not for ἀνὴρ
ὅδε
(450). For ἣν ὑμεῖς ἂν πρὸ πολλῶν χρημάτων καὶ
χάριτος ἐτιμήσασθε δύναμιν ὑμῖν προσγενέσθαι, αὕτη
πάρεστιν αὐτεπάγγελτος
"
as ὅπως τὰ ὅπλα ἔχοιεν πρὸ τῶν
τοξευμάτων
"that they might have their shields
) Cp.
δόρυ
no less than with a shield,
there is no contrast here between infantry and cavalry, but only between
citizens and foreign allies. Cp. οὐδ’ ἐπακτῷ δυνάμει
τὴν ἀρχὴν
διαφυλάττων, ἀλλὰ τῇ τῶν πολιτῶν εὐνοίᾳ
δορυφορούμενος
.—The old "being
near you,"
would be weak: as to the form,
γειτονέω
is classical, though Attic prose preferred γειτνιάω
.
Others join "a defence against
neighbours"
(the Thebans, 1534), but, though the objective gen. is
quite correct (see on
"but
as to things which are
(which cannot be uttered without
impiety). Cp. οἱ Λοκροὶ οἱ Ἀμφισσεῖς...τὸν λιμένα
τὸν ἐξάγιστον καὶ ἐπάρατον πάλιν ἐτείχισαν
"the harbour which was
—the Amphictyons having pronounced an ἀρά
, which said of the transgressor, ἐναγὴς ἔστω
( πολλοὺς δὲ πολλῶν ἐξαγισθέντας
δόμων
"devoted to death"
out of many houses. ἁγίζω
=to make ἅγιος
(1495): ἐξαγίζω
= to devote to avenging
gods (cp. ἐξοσιόω
, to dedicate), rather
than (as some explain it) "to
"and
such things as (
(see on 624
μηδέ"
of the class, cp.
73) are not to be touched upon in speechτἀκίνητ’ ἔπη
). Nauck proposed δεῖ κινεῖν
, but the
pres. κινεῖται
expresses what fate has
decreed ( αἱρεῖ
σῴζομαι
( Plat. νόμους | … σῴζοντα
"observing"
).
ἀφίκῃ
is of course impossible, the
(Whitelaw),
which well gives the vagueness of the phrase. While the hereditary
monarchy lasted, the ἦ γὰρ φίλη )γὼ τῶνδε τοῦ
προφερτέρου
, the sense "elder"
is possible, but not certain. Hes. τῶν γε μὲν ἀλλάων προφερής τ’ ἦν
πρεσβυτάτη τε
, where the second adj. helps the first; Plat. προφερής
, "wellgrown,"
of a youth, as opp. to σκληφρός
, "slight."
Hom. has only
προφερέστερος
, never of age. The nearest parallel to our
passage is προφερεστάτη ἐστὶν ἁπασέων
πρεσβυτάτη
. So, here, the word
ἀδήϊον
,
"unravaged,"
from δήϊος
( δῇος
Theogn. 552, always Dor. δάϊος
in trag.),
"ravaging"
( √ΔΑv
, whence δαίω
, to kindle):
"on
the part of,"
"from the quarter of"
the Thebans. For οὐδὲν τοσοῦτον κακὸν ἔπαθεν ἀπ’
αὐτῶν
ἀζήμιοι...ὑπὸ θεῶν
ἀπό
is fitter here as including all
peril from that
ἢ Κάδμον, ἢ σπαρτῶν ἱερὸν γένος
ἀνδρῶν
"Most cities are apt
(gnomic aor.) to enter on aggression with a light heart (
Cp. what he said of the Thebans in 619 f., where ἐκ σμικροῦ λόγου
answers to ῥᾳδίως
here. So the schol.:— κἂν δικαίως τις πολιτεύηται, πολλαὶ
πόλεις ἀδίκως ἐπέρχονται
.
Those who suspect ἐν μυρίῃσι γνώμῃσι μίαν οὐκ ἔχω
ἀντίξοον
"among ten thousand opinions I
have not one against me"
: ἐγώ, εἰ μὲν τῶν μυρίων ἐλπίδων μία τις
ὑμῖν ἐστι σωθῆναι πολεμοῦντας βασιλεῖ, συμβουλεύω μὴ
παραδιδόναι τὰ ὅπλα
"if among the ten thousand
forebodings (which the situation might suggest) there is one
chance of your escape,"
etc. So, of "facing
fearful odds,"
Eur. fr. 588
.
And so here αἱ πολλαί
. It suggests this notion:— "Be Athens never so just,
there are countless chances to one that Thebes will some day
attack it."
(In citing Aeschin. or.
2 § 157 Blaydes has not noticed that τοὺς
μυρίους Ἀρκάδων
means the Pan-Arcadian
μύριοι
, not μυρίοι
: cp. Grote c.
78, x. 317.)
ἕως ἂν ἡ πόλις σοι οἰκῇ
σωφρόνως
"governs,"
τὴν πόλιν
.) A compliment to Theseus and to Athens is implied: cp. 1125.
Others explain:—(1) "The majority of
cities, even though one governs them well, are prone to
outrage"
:
καθύβρισανrefers to overweening
ἀλκή. Theseus must still be watchful. (2)
"The cities, with their multitudes (—still referring to the Athenians. But for this sense we should at least need Wecklein'sμυρίαι"), are prone to outrage,
αἱ δὲ μωρίας πλέαι: better would be
οἱ δὲ μωρίας πλέῳ(
κύριος, is either needful or probable.
ῥᾳδίως
. "(Outrage is lightly committed),
and so
the hope of ὀψὲ θεῶν ἀλέουσι
μύλοι, ἀλέουσι δὲ λεπτά
. Longfellow,
"Retribution"
: "
(from the German of F. von Logau, pede Poena claudo.
"late,
"Surely,
would be βλέποντα
νῦν μὲν ὄρθ’, ἔπειτα δὲ σκότον
,=sightless then, though
seeing now. It is the necessity of giving the chief emphasis to
ἔρρει δὲ τὰ θεῖα.
ἐξάγιστα
ὠφελίαν, ἣν ἄν τις πρὸς οὐδὲν χεῖρον
αὐτοὺς ὑμᾶς εἰδότας μηκύνοι
μακρηγορεῖν ἐν εἰδόσιν οὐ
βουλόμενος
εἰδόσι γάρ τοι ταῦτα μετ’ Ἀργείοις
ἀγορεύεις
"that
which has come from the god,"
(cp. 1694 τὸ
φέρον ἐκ θεοῦ
,)—the summons as conveyed both by the storm and
by an inward prompting. Matthiae's
"nor longer
ὀκνῶμεν,
μέλλωμεν. ἐντρέπεσθαι
(1) "to turn about"
: (2) "to
give heed to,"
with gen., as
"
to hesitate, as here. Intelligible as
the third use is, this is perh. the only clear example of it in
classical Attic: but cp. Polyb. 31. 12 (with ref. to Demetrius son of
Seleucus urging his claims before the Roman Senate), ἐνετρέποντο μὲν ἅπαντες
ἀκούοντες ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, κοινῇ γε μὴν ἔδοξε τῇ συγκλήτῳ τὸν μὲν
Δημήτριον κατασχεῖν
, "they all
—some "look behind us"
: ἀντὶ
τοῦ ἐπιστρεφώμεθα
: Ὅμηρος·
ἐντροπαλιζόμενος
.
—
"in strange
wise"
: cp. καινοί τινες...σοφισταί... καὶ τίς ἡ
σοφία;
"this
way,— hither,—this
way"
;—marking that he is already sure of his path. The
number of forms from ὅδε
in this v. and
1546 is curious, but it is evident that the natural distribution of
emphasis in speaking would avoid an unpleasing effect.
καλῶ δ’ ἅμα | πομπαῖον Ἑρμῆν χθόνιον
εὖ με κοιμίσαι
ψυχοπομπός
( Diod. I. 96
): Tu pias laetis animas reponis
Sedibus.
Ἑ. ὁ πέμπων δόλιος
"darkness
of
life"
in Tennyson's lines quoted on 33: σκότον βλέπειν, ἐν σκότῳ ὁρᾶν
"Once I
Whitelaw cp.
"the last part of my
life,"
its close, as ( ἐν πρώτῳ ῥυμῷ
"
( παρ’
since
motion is implied), not merely because he is about to quit life, but
because he is destined to quit it by a strange passing not beheld of
men.—(2) We might also take τὸν εὔαγρον
): "to hide my life, so that it shall be
ended."
I prefer (1).
ὀπάονες
(1103). Here his Attic lieges generally seem meant,
rather than his followers from σε
καὶ πόλισμα καὶ φίλους
.
"and
ἐπὶ κωκυτῷ
ἠχὼ...προφωνεῖν:
ἐπὶ ψόγοισι δεννάζειν
ὀλολύξατε νῦν ἐπὶ μολπαῖς
ἐπ’ εὐπραγίᾳ ἤδη σαφεῖ(
"when success was now assured").
μεμνῇσθε
, optat.: for this depends on them,
but their weal ( εὐδ.
γένοισθε
) on the gods.
Fourth stasimon.
"May Persephone and Pluto suffer Oedipus to pass painlessly to the place of the dead. May the Erinyes and Cerberus spare to vex his path. Hear us, O Death."
χθόνιοι
θεοί
are stern to human prayers. So Hades is δίχα παιάνων
( Eur. ἀμείλιχος ἠδ’ ἀδάμαστος
(
Non si tricenis, quotquot eunt dies,
Amice, places illacrimabilem Plutona tauris.
Ἅιδης
: cp. Pind.
fr. 207 Ταρτάρου πυθμὴν πιέζει σ’
ἀφανοῦς
: τὰν ἀνάλιον | πάνδοκον εἰς ἀφανῆ τε
χέρσον
τὸν ἔννυχον Ἅιδαν
ἄναξ ἐνέρων Ἀϊδωνεύς
Ἅιδης
(trisyllabic only here) occurs also Ἀϊδωνῆϊ προϊάψειν
Ἀϊδωνεύς
from its disappearing into the
ground, Paus.
10.12.3 f.
ἐξ
ἄντρων
in the antistrophe (1571): but, since the first syll.
of ἄντρων
is
"irrational,"
λισσο
is defensible. (See Metr. Analysis.) Dindorf's "modestior subiunctivi
usus"
( "permit me to pray"
), will certainly not
stand. The schol. had in his text λίσσομαι
was clear enough, δίδου μοι
would rather seem to have been a
gloss on some other imperat. with μοι
.
Possibly νεῦσον,... πείσθητι
νεῦσον, Κρονίων
) which may have been current
as a
L gives βαρυηχεῖ
is confirmed by the fact that the schol.
actually uses the latter form in his note; cp. 1663 οὐ
στενακτός
. Brunck's ἀδάμαστον
) being certain in 1572, the
question then is:—How are the words
"with"
) see on 1554
. This prayer to Pluto needed the preface εἰ θέμις
(1556), since he στεναγμοῖς καὶ γόοις
πλουτίζεται
(
ἀνύσειν... Αιδαν
τὸν παγκοίτην...θάλαμον
ἀνύτουσαν.
λαμπρῶν ἄστρων πόλον ἐξανύσας.
πάνδοκος
(n. 1556),
πολυδέγμων
( παγκοίτας
(
πολύκοινος
(
The traditional text, πολλῶν γὰρ ἂν
,
is usu. understood; "for, whereas sorrows were
In this there are two difficulties. (1) ἐπεὶ
ἱκνεῖτο
. But manifestly the partic. ought here to have a "
When the pres. partic. (or inf.) serves for the impf., there is
usually something in the context which prevents too great ambiguity, as is
the case in 1587 ( παρών
), and τοῦ παρόντος
Ξενοφῶντος κατηγορησάν τινες φάσκοντες
παίεσθαι
ὅτι ἐπαίοντο
) ὑπ’
αὐτοῦ, καὶ ὡς ὑβρίζοντος
(= ὅτι ὕβριζε
) τὴν
κατηγορίαν ἐποιοῦντο
. ταῦτα αὐτοί τε ποιεῖτε...καὶ τοὺς
προγόνους ὀργίζεσθε ἐὰν μή τις φῇ ποιεῖν
ὅτι ἐποίουν
).
(2) "
as= "
Another proposed
version, "without any good result so
far,"
seems inadmissible. Nor can the sense be "wildly"
(
πολλῶν γὰρ
is
brilliant, though the word occurs only in glossaries, and is slightly
prosaic, as properly meaning
"barter."
But it leaves the blot "
So the pl. δρόμου...τὰ τέρματα
ἄν
, would
well mark the turning-point: and for its combination with πολλῶν γὰρ ἂν ἀλλαγὰν πημάτων
ἱκνούμενον
(cp. ἀλλαγᾷ βίου
ἱκνουμέναν
as=
"due"
: so oft. ὁ ἱκνούμενος χρόνος,
ἡλικία
, etc.
The MS. "the
apostrophe gives liveliness to what would otherwise be a
frigid sentiment"
: but would it be so frigid? Changes to, and
from, apostrophe are certainly not rare in choral odes; but this would (to
my mind) be a somewhat harsh example;—quite different,
"uplift,"
raise to honour: cp.
Ἐρινύες
. Hardly Demeter and Persephone
(683), who would not be thus associated with the fell Cerberus.
φάσμα ταύρου
et forma tricorporis umbrae
Σφιγγὸς ἀοιδοῦ σῶμα
τρισώματον
κύνα.
θε
of θεόν
1556) is an
"irrational"
syllable. Meineke's
ἀμαιμάκετος
. Cp.
"the dog of
Hades"
only in reference to Eurystheus sending Heracles ἐξ Ἐρέβευς ἄξοντα κύνα στυγεροῦ
Ἀΐδαο
(
centiceps,
Κερβέριοι
was used (at least in comedy)
as= Κιμμέριοι
, but the connection with ἔρεβος
is doubtful.
It seems clear that the
etc., εἶναι
with α^ν
of ἄναξ
(1559).
Even if we assume an "irrational"
syllable (
¯
for ˘
), the sense seems fatal. "Of
polished stone"
is surely not a good epithet for the Gates of
Hell.
παγκευθῆ
(n. 1561 ff.), and
cp.
While βληχάομαι,
μυκάομαι,
ὑλάομαι
, etc.),
Cerberus haec ingens latratu regna
trifauci Personat, adverso recubans immanis in antro. —
Immania terga resolvit Fusus humi, totoque ingens
extenditur antro.
ἐχθρὰ Φάλαριν κατέχει...φάτις
ὁ
λόγος κατέχει
( "the report
) Thuc. 1.10 § 2
. Cp. μαντεύεσθαι δὲ τὰς νύμφας τὸ ἀρχαῖον
αὐτόθι ἔχει λόγος
ἔρχεται· | τόν, ὦ τᾶν
πυρφόρων.
Νύξ
, no father being named,)—but is probably meant here.
The invocation in 1578 is certainly addressed to him.
The MSS. have "And I pray that he (Cerberus) ...may
as he passes to Hades. βῆναι
must mean
strictly, "to go
ἐκποδών
. Madvig's "go out of the path,
Cp.
ἐν καθαρῷ
"This is my prayer for the stranger..., that he may
Such a view best suits the natural sense of ἐν καθαρῷ βῆναι
. (2) ἐκ
καθόδου
. Or
φθῆναι
: "I pray for
the stranger that he speed safely past Cerberus
to clear ground."
ἀτέρμονα νήγρετον ὕπνον
(Moschus 3. 105): in
contrast with his brother who λύει
πεδήσας
(
Exodos. The passing of Oedipus is told. His daughters make lament. Antigone prays of Theseus that he send them to Thebes, if haply they may avert the coming strife of their brothers; and he promises to do so.
ξυντομωτάτως
. A few such forms in ‐ως
have MS. authority in good writers, though they are mostly comparatives,
as βεβαιοτέρως, ἐρρωμενεστέρως
(Isocr.), καλλιόνως, σαφεστέρως
, etc. In γηράσκω
δυστηνοτάτως
,
which metre commends: but this is an almost isolated example. There is
thus a strong presump tion in favour of the ordinary form where, as
here, it can easily be restored.—Wecklein reads
ξυντομωτάτων
: "I would hit on
the briefest mode of speech."
—Cp.
εἶπε... τελέσαντα
ἃ
= ἅτινα
: see on 1171
. "But as to what the occurrences were,
: οὔτε
( βραχέα
ἦν
) τἄργ’
. That is,
resolving the parataxis with οὔτε —
οὔτε
:— "But as to what occurred, the
tale cannot be briefly told,
πάρεστιν
.
The MS. words χρόνον
( "for
ever"
). Nor do I see how "the
life of all his days"
( "What
life, life-long, was his,"
Whitelaw). The schol. gives nothing
better than a fatuous interpretation of τὸν
ἀεὶ βίοτον
as τὸ μακρὸν γῆρας
.
The first question is whether the fault is confined to ἄρτι,
ἄβιον, αἰνόν, ἀλαόν,
ἀτυχῆ
. Of these ἀλαόν
is perh.
least unsatisfactory. It should not be too hastily assumed that the poet
would have shunned a fourfold ‐ον
. Or ( πάνοιζυν
, "all-wretched,"
Aesch. ἐκεῖνον
) are ἐκεῖνον ἐξεπίστασ’ εἰσαεὶ βίον
would be unwarrantable. We seek to amend, not to re-write.
ἀσφάδαστος
"here we come to the point which is indeed (
: cp. δῆλον δὴ...τοῦτό γε ἤδη καὶ παιδί,
ὅτι
ὑφ’ ἡγητῆρος
( ὡς ἐμοῦ μόνης
πέλας
, ( ὑπό
is suitable where, as here, the
sense is that no one so much as hinted or indicated the way. Cp. πράττωμεν ταύτῃ, ἐπειδὴ ταύτῃ ὁ θεὸς
ὑφηγεῖται
ὧν ὑφηγητῶν
"on whose showing"
): ὡς ὑφηγητοῦ
τινος
.
ῥάσσω
to strike hard, or dash, cp. 1503), lit. "dashing or rushing
down"
; Strabo 10. 640 τηρήσας
καταρράκτην ὄμβρον
: here, of a cleft κατάδουποι
by Her.): in this sense
it is usu. spelt with one ρ
, as if from καταράσσω
: so Lucan 10. 317 praecipites cataractae.
Cp. οἴκημα θύραν ἔχον ἐπιρρακτήν
θύρᾳ
καταρρακτῇ
. The καταφράκτην
(Suidas) is worthless.
"a brazen threshold, immoveable,
χαλκοῦς
ὀδός
(see on 57 ), was locally
supposed to be connected with the "brazen
threshold"
below by brazen steps reaching down into the
under-world. The stress laid on the "Brazen
Threshold"
itself, rather suggest that the myth was visibly
symbolised by some artificial steps made at the top of the steep rift.
λᾶαν ἔθηκε καὶ ἐρρίζωσεν
ἔνερθεν
καταρράκτης ὀδός
. Oedipus halted ( ὀδός
, σχιστὴ ὁδός
in Phocis at which the
misfortunes of his early manhood began (
ὅρκια
ἔταμον
). He cites
Eur. τρίπους
, and the terms of
the pact ( ὅρκοι
) are then to be graven
in its basin ( τρίποδος ἐν κοίλῳ
κύτει
). (2) The schol., whose view is more likely,
understands a κοίλου πέλας κρατῆρος· τοῦ μυχοῦ· τὰ γὰρ
κοῖλα οὕτως ἐκάλουν ἐκ μεταφορᾶς· ὅθεν καὶ τὰ ἐν τῇ Αἴτνῃ
κοιλώματα κρατῆρες καλοῦνται
. Cp. τῶν ἐν Αἴτνῃ κρατήρων
ἀναρραγέντων
συντετρῆσθαί τε
πολλαχῇ...καὶ διεξόδους
ἔχειν, ᾗ πολὺ μὲν ὕδωρ ῥεῖν ἐξ ἀλλήλων εἰς ἀλλήλους ὥσπερ
εἰς κρατῆρας
. The scholiast adds:— λέγει
δῑ οὗ
( μυχοῦ
) καταβῆναι φασὶ
τὴν Κόρην ἁρπαγεῖσαν
. That is, the schol. took this κρατήρ
or μυχός
in the rock to be the actual cavity in which the καταρράκτης
ὀδός
began. In each case the κρατήρ
was close to the ὀδός
.
Πειρίθους
, Heracles delivered Peirithous
also.
Πειρίθοος
or
(Attic)
Πειρίθους
. But a form Περίθους
is sufficiently attested by the name of the Attic deme of which this
hero was eponymus. Harpocr. Περιθοῖδαι· δῆμός ἐστι
τῆς
Οἰνηΐδος
. Περικλείδην τὸν Περιθοίδην
Περίθουν
to the Paris MSS. of Georgius Syncellus (the Byzantine
chronographer, 800 A.D.), p. 299. 11: vases and inscriptions also give
it. There is no need, then, to write Πειρίθου
Θησέως τε
, as Blaydes does.
οἷον ὑπομνήματα τῆς πίστεως ἧς ἔθεντο πρὸς
ἀλλήλους
: ἔστι δὲ καὶ ἀγέλαστος πέτρα καλουμένη
παρὰ τοῖς Ἀθηναίοις, ὅπου καθίσαι φασὶ Θησέα μέλλοντα
καταβαίνειν εἰς ᾍδου
πέτρα
may have marked the place ( χωρίον
) mentioned by Paus.
1.18.4 as near the temple of Sarapis, S.E. of the acropolis, ἔνθα
Πειρίθουν καὶ Θησέα συνθεμένους ἐς Λακεδαίμονα καὶ ὕστερον
ἐς Θεσπρωτοὺς σταλῆναι λέγουσιν
. But the expeditions named
there are distinct from the descent to Hades with which the schol.
connects the πέτρα
. And, wherever this ἀγέλαστος πέτρα
was, there must have been a
cavern suggestive of the descent to Hades. The schol.'s phrase, παρὰ τοῖς
Ἀθηναίοις
, would cover Colonus.
Others understand: "where the compact
( τίθημι
),—a lively way of
saying, "was made,"
ἐτέθη
: but this is improbable.— Wecklein conjectures "where men say
that the compact of Th. with P. was made"
: the dat. as τῶν σῶν Ἡρακλεῖ δωρημάτων
ἔνθα
καλεῖται...Ἀρτέμιδος...τέμενος
. (Cp. on
(1) With L's
: "
the
other objects. Cp. κρατήρ"
) he halted, midway betweenἔνθα δ’ ἐπ’ αὐτάων πλυνοὶ εὐρέες ἐγγὺς
ἔασιν
ἐφ’
, L's "at
which, midway as it
is."
(2) With Brunck's
, it becomes necessary to read κρατήρ
is then one of four points from which the point denoted by μέσος
is measured. The second
ἀχέρδου
also: cp.
τό γε μέσον ἴσον τῶν ἐσχάτων
ἀπέχει
"radiant Eos caught up Cephalus to
the gods"
( Eur. Θορικός
(so Her., Xen., etc.: Θόρικος
schol.) was a town and deme of
Attica, belonging to the tribe Ἀκαμαντίς
,
on the S.E. coast, about 6 miles N. of Sunium, and 42 S.E. of Colonus.
It was reckoned among the twelve towns of the old Attic dodecapolis,
and, to judge by the ruins, was a considerable place down to late times
(Leake,
Θορικίου
is unsound, the familiarity of
Θορίκιοι
as a deme-name may have suggested it. Schneidewin's καί τις τῶν χρησμοποιῶν φησί·
.
But, if
τρικορύφου
, the genuine word must have been
well-nigh obliterated.
τῆς τὸν πυθμένα ἐχούσης ὑπόκενον,
σαπέντα
. The wild pear gave its name to the Attic deme Ἀχερδοῦς
( Ἀχερδούσιοι
); as in its other form, ἀχράς
, to Ἀχραδίνη
, the E. quarter of Syracuse. If, as
the schol. states (n. 1593), the local myth placed the rape of
Persephone here, this old tree may have been pointed out as the spot
whence she was snatched. An ἐρινεός
(wild
figtree) by the Cephisus was connected with a like legend ( Paus.
1.38.5 ). A wild olive-tree ( κότινος
) at Troezen was associated with the disaster of Hippolytus (2. 32. 10),
as the στρεπτὴ ἐλαία
at Epidaurus (see on 694 ) with Heracles.
"of
natural rock,"
cp. on
192 ) is more ingenious than probable. Cp. τόνδε λάϊνον τάφον
μνῆμα λάϊνον πατρός
λάϊνος τάφος
is opposed to a τύμβος
of earth or a
λάρναξ
of wood ( Thuc. 2.34 ): it
would commonly denote an oblong monument with a flat slab ( τράπεζα
) on top, the sides being sometimes
sculptured.
The power and beauty of this passage are in no way lessened for us because we
know nothing of the basin or the stone, the tree or the tomb. Rather it
might be said that the very fact of our ignorance illustrates the spirit in
which these details are introduced. Their significance is essentially local: ταῦτα γνώριμα τοῖς ἐγχωρίοις
(schol.). They show
us how the blind man, who had never been at Colonus before, placed himself
at precisely the due point in the midst of its complex sanctities. The god
made him as one who had the most intimate and minute knowledge of the
ground.
λύει τὸν αὑτῆς πέπλον
λύοντο δὲ τεύχεα
ῥέω
), flowing, ἐξ
ἀειρύτου
κρήνης
(469). Cp. Theophr. δῑ ὃ πολλάκις ἂν
ἁρμόσειε
λεπτὸν καὶ καθαρὸν μὴ καθαρῷ καὶ
παχεῖ,
καὶ φρεατιαῖον ναματιαίῳ
(well water with river water), καὶ ῥυτὸν καὶ ὄμβριον
(spring or rain water) λιμναίῳ καὶ ἁπλῶς
στασίμῳ
.
They go to a hillock a little way off, on which was a shrine of Demeter Euchloös. See map in Introd.
χλόη
), ἔστι δὲ
καὶ Γῆς κουροτρόφου καὶ
Δήμητρος ἱερὸν Χλόης
. She was associated with Γῆ κουροτρόφος
and with Apollo in the Χλόεια
held on 6th Thargelion (latter part of
May). Other names given to Demeter as protectress of crops, etc.,
expressed the ills which she averted, as καῦστις,
ἀζησία
(parcher), ἐρυσι—/βη
(mildew), ἑλήγηρις
(popularly referred to εἵλη
, sunshine, but doubtful).
"The
hill of
Demeter, in full view"
: rather than, "the
hill looking on Demeter."
The act. sense is possible ( θεοί τ’ ἐπόψιοι
ὁρμᾶσθ’...εἰς ἐπόψιον τόπον
ῥῆσις
(cp. 1606 ff.), but the former seems preferable on the
general principle of not multiplying omissions of augment without
necessity. (Cp. μισθοῦ )πόρευε
"
ΜΕΝ. χρημάτων δὲ τίς πόρος; | ΚΠ. ἐγὼ
πορεύσω χρυσόν
πόροι.
σὺν χρόνῳ βραδεῖ μολών.
μετὰ
ταῦτα δὲ λούσαντες αὐτοὺς...προτίθενται
. So λουτρῶν ὁσίων
ἀνδρὶ δὲ νοσοῦντι λευκὰ ἔχειν ἱμάτια
θάνατον προαγορεύει, διὰ τὸ τοὺς ἀποθανόντας ἐν λευκοῖς
ἐκφέρεσθαι
.
"when he had content of all
πᾶν
δρῶν
will be "every
activity"
of attendants: cp. the Homeric δρηστῆρες, δρήστειραι
, of servants,
"when
(as
Whitelaw), when πᾶν δρῶν
is his τὸ βουλόμενον τῆς γνώμης
and
similar phrases (see on 267 ): also ἐν τῷ μὴ μελετῶντι
"in the absence of
practice."
As to τὸ γὰρ ποθοῦν ἕκαστος ἐκμαθεῖν
θέλων
τὸ ποθοῦν
used to be explained as "the desire within
him,"
—it is now generally held to be corrupt (E. Thomas
conjectures τὰ γὰρ
ποθείν’
). But the absence of the art. makes πᾶν δρῶν
a bolder expression than any of
these; nor can the adverbial ἐν
ἀμείβοντι
, "alternately,"
( Pind. ἔδρασαν
. The obvious "desire"
) should not be too lightly rejected: cp. 436.
Ζεύς τε καταχθόνιος καὶ ἐπαινὴ
Περσεφόνεια
Χθόνιος
, another
Ὕψιστος
, the third nameless (2. 2. 8). The Zeus Chthonios was a
benevolent Pluto, associated with Demeter in the prayers of the
husbandman ( Hes.
"did
not remit"
(cp. ἀνιέναι φυλακήν, ἄσκησιν,
ἔχθραν
, etc.); "did not send
up"
(as in
κλαυθμός
was commonly associated with κομμός
( γόος
. If Soph. had meant otherwise,
he would have added another verse with
ὦ δυσπόνητε δαῖμον.
"but (I
need not speak of hardship),
:= "but
indeed"
: cp. on 988 .
"one
word,"
viz. φιλεῖν
. Cp. μήτηρ καὶ γυνή, διπλοῦν ἔπος
"one
τὸ
λοιπὸν ἤδη βίοτον διάξετον
is Elmsley's, that βίοτον
was written by a mistake for τὸν βίον
. (The error here affords no ground
for suspecting βίοτον
in 1584.) But τοῦ βίου
(Suidas) is equally possible: cp. νοούμενος τὰ λοιπὰ τοῦ πικροῦ
βίου
τὸν λοιπὸν...τοῦ
βίου
would be a rare one: πρὸς τὸν λοιπὸν τοῦ χρόνου
τοῦ σίτου...τὸν ἥμισυν
ἡ πολλὴ τῆς γῆς
, etc.
ὡς δὲ γυνὴ κλαίῃσι φίλον πόσιν
ἀμφιπεσοῦσα.
λύζω
, λιγέως ὀλοφύρετο μήτηρ, | λύγδην,
ἱσταμένη
"Then a
spirit passed before my face; the
hair of my flesh stood up. It stood still, but I could not
discern the appearance thereof; a form was before mine eyes:
there was silence, and I heard a voice."
θεῶν ἐθώϋξ’
(omitting
αὐτόν
). But the change is unnecessary, if occasional omission
of the augment is conceded to such ῥήσεις
as this: cp. 1606. θωΰσσω
denotes a loud,
urgent cry (cp. κυσὶ θωΰξαι
πᾶσι στῆναι τρίχας
, see on 150
φυτάλμιος
.
Cp. 1464.
φόβῳ... ταρβοῦσαν
ὕπνῳ γ’ εὕδοντα.
"with
repeated and manifold calling."
There seems to be no genuine
instance of πολλαχῇ
meaning simply πολλάκις
. It is always "by
many routes"
(as Xen. "in many
ways"
( Her. 6.21 ), or "on
many
grounds"
(id. 1. 42). The phrase here, then, cannot mean " πολλά
) and "again and again."
But πολλαχῇ
need not refer to different
It is strange that a modern critic should have thought this "alienissimum a divina
maiestate"
(Schaefer). He must have forgotten that a divine
summons had already been thrice repeated when "the
LORD came, and stood, and called as at
other times, Samuel, Samuel."
οὗτος, σὲ τὸν τὰς
ὦ οὗτος, Αἴας, δεύτερόν σε
προσκαλῶ
, where Αἴας
is voc.
(
"Ho
there!"
), thus used, implies that the person addressed is
not duly heeding the speaker; here it helps to express impatience. So,
when Medea turns her face away from Jason's smooth words, he cries to
her, αὕτη, τί χλωροῖς δακρύοις τέγγεις κόρας
; etc. (
οὗτος σύ
(
δεῖξαι
,
μέλλομεν;
| χώρει·
by the change to the singular number, breaks the
companionship of Oedipus with the Unseen.
ἕτοιμ’ ἃ βούλει τἀπ’ ἐμοῦ
ἄφετον με νῦν· ἴστον γὰρ ἤδη τἀπ’
ἐμοῦ
ἀπό
rather than ἐπί
). Cp. 293.
"for
him,"
as a grace to him: cp. 81. The enclitic almost adheres to ὀδός
(see 1589), but had remained apart while the daughters ministered to
their father (1598—1603). He is now summoned to approach them.
φιλίαν τε καὶ ἔχθραν ἔνορκον
ὅρκιος
in 1637 cannot be made an objection (cp. 544 n. ); on the contrary, it rather confirms ὁρκίαν
here. Theseus did just what Oedipus
asked.
"Thy right hand,
I agree with Campbell and
Bellermann that this is the best version: indeed, I should be disposed
to say, the "
"prolepsis"
by Aesch. ἀρχαῖον γάνος
is rather, "the traditional ornament"
of temples
(spoils): unless we should read ( δόμοις
) ἀρχαίοις
. (3) "A
pledge of
such good faith as you have always observed"
( ἀρχαίαν
to v. 631, as= "the pledge given at the beginning
(of our intercourse)."
It is impossible to accept any one of
these interpretations.
(1) Two other conjectures claim notice. "in a
friendly compact."
Cp. οἱ δ’ ἡμῖν ἄρθμιοι ἦσαν
"they were in amity with
us."
In
ἄρθμιον
(as = "trusty
comrade"
) for ἄθλιον
. But this
epithet does not strengthen πίστιν
. (2)
"sure."
The only support for this is the epic phrase μισθὸς ἄρκιος
(
"if
thou canst help it"
: cp. ὃς ἂν ἑκὼν μηδὲν κακὸν ποιῇ
εἶναι
added, as ἑκὼν γὰρ εἶναι οὐδὲν ψεύσομαι
ἑκών τε
εἶναι καὶ δεινοῦ ἐπιόντος
οὐδενὸς...καταθεὶς τὴν ἀρχήν
.
τελεῖν
:
"wishing
them well."
Cp. καὶ μὴν φρονοῦσά γ’ εὖ τὰ λῷστά σοι
λέγω
"To do all that,
As a well-wisher will do
"to the best of thy judgment"
; but that is
not the first sense of the words.
"
Cp. καὶ ἡμῶν οἱ πολλοὶ τέως μὲν ἐπιεικῶς
οἷοί τε ἦσαν κατέχειν τὸ μὴ δακρύειν, ὡς δὲ εἴδομεν
πίνοντά τε καὶ πεπωκότα
οὐκέτι,
ἀλλ’ ἐμοῦ γε βίᾳ καὶ αὐτοῦ
( ἀστακτὶ ἐχώρει τὰ δάκρυα
. If the men of
the old Greek world were more easily moved to tears than modern men, at
least they knew very well when a man is bound to repress his emotion, if
he can. Why, then, obliterate a noble touch by changing
ὅρκιος δέ σοι λέγω
οὐ μήν σ’ ἔνορκον ἀξιῶ θέσθαι
"dark,"
not guided by eyes: cp. 182 ἀμαυρῷ | κώλῳ
. Not "feeble"
(1018), for no increase of
physical weakness is among the signs that his end is near: rather is he
lifted above his former helplessness (1587).
"ye
must make a brave effort of the
mind, and
depart"
: τὸ γενναῖον
, acc.
governed by τλάσας
. It might also be
adv., like κάμνοντι τὸ καρτερόν
τλάσας
seems
slightly less probable here.
τὸ
γενναῖον
can hardly be so. Bellermann combines them by
rendering, "that which it is noble to bear."
This will not serve: nor yet this, "to bear what
is
noble."
Wecklein suggests "having brought
yourselves to cherish fortitude."
But since the effort
demanded is one of
"
etc.: cp. 73.
ἐξάγιστα
(1526) are to be confided. The word has a further fitness here, since
the maidens had been committed to the care of Theseus (cp. n. on
"heard"
(rather than
"obeyed"
), as
φωνήσανθ’ ὅτ’
, with omission of ἀστακτὶ... στένοντες.
ἐξαποβαίνω,
ἐξαποδύνω
, etc. While ἐξορᾶν
= "to see
(used
in pass. by Eur. ἀφορᾶν
"to
regard"
: hence the double compound is really less
pleonastic than those just mentioned. So
ἐκπροτιμᾶν
occurs only in
"we saw
Oedipus,—
The τὸν μὲν
comes in, by an afterthought, to prepare the distinction: cp.
"make a scattering of the wooers,—
etc.
"alone"
: αὐτοὶ γάρ ἐσμεν οὑπὶ Ληναίῳ τ’
ἀγών
ὥστε ἐπισκιάζειν τὰ ὄμματα
.
ἀντί
: so with dat. ( ὄμμασι
)
χθόνιοι
and the ὕπατοι
. This
touch is finely conceived so as to leave the mystery unbroken. Cp. στεῖχε προσκύσας χθόνα
τόνδ’ Ὄλυμπον
"in the
same address (or prayer),"
"on the same
account."
διειργάσατο,
διεχρήσατο
, "took his
life"
; cp. πῶς καί νιν ἐξεπράξατ’
"how indeed did ye take her
life?"
"a
whirlwind from the sea, suddenly
aroused,"
—so as to sweep inland on Colonus, and snatch him
out of men's sight. For the locative force of ποντόθεν
, cp. on
119
ἐκτόπιος
. Cp.
γῆς
βάθρον
, earth's firm floor, rocky base: cp. Milton, "Hymn on the
Nativity,"
ἑστίας βάθρον
"
(to Oed.);
though it does not follow that he used the word with definite
consciousness of an active sense. Cp. ἀμφιπλήκτων ῥοθίων
ἄψαυστος
"not touching,"
etc. ( ἀφόβητος
"not fearing,"
is not properly similar,
since ἐφοβήθην
was deponent). τὰ τῶν τετελευτηκότων σώματα μάλιστα
ἀλυπήτως τοῖς ζῶσι... κρύπτειν
"not
pained,"
— Πλάτων δὲ καὶ ἀλύπητος ἔχει,
ὥσπερ καὶ Σοφοκλῆς ἀλύπητον
: where, since Plat. has the
word only in the place just cited, ἀλύπητος
should perh. be ἀλυπήτως
. The second ref.
seems to indicate this passage, rather than ζῆν ἀλυπήτῳ βίῳ
ἀλαμπές
) is not attested for the classical
age, though it occurs in later poetry ( λαμπέτης
.
"not
with wailing."
Some assume a definitely active sense, "
; see last n., and add μεμπτός
"blaming"
(
"
The thought is that his end was "not accompanied by
and the poet probably meant to suggest both ideas. Cp. on στεναγμοί"
,σωτήριον
487.
σὺν γήρᾳ βαρεῖς.
ἄλγος
, here as καθαροῦ λέβητος
καθαρῷ δὲ πυρώσατε δῶμα θεείῳ
"But if I
seem not to speak with
understanding"
( "I
would not crave belief from
those to whom I seem not sane."
—
= "to win over to one's own side,"
and so
either (1) with οὐδέν
σου παρίεμαι
, I ask no favour, no
mercy, παρέμενος...τοὺς
ἄρχοντας
ἀποδημείτω
, "when he has
persuaded the rulers,"
—obtained their permission: so again τούτων
than τούτους
. He scorns to deprecate their
unbelief. παριέμεσθα
καί φαμεν κακῶς
φρονεῖν
.—His closing words mark
ἄσημοι
, only here.
1
παντελῶς
. "It is
indeed for us twain
While he
lived, they suffered with him. Now, his fate has snatched him from them
in strange and terrible sort, leaving them destitute.
μή
, instead of οὐ
, because it goes with the
inf. στενάζειν
),
"not in
;
not merely πᾶς
or like words. συμβαίνει γὰρ οὐ τὰ μὲν τὰ δ’
οὔ
"for our
disasters are complete."
οὐ τὰ μέν, τὰ δ’ οὔ, ἀλλὰ πάντα
ὁμοίως
Λέριοι κακοί, οὐχ ὁ μέν, ὃς δ’ οὔ, |
πάντες
οὐκ ἔσθ’
ὅπως οὐ, οἶδ’
ὅτι
, etc.).
"planted
in us at our birth"
: whereby they are sharers in the
hereditary ἀρά
on the Labdacid race.
"blood"
: cp. κοινὸν αἷμα, κοινὰ τέκεα
αἷμ’ ἐμφύλιον
τοῖς τεκοῦσι γὰρ | οὐδ’ εἰ πονεῖ
τις
"at the
last,"
"at his death,"
as opp. to "during his
life."
λογισμός
, things which transcend human
reason. As
"we shall
bring
forward,"
"allege."
"And
This
will seem less strained, I think, if we observe that Antigone need not
be supposed to know of the αἰσχύνομαι δὲ παραφέρουσ’ οἰκτροὺς
λόγους
"advancing a plea to pity"
(unless "bringing
be preferable). καὶ καινὰ καὶ παλαιὰ παραφέροντες
ἔργα
"citing"
(as claims).—We cannot render "we shall
suffer beside"
(over and above our former sufferings), since the
reference is to the fact of their bereavement, not to its prospective
consequences.—Though the phrase is certainly strange, yet the defence
indicated above may at least avail in arrest of judgment. If "we have gone through,"
cp. περᾶν κίνδυνον
etc.). The more obvious ἄπορ’ οἴσομεν
and
ἀπορήσομεν
are barred by the context.
.—
Cp. ὦ κακὰ παθὼν ἰδών τε
The Chorus ask, "And what is it?"
She replies, "we may
( τὸ δὲ σαφὲς οὐδεὶς οἶδε
). Cp. Eur.
fr. 18 δοξάσαι ἔστι, κόραι· τὸ δ’ ἐτήτυμον
οὐκ ἔχω
εἰπεῖν
. So μόρῳ δ’ ὁποίῳ κεῖνος ὤλετ’ οὐδ’ ἂν εἷς
| θνητῶν φράσειε
"
—The MS. "we
cannot conjecture."
(Not, "I can
as Bellermann: schol. οὐδὲ
εἰκόνα ἔχω λαβεῖν
τοῦ πάθους
.)
λαμβάνειν τι ἐν πόθῳ
, to take a thing into one's desires, to conceive a wish for it; cp. ἐν ἐλπίσιν τρέφω
ἐν ὀργῇ ἔχειν τινά
( Thuc.
2.21 ). For
λαμβάνειν
of mental conception, cp. 729.—The MS. ὡς
μάλιστα ἂν πόθῳ λάβοις,
εἰ
( λάβοις
) is intolerable
here.
"How else,
when he,"
etc. For the causal use of the relat. see on 263 .
ᾧτινι μήτε
πόλεμος μήτε νόσος ἐπῆλθεν
. This certainly looks as if he
read something else than
"neither
the
War-God, nor typhoid"
).
I think that I can suggest the true solution. The schol.'s νόσος
was a paraphrase of
"viewless
fields"
of the nether world (cp. on 1564
).
ἀπὸ δὴ θαυμαστῆς ἐλπίδος... ᾠχόμην
φερόμενος
"from what a summit of hope was I hurled
: ἐν χειμῶνι κονιορτοῦ καὶ ζάλης ὑπὸ
πνεύματος φερομένου
"carrying off to themselves,"
would be
somewhat strange, and also much less forcible.
κατεκοίμησα τοὐμὸν ὄμμα
)α^πίη γαίη
(
τόσον
, with Arndt, for
τοσόνδ’
, in 1712. But τοσόνδ’
is
there confirmed by metre (see Metrical Analysis). In this word Ἀπία
(see on 1303 ) had sometimes α^
in later epos; and if, in poetical usage, the quantity of Ἀπία
could thus be affected by association
with ἀπίη
, it is conceivable that the
influence should have been reciprocal.
πηδῶντα πεδία.
‐ου
, since βίου
— τροφάν
form one notion; cp. νεῖκος— ἀνδρῶν ξύναιμον
καθέλοι
: so 1709 ἀνὰ...στένει
(cp.
"deadly,"
in a general sense, as
φοινίου
σάλου
(of the plague).
In this and some following passages the correspondence of strophe and
antistrophe has been disturbed by interpolations, and also omissions, in the
MSS. A κομμός
of this kind was peculiarly
liable to corruption by the actors, and that has doubtless been one of the
causes at work. (Cp. on 1737 .) At some points it
is now impossible to restore the text with certainty; but the whole extent
of the mischief is small. In dealing with such points we can only use
caution, and clearly recognise the doubtful nature of the ground.—On this
passage, see note in Appendix.
The words γεραίος
);
but they are in metrical excess of 1715 f. Now, if "my
father."
I prefer to leave "may deadly Hades lay me low (
Cp. καθέλοι"
), so that I may share the death
of mine aged sire.
The MSS. give "As to the
fortune sent by heaven for your good,
(pass.): or, if with Herm. the verb is made midd., "do not
(cp. the act. in ἄταν οὐρανίαν φλέγων
"do
(Herm., "
). But "
the inf. standing for imperat., a use fitting in
such a precept (
"
good or evil. This view seems confirmed
by the analogy of quod fors feret, feremus
ut fors tulerit
"
or "
us forward, in a course which we cannot control (cp. ἡ ὁδὸς φέρει
ἐκεῖσε
, and like phrases). This view might seem to be
supported by the epigram of Palladas (c.
: "as Fortune bears thee on, bear,
and be borne; but if thou chafest, thou vexest thine own
soul, and (none the less) she bears thee on."
There,
however, σε φέρει
is said for the sake of
a play on the word, and hardly warrants an inference as to the way in
which
The MS. λήγετε τοῦδ’
. This view agrees with the metre, and is adopted by Heinrich Schmidt (see
Metr. Analysis). If, on the other hand,
νοῦmight have dropped out before
τοῦ: cp.
αἰνὸν ἄχος
"ye
have fared not blameably"
: ye cannot justly complain of the
destiny which has removed your father, in old age, by a painless death
(cp. 1678).
εὖ βεβηκώς
"
"prosperous."
But there is at least some
analogy in such figurative uses of it as ἁ δ’ ἀρετὰ βαίνει διὰ μόχθων
ὧδ’ ἔβητ’ ἐπὶ ξυροῦ;
"had ye come into such peril?"
σὸς οἶκος βήσεται δῑ αἵματος
"will pass through deeds of
blood"
:—where a certain course of βαίνω
: εἰ δέ τις ὑπέροπτα χερσὶν ἢ λόγῳ
πορεύεται
"walks haughtily"
). I hold, then, that no
suspicion of the text can fairly be founded on
But the scholium in L is:— οὔτοι κατάμεμπτος
ἔβη
: οὐκ ἐν τοῖς τοιούτοις
ἔσται
[Elmsley ἐστὲ
] ὥστε καταμέμφεσθαι· ἤτοι ὡς ἂν
ἐπικουφίζοντος αὐταῖς τὴν συμφορὰν τοῦ βασιλέως
(Theseus). ἢ οἷον, οὐκ ἐν χείρονι νῦν ὑμῖν
ἔσται τὰ πράγματα
. Does the lemma point to another reading? I
do not think so. Papageorgius points out (
ἔβηwas probably a mere slip, by the scholiast who copied the old scholia into L, for
ἔβητ(
ἔβητον), while
κατάμεμπτοςwas a like error for
καταμέμπτως. On the strength of this schol., however, (1) Nauck conjectured
ἀπέσβη· ἐσβέσθη ἢ ἐπαύσατο, τέθνηκεν. But the word would ill suit the swift passing of Oed.: it rather suggests a gradual extinction of life: cp.
(after a long deathagony) χρόνῳ δ’ ἀπέσβη καὶ μεθῆχ’ ὁ δύσμορος | ψυχήν
"there was such a thing,
then"
(all the time), though I did not know it before: ὅδ’ ἦν ἄρα | ὁ ξυλλαβών με
μέγιστον ἆρ’ ἦν ἡ
φύσις
: ἃ Πῶλον αἰσχύνῃ ᾤου συγχωρεῖν, ἀληθῆ
ἄρα ἦν
"were true all the time."
(Distinguish the
impf. of οὐ...τοῦτ’ ἦν εὐδαιμονία
, "happiness, we agreed, was not
this."
)
The MS. "that which is in no way
But
the article is unendurable here, making her say, in effect, that her former
duty was not τὸ
φίλον"
(was) φίλον
.μηδαμά
instead of οὐδαμά
cp. 73: for the neut. pl. form, 1104.
αὐτόν
: cp. 742.
Join τὸν ἀεί
with ellipse
of
χρόνον
as= "for
ever"
(cp. 1584).
ἐπομνύω...βούλεσθαι ἂν...γῆν
ἐπιέσσασθαι μᾶλλον ἢ ζῆν
ὦ φίλος
(1700). We might also conjecture "not
even in that other world"
( κἀκεῖ κἀνθάδ’ ὤν
ἀλλ’ ἐπεὶ
ὀλβίως.
"Even though thou
(2) "Even though thou
—the
dead being supposed to remain such as they were at the time of death.
(3) "Even
when they memory is old"
— "Even old
as thou wast (or
art),"
—seems appropriate. She could hardly say that they
would still love him
The first
Ἀχέροντος ἀκτὰν παρ’ εὔσκιον.
"he did not leave behind him a mourning
unhonoured by tears,"
—
.
In ἐγώ
than "mourns."
Cp. πεφόβημαι | πτηνῆς ὡς ὄμμα
πελείας
ὦ φίλτατ’ Αἴας, ὦ ξύναιμον ὄμμ’
ἐμοί
"conceal"
).
"would
that thou hadst not wished"
—an unheardof construction (cp.
on 540 ). He took ἔρημος
ὧδέ
… μοι
as= "lonely, just as thou wast,
for
me,"
— "Ah me, it was thy
( "I have had no
opportunity of rendering thee the due rites, and now I do not know the
place of thy grave, so as to make the
Hence her passionate desire to find his grave (1724 ff.),
which Theseus with difficulty allays by reminding her of his solemn
promise (1760). The preparatory offices rendered at 1602 f. could not be
viewed as taking the place of a daughter's tribute to the dead. Like
1410, this trait serves to recall the special manifestation of her piety
in the earlier play.—Not merely:— ἐναγίσματα"
at it. "It was your
wish; but it was sad for me to see you die
— ἐπὶ
ξένης
, he was "Athens and all her
people"
for his friends (772).—Cp. 1705 ἆς ἔχρῃζε...ἔθανε
. The repetition of one
phrase in no way justifies Dindorf's rash hypothesis of interpolation
here (see cr. n.). Here, the wish is connected with a painful thought;
there, with a soothing one. Mention of the wish itself might most
naturally recur in a lament.
Cp. 1735 αὖθις ὧδ’ ἔρημος ἄπορος
. Almost all
critics are now agreed that the words
"closed
the end of life,"
a pleonasm which blends ἔλυσε
βίον
and ἀφίκετο τὸ τέλος βίου
:
so Eur. τέλος κάμψῃ βίου
κάμψῃς
βίον
( λύειν βίον
occurs Eur. καταλύειν βίοτον
ἄφρακτος φίλων
φίλων ἄκλαυτος
μαντικῆς | ἄπρακτος
τείχη ἀνάλωτα...ὑπὸ πολεμίων
"their woes,
καταρράκτης
ὀδός
(1590).—
with the fut. indic.,
depending on συθῶμεν
, is the
object-clause after a verb implying effort: ὡς δὲ καλῶς ἕξει τὰ ὑμέτερα, ἐμοὶ
μελήσει
ὅπως
is much commoner
than ὡς
.
The MS. text of this verse does not answer metrically to 1739. Bergk and
Gleditsch alter both verses (see cr. n.). Hermann, whose remedy is simplest,
leaves this v. intact, and in 1739 reads
θήκεν
ἱεράν
). Oedipus had himself spoken in her hearing of the ἱερὸς τύμβος
(1545) where he was to rest.
μοι
: "what
is this reproof of thine to me?"
οὐχ ὁρᾷς;
"was appointed to
perish,"
or (2) "was perishing"
when we last saw him. (2) seems best.
"apart
from all"
: "in
a manner
different from all other men."
—Ismene opposes her sister's
desire as (1) unlawful, and (2) impossible.
"Lead me
(to the spot where we last saw our father), and then slay me
In "in addition"
( "slay me
( κἄμ’ ἐπισφάξαι τάφῳ
ἄταφος
ἔπιτνε
, to which she had been attentive. Cp. Ismene's wish,
1689.
The MS.
has been defended in two ways,
neither of which is satisfactory: (1) by an ellipse of
μολοῦσα
: (2) as= "until
As
in 383 (n.) we should read ὅπου
for ὅποι
, and in 335 (n.) ποῦ
for ποῖ
, so here I feel sure that ἕξω
.
"now
again,"
In these verses the utterances usually assigned to Antigone all turn on her anxiety as to a refuge, and her desire to return to Thebes. Such feelings, at this moment, are more in harmony with the character of Ismene (cp. 1735). Antigone is at present absorbed in the yearning to visit her father's tomb, or at least the spot where she last saw him alive (1724). When Theseus appears, it is this wish which she instantly presses on him. Only when it has been put aside does she think of a return to Thebes (1769).
Ought we, then, to read ΙΣ.
for ΑΝ.
throughout vv. 1737—1750? This has been
suggested by Bergk. I may observe that the Laur. MS. leaves the question
open. At 1730 it has ΑΝ.
before τί
τόδ’ ἐπέπληξας
. After that, there is no indication of any
person, but only short lines (-), until at 1741
ΑΝ.
again stands before φρονῶ
.
The next words, τί δῆθ’
etc., have ΧΟ.
before them: but after that no person is
indicated till 1751, where ΧΟ.
(instead of ΘΗ.
) is erroneously placed before παύετε
.
I am disposed to think that Sophocles wrote the words for Ismene, but that
the fourth-actor difficulty had led to a fluctuation of stage-practice,
which helps to account for the ambiguity of the MS. tradition. See the note
on the Dramatis Personae. If the part of Ismene, κωφὸν
πρόσωπον
, there may then have been a wish to keep her part in this
scene as small as possible. Similarly at 1689 ff. there is a doubt as to
which sister ought to have the words οὐ
κάτοιδα...βιωτός
.
The MS.
ἀπεφύγετον
, v. 1740 has a construction which makes the order of
the words harsh, viz.: — "Ye escaped,"
"so that
your affairs should
not fall
out ill"
( Κλέαρχος μικρὸν ἀπέφυγε μὴ
καταπετρωθῆναι
"Long ago
— ΑΝ.
"For what?"
[lit. "
]— ΞΗ.
"
The merits of this reading are:—(1) it leaves v. 1725,
which seems quite sound, unaltered: (2) by making "escapes"
are escapes from "one's affairs falling out
ill."
"I know it well,"
—in quick and grateful
response to their allusion. Theseus and the men of Attica had indeed
rescued her and her sister in their extremity. Not, "I am thinking...,"
for ( "why art thou too anxious?"
(Wunder): nor (2) "what
—Hermann's "to
have a secret thought or purpose."
But the word seems
scarcely appropriate in regard to thoughts which, far from hiding, she
is in the act of uttering. Graser's
"how
we are to return to Thebes, I know
not"
:—for Oedipus had predicted that both her brothers
would soon fall in the war (1373), and Creon, the next heir to the
throne, was no friend. This continues the thought
"No,
(thou canst not return to Thebes,)
nor
seek to do so,"
—but stay in Attica under the protection of
Theseus.
ἡμᾶς.
"bore
hardly on you,"
ὑμῖν
or ἐφ’
ὑμᾶς
: for μόγος ἐπεῖχεν
ὑμᾶς
would mean, "restrained
you."
The MS. "was coming on
you,"
would be less apt; and the preceding
"Oh then past cure, but worst is now
grown worse."
The neut. plur. is most simply taken as adverb
(319), referring to μόγος
ἐπεῖχε
: though we might also construe, ἄπορα
( ἦν τὰ
ἡμέτερα
).
"hopeless"
: cp. fr. 188 ὦ πᾶν σὺ
τολμήσασα καὶ πέρα, γύναι
.
κακῶν
or the like, is excused by the familiarity of this
metaphor in Greek: cp. on
663 .
ναὶ
ναί
which, with the words ξύμφημι
καὐτός
, he ejects (see cr. n.). But so common a form as
"(we may well ask whither we are to go,)
What hope
now remains for us, in the course on which we are driven? For λοιπήν
, cp. 865 τῆσδε τῆς ἀρᾶς ἔτι.
"bodings"
): cp.
παύω
which is used
intransitively by the classical Attic writers,—being, in fact, an
exclamation (like our "
),
though sometimes joined with a gen. ( παῦε τοῦ
λόγου
, Aristoph.
"for in a case where"
(
χθόνιοι,
" ξυνά
,
neut. pl. as adv.),—common, namely, to Oedipus and the Athenians. That
is:— "By the death of Oedipus, the Powers below
have given
(
τὸ τῆς συγγνώμης ὠφέλιμον...ὅτῳ ποτὲ
τῶν πάντων ἀπόκειται ἄδηλον ὄν
ὅτῳ τὰ τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἀτυχήματα
ἐνευδοκιμεῖν ἀπέκειτο
"a man to whom the disasters of
his countrymen were a fund of material for
self-glorification."
In the literal sense, αὐταὶ δὲ αἱ βάλανοι τῶν φοινίκων, οἵας
μὲν ἐν τοῖς Ἕλλησιν ἔστιν ἰδεῖν, τοῖς οἰκέταις
ἀπέκειντο, αἱ δὲ τοῖς δεσπόταις ἀποκείμεναι ἦσαν
For μή μοι θάνῃς σὺ κοινά
τὰ δ’ ἄλλα τεύχη κοίν’ ἐμοὶ
τεθάψεται
ἀσαφές
, but saw part of the
general sense: νέμεσις γάρ ἐστι τοῦτον θρηνεῖν
ᾧ τὰ τῆς
τελευτῆς κατὰ χάριν ἀπέβη
. See Appendix.
πενθεῖν
ἐστί
: it is provocative of divine anger to mourn, as if
insensible of the divine beneficence. οὐ γάρ τις νέμεσις φυγέειν
κακόν
"'tis no matter for indignation
that one should flee from ill"
: τούτῳ δ’ οὐ νέμεσις...ἀείδειν
ἐὰν οὖν ἀγαθὸς ὢν μὴ τοῦ ἁρμόττοντος
τυγχάνῃ, νεμεσητόν
νέμεσις
is human, not,
as here, divine. Cp. εἰ δ’ ἔπεστι νέμεσις, οὐ λέγω
"
—depending on the idea of δεόμεθα, χρῄζομεν
, implied in προσπίτνομεν
:
αὐτήν
), epexegetic inf., "so that ye should obtain it"
: cp. 1211
(n.).—For the use of καὶ τοῦ με χρείας ὧδε λιπαρεῖς
τυχεῖν;
The MS. words κεῖσε μολεῖν
, which I omit, were
almost certainly a gloss upon κεῖσ’
ἐλθεῖν
).
μή
after it, as is usual (cp. ἀπαυδῶ ...μή
ταῦτα τοῖς δούλοις ἀπεῖπον μὴ
ποιεῖν
ἐπιφωνεῖν
θήκῃ
. The former must mean strictly (not, "to utter
but) "
—the notion being that of invading
the secret silence around it. Invocations and prayers to the dead were
often made aloud at a grave:
ἐπιφωνεῖν
as= "mention to
another"
: but this is unfitting, since Theseus
If "he
forbade me to approach, ...or to tell."
According to Greek
ideas, however, Theseus, at least, ought occasionally to visit the grave
with ἐναγίσματα
: and in fact the rendering of
such honours is implied by the provision that the place of the grave should
always be known to one person (1531). I therefore keep
τῶν θηκῶν ἀναιρεθεισῶν ὅσαι ἦσαν τῶν
τεθνεώτων ἐν τῇ νήσῳ
ἕξειν
), "in a seemly
manner,"
"duly"
(Lat. τὸ καλῶς δ’ ἔχον | πόλει
πάλαισμα
"faring
well"
is no objection. The ancient Greek instinct for words
was remarkably free from bondage to phrases. Cp.
"
etc. "the
promise to do these
things,"
as if ὑπισχνουμένων
stood with
α
of ἀΐω
πάντων ὁπόσα ἀγάλματα Διὸς μάλιστα ἐς
ἔκπληξιν ἀδίκων ἀνδρῶν
κατὰ νοῦν πράξας
Ὠγύγης
was represented
(in one legend at least) as son of Boeotus, and first ruler of Thebes ( Paus.
9.5.1 ). Another legend connected him with Attica ( Paus. 1.38.7 ). The trait common to the two
legends is a great inundation which happened in his reign. The adj. is
applied by Aesch. to Thebes ( πόλιν ὠγυγίαν
τάς τ’ ὠγυγίους Θήβας
"very
ancient,"
as κράτος ὠγύγιον
κακὸν...εἰς αὐτὴν ἰόν
παρὰ θεοῦ...βέλος ἰόν
τὴν ἄτην ὁρῶν | στείχουσαν
ἀστοῖς.
Antigone suggests that she and Ismene may yet be in time to plead with their two brothers, and so to avert the doom of mutual destruction pronounced on them by their father (1373) . Thus the close of this drama is linked by the poet with the beginning of his earlier
After
ὅσ’ ἂν
(or ὅσα ἂν
), because the qualification which
κτανεῖν
, if sound, would be the only instance of the μέλλω
in Soph.; but there the
fut. κτενεῖν
is clearly right. Where μέλλω
means "to delay," the pres. inf. is
naturally preferred: cp. 1627 : τί μέλλεις κομίζειν δόμων τόνδ’
ἔσω;
ἄφαντος ἔρρει
τοὐμὸν ὡς ἔρρει δέμας | φλογιστὸν
ἤδη
οἴχεται
. More commonly ἔρρειν
implies either an evil end, or at
least some feeling of contempt on the speaker's part, as
πόνον...μηδένα ἀποκάμνειν
μὴ ἀποκάμῃς σαυτὸν σῶσαι
τὰς ὀλοφύρσεις τῶν
ἀπογιγνομένων...ἐξέκαμον
ἐπειδὴ ἐνταῦθα ἐληλύθαμεν, ὅσον οἷόν
τε σαφέστατα κατιδεῖν ὅτι ταῦτα οὕτως ἔχει, οὐ χρὴ
ἀποκάμνειν
Though the neut. pl.
πολλῶν...κῦρος...καλῶν
οὐκ ἔχουσι κῦρος...ἀμφὶ σοῦ
Fr. Ritter rejects the last three verses, as he rejects the choral